I. INTRODUCTION. the image of the society in which the language is spoken and the heritage of culture, art and literature that

Transcription

1 I. INTRODUCTION The phenomenon of loanwords in any language is an indication of the change that has taken place or is in the process of taking place in the given language. It is a change that comes about during the course of centuries due to historical, p()l~tical and sociological fact"ors. The vocabulary of any language can be describ- ( ed as the 'mirror' c:f that' J,;:mguage since it ref,lects "-, \ the image of the society in which the language is spoken and the heritage of culture, art and literature that exists in that language. In this,sense the extent and types of loanwords in a language can tell a story of the cultures and peoples,'a language and its speakers have been in contact with. This thesis seeks to examine this phenomenon of loanwords by analysing a small sample of Arabic loan- v// words in three major languages of India, n~ely, Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. The primary purpose of the study is to examine some of the ways in which a borrowing language assimilates the words it borrows from another language. Most borrowed words Undergo a process of 'Indi~nisation' resulting in very interesting changes according to the genius of the borrowing language in the sound, the grammar and the meaning of these words. For our sample data, we have chosen 250 words of Arabic origin that are commonly used in the above three languages. In each

2 :2 : case an attempt has been made to make a careful analysis of the various changes that these words have undergone in the three languages. It is a well known fact that sever,al Indian languages have borrowed either directly from Arabic or through Persian a large number of words which have, over the centuries, become inseparable from the stock of native words. As it normally happens the greatest extent of borrowing takes place in areas where the two languages are placed in a contact situation. In the Arabic-Indian situation too, it is observed that the commonest Arabic loanwords exist in the domains of administration, art and culture. The sample of 250 words used in this study too, is largely from these domains. Hindi and Urdu It would be appropriate at the outset to make a statement about the relati9nship between Hindi and Urdu and the sense in which the two labels have been used in this study. Hindi and Urdu as used in this thesis are two streams flowing out from a common source - a source that is composite and rich in its ingredients -.that brings about unity in diversity.' The loanwords that we tried to analyse are but,one among those several ingre-, dients that go to make such a rich common source. would be pertinent to quote here what Andre Martinet says about the Czech and Slovak languages: tit is di!fe- It

3 ::r:.i rent allegiance which make two separate languages of Czech and Slovak more than the actual material differen~ ces between the two languages. 1 This is true of Hindi and Urdu also. But feelings have raged high between the protagonists of Hindi and Urdu. One of the Hindi extremists went to the extent of tracing the root of Arabic and Persian words to Sanskrit,,2 and on the other extreme, there are Urdu protagonists who feel that Urdu and 'Islam are inseparable.:3 Most of the lo.anwords analysed 'in this thesis are common to both Hindi and Urdu, but we have pointed out, wherever necessary, the words that are used. more by the speakers of Urdu than that of Hindi. Relevance of Arabic to the Indian Languages Considering our subject from' a historical pers~ pective we will have to say a word about the relevance of Arabic to the languages in India. In this context Professo.r S.K. Chatterji states in the ILinguistic Survey of India': lin any consideration of the languages in India, we should not omit Persian, Arabic and English. 1. Andre Martinet, (i~ his preface to the book: Languages in Contact, by Uriel Weinreich) 2. Bhimsen Sharma (in his article as referred to by K.B. Jindal in History of Hindi Literature, p.229) I '. ~ 3. Muhsin al-mulk, Lectures and Speeches, Lahors, p

4 Although these languages are not native to the country,. they have been studied by hundred and thousands of Indians for centuries as languages of culture and religion, administration and education. Arabic and Persian are wh~t have been regarded as 'Islamic languages With the restriction of the power of Islam in India, Persian and Arabic are losing their former pre~eminence Persian extended a tremendous influence upon its cousin speeches in North India during the last 600 years, and Arabic had some indirec t influence mainly in the ma tt er o. -i> voca b u 1 ary th roug h P' ers~an.~ 4 The influence of Arabic on Indian languages has been mainly through Persian as we shall see in some detail below. However, the impact of Arabic 'and the advent of Arabs in India took place much earlier than. that of the Persians and the Persian language. Arab Contact with India The contact of Arabs.with India came about through two channels: Trade and Conquests. The Arab traders were conversant from the earliest times with Sri Lanka and the coastal cities of India from the 6th Century A.D. as mentioned in the many accounts oof Greek and Roman writers. 5 However the Arab conception of India differed considerably from our idea of India today as is evident from their accounts.' The Arabs had no idea of 4. S.K. Chatterji (ed.), 'Linguistic surve of India'; The Cultural Heritage Oi' India, Vo t.1, p.65 S.M.R. Nainar, Arab Geographers' knowledge of Southern India, W. 3, 5 and 95. _

5 . 5. any divisions of India into North and South. They considered Sind as a separate country and had no clear idea of the geographical extent of the rest of India. 6 Masudi, a well known Arab historian, geographer and traveller had visited Persia, India, Sri Lanka, and the lands of Central Asia from Ferghana to the Caspian, the countries of North Africa, Spain and various parts of the Greek or Eastern Empire. He is the only Arab writer of the 10th Century A.D. who has given precise details of the languages of India. He says that the language of Sind is different from that of Hind. 7 As regards the second channel, the first Muslim invasion of India was in 722 A.D. under the command of Mohammad bin Qasim of Basra (Iraq) who secured the temporary conquest of Sind. It was, in the words of Stanley Lane Poole, "an episode in the history of India and of Islam, a triumph without results". S But it was not an event without significance. It helped in cultural interactior; Indian culture came to be understood in foreign lands. "The Arabs acquired from the Hindus some n~w knowledge in Indian religion, philosophy, medicine, mathematics, astronomy and folklore, and carried it not only to their own land but also to Europe. We know ~--~--~--~ ~-- 6 & 7 Ibid, pp.,,5 & 95 8 R.C. Majumdar & Others, An Advanced History of India, pp.275

6 : 6: definitely from Masudi and Ibn Hauqal that Arab settlers lived side by side with their Hindu fellow-citizens for many years on terms of amity and peace, and Amir Khusrav. ment,ions that the Arab astronomer Abu l'1a' shar came to Benares and studied Astronomy there for ten years. 9 Persian Language in India The muslims who came to India as conquerors were men gathered from different races, speaking different languages. The Mongolian Turks spoke Turkish; the Afghan Pushto, the Persian his own tongue. However, the contact of these persons with the indigenous population gave birth to the language with which the local population were well acquainted. Urdu formed the ordinary vehicle of intercommunication between these diverse peoples. But Persian was accepted as the,official language and it had become - so universal that 'the Chancellor of the empire; himself a Hindu, commanded that the public account should thence forward be written in Persian,.10 Persian continued to be the official language of India until the year Interaction between Arabic and Persian It is essential at this point that we explain in some detail the nature of the Persian language that was in vogue in India for nearly seven centuries. The Persian 9 Ibid Syed Ameer Ali., Memoirs & Other Writings, p.157

7 of those fimes was the language which had come into exis-, tence as a result of a strong interaction with the Arabs and Arabic language; it was the result of an unusual intermingling of political, cultural and religious factors. 7 This intermjn~ling reached its high point during the regime of the Abbassids described as the 'Golden Age' of Islam. It was precisely during this time that the Arabs proper had gone into oblivion end the society came to be dominated by non-arabs of all kinds, mainly Persians. During this period Arabic literature reached its zenith by evolving new art forms by accepting influences of preceding cultures, st~rting with the Greek and including the Persian; the Persian culture had by this time been influenced by the Indian culture. Thus the most magnificient period of Islamic civilization vias achieved by non-arab elements. In the process the :two languages, Arabic and Persian also underwent certain significant linguistic changes. A large number of foreign words were added to the vocabulary of Arabic; however Arabic was able to meet all the new 'linguistic requirement s by making use of its own resources in a remarkable fashion. Arabic developed as a vernacular and took into its fold ma~y languabes like Persian, Turkish, Urdu, Malay and Swahili; these languages were not only written in the Arabic script but they also adopted vast chunks of Arabic vocabu~ary. They imbibed in themselves the Arabic way of looking at things in a

8 : 8:. manner similar or much more than the Latin and Greek compo- nents of ~odern English; it covered a vast area of intellectual thought. Thus, Arabic, besides evolving new materials out of its own resources to meet the new cultural demands, became by itself 'a learned mandarin idiom for those languages it came to infuse with its own world view.~1 The Persians were in contact with the Arabs even before Islam through trade and commerce. The Arabic language was - familiar with many Persian words such as Wazir, Zanjabeel (ginger) " etc. Quran. These words have occured even in the Holy. However the contact between Arabs and Persians reached its zenith, as mentioned earlier, in the Abbassid period, i.e in the fourth century Hejira (tenth century A.D.). ArabS, though they were known for their pride in their rhetoric and eloquence, were far behind the sophisticatfon and refinement which the Persians had achieved through the ages. Ahmed Amin a renowned thinker and writer of 'tihis century in Egypt (died 1952) states as follows: 12 "During the Abbasid period, the Arabs were faced with an extremely difficult situation: they had to transmit into their language a yast foreign heritage of knowledge in various realms and The ~~~--~ Joel Carmichael, 'ShaRping of the Arabs' P Dohal Islam (In Arabic); By Ahmad Amin; P. 307

9 <.n "7. new ideas,; the Islamic Empire had exp.anded and many diverse regions c.ame i~ it s fold; the Arabs had to deal wi thmany new social systems which were entirely unknown to them. And in the realm of music they found many new tunes and musical instruments for which they had no Arabic names; in the matter of dresses also they found different types of dresses from different countries; tbey were also introduced to many new foods and beverages. In short the Arabs were faced with a new civilization in the same way as they faced the western civilization in the modern period ll The author then explains how this problem was solved by the Abbasid Arabs in a manner befitting by-their ingenuity. He mentions two methods adopted by them in this regard: 1. By exploiting the latent linguistic potentialities of their language, Arabic; 2. By adopt ing many word.s from the Persian language. This task was undertaken with full enthusiasm by 'both, theiarab, and the non-arab SCholars and litterateurs in the Islamic empire. About the role of the Persi~ns in this regard and their contributions to the various branches of Islamic learning, and to the Arab heritage in general,we must mention here the observations of a famous Arab historian Ibn Rllaldun. (died 1406 A.D.) who states "the most eminent of the early grammarians, traditionists, and sc.holastic theologians, as well as of those learned in the principes of. Law and, in the. interpretation of. the Koran, were Persians by race or educa-

10 10 tion, and s~ing of the Prophet was verified - 'If know~ ledge were attached to the ends of the sky, some amongst the Persians would have reached it.' Amongst all this intellectual activity of the Arabs, who had recently emerged from a nomsldic life, found the exercise of military and administrative command too engrossing to give them leisure for literary avocations which have always been dis-. 13 dained by a rullng castell. Thus there was an influx of Persian and Hellenistic culture into the Arab culture and with that the Arabic languae.;e becs.me immensely rich in this period whicn is described as the 'Golden Aee of Islam'. There was tremendous outburst of intelle~tual is described by Professor R.A. Nicholson as follows: activity which lithe material expansion was accompanied by an outburst of literary activity such as the East had never witnessed before. It seemed as if all the world from the Caliph down to the humblest citizen suddenly became students, or at least patrons, of literature. In quest of knowledge, men travelled over three continents and returned home, like bees laden ~ith honey to impart the precious stores which they had accumulated to crowds of eager disciples, and to compile with incredible industry those.words of encyclopaedic. widest range and erudi-tion from which modern science, in thelsense 13 R.A. Nicholson, Literary History of Arabs, p.278

11 :11: of the word, has derived far more than is generally., 14 supposed.'. All this did not mean that Persian language and culture were totally eclipsed; on the contrary, they continued to maintain their identity and grew in strength with the added vigour of Islamic thought and learning. It would be useful for us here to discuss briefly the impact of Persian language and culture on the Arabs. It was the Persians who first introduced the Arabs to the ministerial form of government; this took place in the early Abbassid period (eighth century A.D) and to the Persians also goes the credit of introducing the system of administrative staff in order to help the ministers in running the affairs of the government. Persians were mostly appointed to these positions ranging from \ the Minister to the lowest position of clerk. These Perwere lsiansllearned men an~ well informed about 'the world affairs. This was due to the fact that the Persians had a background of orderly and civilized life for a span of nearly ten centuries prior to their contact with Islam. There is an interesting anecdote to illustrate this point: 'Sooli mentions in his book 'ADABUL KAATIB' that Ali bin Subah narrated that he heard AI/Hasan bin Ra~a saying: *a Persian argued with an Arab ~n the presence of the (Abbassid Minister) Yahya bin Khalid Al/Barmaki; the Persian said: 'We have never needed you in any work 14 Ibid, p.281

12 . nor in any matter pertaining to the designation of names to,things. You are (now) the rulers but you have not been able to do without us in your affairs and even in your language, to the ext~nt that your foods, drinks and your government offices (with all;its paraphernalia) carry the names (and nomenclatures) given by us. You have not changed them; for e.g. (names of food items) 'ISPHIDAAJ','DUGHBAAJ', etc., and the examples of these are numerous; names of drinks such as 'SIKANJA BEEN', 'KHALANJABEEN', 'JULLAB',etc, and the examples of these are numerous and 'ROZANAMAJ' (the calendar), 'ASAKDAR' (the postman) and 'ALFARAWANKt (the Frank) though the last mentioned is a Roman word'. The Arab did not answer; Yahya bin Khalid told him to inform him (the Persian) as follows: 'Be patient with us unt~l rule as you have ruled for a thousand years; after a 'thousand years we shall not i1.eed you nor anything that 15 belongs to you t. It is evident from the above anecdote that the Arabs during the Abbassid period e~erienced we a deep urge. to equip themselves with all aspects of civilization and culture that were hit~erto unknown to them. Their contact with the Persians opened up for them new vistas of thought and culture that made an everlasting impact on 15. Ahmad Amin; 'nohal ISLAM' (Arabic), Vol'.1, p

13 them. : 13: I Arabic which was until then the language of the Arabs only had now become the language of. peoples derived from different races. Thus there was a confluence of many cultures. Language was the most important area in which this confluence was manifest. The various streams of culture, namely, Persian, Indian, Greek and Arab merged into one great stream under the impact of Islam. Arabic came to be accepted as the lingua franca of a vast number of peoples drawn from these different streams; in this process ',these streams were also individually influenced by Arabic. It is as a result of this process that Persian itself was deeply influenced by Arabico an American scholar Joel Carmich::el:'Yet by'the time To quote Persian made a linguistic comback it was already heavily permeated by Arabic, not merely in vocabulary but,in! actual phraseology. By the eleventh century the Arabic sector of Persian expanded enormously and encompassed literary rules, stylistic themes and models, metrics and rhetoric, and almost all terminology in the science and arts. The Persian influence in literature was ultimately to be continued on the heroic and romantic epic. It was in mysticism, indeed, that the Persian genius, was to express itself in an incomparably inventive manner.,16 It was this Persian language enriched with Arabic that was transmitted to the Indian sub-continent, by the Persians who came to rule India; it was this language which influenced the languages of India. 16 Joel Carmichael, 'Shaping of the Arabs', p.162

14 14 Methodology We must now consider certain linguistic factors with the help of which we have atte~pted to analyse the impact of loanwords on any lane;uage; these factors are: (a) Contact between languages, its nature and its impact; (b) Language Change and the role of adaptive process in this change; other factors of hmguage change. Contact between languages Contact between languages is inevitable because language, like individual human beings, are interdependent. These contacts may come about in a voluntary or involuntary manner; by voluntary manne~ we mean the contact that a certain speech community establishes with another speech community out of its volition; by involuntary contact we mean the contact that comes about between two 1 speech communities, due to political and economic reasons as it is in the Case ofengl~sh vis-a-vis many languages of the world or as it is in the case of Arabic and Persian vis-a-vis the languages of India. This oontact may be of a continuous and enduring nature as it is in the case of English in relation to other languages or it may be of a temporary but lasting and indispensible nature as it is between Arabic and the languages of India.,/ Thus the I contact phenomenon I emerges as an important, if not the most important factor in the process of language Change; it also accounts for varying degrees

15 of bilingualism within a speech community. It may also provoke scholars to research on a variety of subjects,, and such as Linguistic and social Interaction,LCommunication in Multilingual. societies, Language, Communication and Control, etc. As a result of the contact phenomenon,every language acquires a stock of loanwords either in a small or large number because no language lives in total isolation. 17 This is amply evident in the Indian languages, especially Hindi, Urdu and Tamil which are being dealt with in this thesis. These three languages are spoken by' a fairly large p'opulation (about 200 million) of India. The impact of Arabic on these language is a subject of fascinating study. Linguists have aptly described India as an,area \ of linguistic diversity; it is a multilingual country where people and iqeas have been in a continuqus movement for many centuries; this has led to diffusion of linguistic features across language families. The best illustration f'or this could be obtained by examining the manner in which the Indo '- Aryan languages (by and. large the languages of north India) and the Dr~vidian languages (the languages of south India) have interact~d with English, Persian and Arabic during the past several 17 Otto Jespersen., La~age, Its Nature, Development and Origin., p. 8 "No language is entirely free from borrowed words, because no nation has ever been completely isolated".

16 :16: centuries. It can, therefore, be stated that the multiplicity of languages within a country does not mean that there are barriers of communication within that country; i~ also does not mean that each of these languages constitute unilingual territory without any contact with the other languages. On the contrary these languages flourish more due to the diffusion of linguistic features among one an-other. What are the factors involved in this contact and the SUbsequent interaction between languages, whether they, be the languages of one country or languages of different countries? ~e had earlier referred to the voluntary and ~ the involuntary factors. Besides these there are other factors or rather 'motives' which play an important role in this context. These are the 'prestige and need-filling motives,.18 These motives may be traced to a variety of reason's; the prestige motive may be for positive or negative reasons; positive in the sense that a certain speech community admires,and emulates the language or the speech habits of another speech community; negative in the sense j that a certain speech 'community imitates the speech habits of another community without the feeling of admiration; ~8 C.F. Hockef!, 'Modern Linguistics - A Course.in' -p

17 :17: it may,also be due to the mere desire to be in conformity with the majority; material gains can be mentioned as another reason. The need filling motive arises from the desire to fill a gap in the borrowing language. This may be due to new contacts and new experiences as well as new objects and practices. We may again mention English, Persian and Arabic vis-a-vis the languages of India as the best examples to illustrate these motives. English, ever since its ad-vent in India through the Englishmen, first as traders and subsequently as colonisers, had ushered in the circumstances and the factors conducive to the above motives. It bro~ght in an era of tremendous awakening among the people of.the Indian SUb-continent. It may not be an exaggeration to an say that this was~niversal phenomenon. However it is not within the scope of this thesis to discuss this phenomenon in detail. We may mention briefly here that the Indian ethos underwent a basic transformation under the impact of contact with the English language and through it the western world. And the western. world was a~so greatly benefitted by the contact with this sub-continent. The most significant point to be mentioned in this context is that the western world

18 : 18: also' had an 'awakening', in the sense that it became aware of the 'Lore of the East'; India's heritage in art,. architecture and literature came to be recognized all over the world. The deep attachment and veneration which the western world had for its own classical traditions and the domination of Latin were shaken when it was discovered that Sanskrit has genetic kinship with Greek and Latin. 19 The great Indian epics Ramayana,. h MahabaratMa, Shakuntala, etc., were translated into (\ I English and became popular in many countries of the world. It emerges from the above that the 'contact a phenomenon I is notl one way phenomenon but it is a pheno menon of two-way traffic. The extent of mutual impact which two or more speech communities have or the benefit they gain when they come into contact with each other, depends on historical and socio-economic factors. The impact of English on the languages of India by way of loanwords can be judged from the fact that every Indian language has at least five to ten percent of English words. As for the impact of the Indian. language on English, the dictionary Hobson-Jobson lists over three thousand words of Indian origin. 19 The credit for this discovery goes to an Englishman Sir William Jones who was an eminent judge in the Calcutta High Court at the end of the eighteenth century..

19 If we look back a little.further, i.e. a few centuries prior to the advent of the Englishmen to. the sub-continent, we find that Arabic and Persian had also come into close contact with the languages of India. We may pause here and ask the question: :19: What has been the greatest impact of this contact between the languages of India and Arabic and Persian? The answer is: LOANWORDS; it is in the field of loanwords that the greatest impact can be seen. Before proceeding to examine the subject of loanwords of Arabic in the Indian languages, in all its ramifications, we will have to consid.er one more important factor, namely language change due to the impact of loanwords. We may at the outset discuss the factors which lead to language change in. general. Language Change By language change we mean the modifications through t imes of a linguistic system. 20 This may sometimes require change of the rules of a language to a considerable extent. It may also entail phonetic changes. Idiomatic usage of words and phrases also change;.all these changes come about during the historical development of every language through the ages Ronald W.Langacker, Fundamentals of Linguistics, p.305

20 :20: The above changes take place through certain adaptive processes in accordance with the socio-economic-cultural goals which every language seeks to serve. This invariably nec~ssitates adj~stment to new envirqn~ ments so that the language survives in an enduring state and functions according t~ the changing needs. LangUage change has been classified in many ways. One of the prominent t~eories is of the di~ergence and.. 21 convergence. By'divergence is meant the differences that come about within a speech community in their manners of speaking literally or psychologically or otherwise; these differences take place during a span. of time. may be a generation or more, due to the 'drifting apart among the members of one community. meant the coming together of ~eople By coiilergence is of different backgroundb and their moulding themselves in a congruent fashion. We can mention Arabie as a case in point. ~ Arabic has been a factor of both convergence and divergel'lce in the development of the Indian languages during, the past ten centuries or more. It has played this role mostly through Persian, as explained earlier. Among other factors of language change 22 are 'vooabular,y,growth and lexical changes'. Every language 21 & 22 The origin & Diversification of Lan~a~. ~Y' Morria-S'wadesh, p.26

21 :21: bas the pbenomenon of 'loss' and 'gain'; some words and expressions whicb are popular at one time drop out of use while some others gain circulation and popularity. Thus the size of the ~ocabulary of any language expands or shrinks in a manner proportionate to the accumulation of new items and abandoning of old ones. The expansion I.: shrinkage of any vocabulary is also linked with two other factors: 'Lexical profusion' and 'lexical economy,.2 3 Lexical profusion is the situation in which there are several names or descriptions for one single object or idea, although the object or the idea may not have many variations, for example; the words used for liquor in Hindi and Urdu: 'sharab', 'jam' and 'my'. Or we may mention the words used to denote,death in Hindi and Urdu:L 'Mout', 'Wafat', 'Intiqal', 'mirityu', 'dehanth', etc. By lexical economy is meant the paucity of words to express an idea or to refer to an object, for example, the word 'AWLAAD' of Arabic is used in Hindi and Urdu to mean progeny; this is perhaps the only word whl.ch is in popular use though the word 'SANTAB' is also used but in a formal sense. It must be noted that 'AWLAAD' in. Arabic 81so means 'children and boys' besides the meaning 'prbgeny' -" \~ 23 Ibid, p.28 p;. ~~, 3e5 W -

22 : 22: Cultural diffusion, acculturation and social pressure are also factors which bring about language change. In fact these are basic causes for the phenomenon of 'convergence and divergence' referred to earlier. Presentation of Analysis We have divided this thesis into three main chapters pertaining to ~hree.main areas of changes in c" the Arabic 10anwords~ namely, Phonetic Changes, Gramniatical Changes and Semantic Changes. We have preferred this particular sequence of chapters because we feel.'. that in any analysis of a linguistic nature the sounds of a language takes the primary place and then the grammar, followed by the semantics. In the Chapter on Phonetic Changes we have analysed t~esound changes that have taken place in Arabic loanwords in the three languages. We have explained the extent of 'Indianization' of Arabic sounds besides giving a broad inventory of the sound changes and also explained th~ impact ot phonetic changes on the other two aress of change namely Grammatical Changes and..., Semantic Changes. In the chapter on Grammatical Changes our main findings pertain to the, elements of Arabic grammar and Arabic grammatical categories that have been borrowed an.d absorbed into Hi-na1 and Urdu and to some extent in ~ ~ -- Tamil also. We have also discussed in detail a most perplexing feature of grammatical change namely 'gender

23 23 change' which have been noticed in abundance. Within ~ramidatical changes also we have mentioned the various 'techniques of integration' of Arabic nouns, adjectives and adverbial and prepositional phrases into Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. In the chapter on 'Semantic Chanbes' we have presented the most spectacular form of changes; we have in the process focussed attention on the 'interplay of~ meanings' between Arabic, Hindi, Urdu and, Ta'mil. We have classified semantic changes under three main cate~ gories namely, 'Narrowing or Restriction of Meaning', 'Wide,ning or Extension of Meaning' and 'Shift or Transfer of Meaning'. t,astly we have summed up all the above changes in our chapter entitled 'Conclusion'.

24 Ii. PHONETIC CHANGES In this chapter we will examine in detail the phonetic changes which loanwords of Arabic have undergone in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. tabulate these changes. We will try to discover, describe and But we must, at the outset, discuss phonetic change in general and then relate it to our subject;,of study. -, Phonetic change is a basic aspect of the diffusion of linguistic traits across genetic boundaries. Linguists have differed amonk' themselves on the question ofwbich of the traits (phonetics, grammatic or,s~m~xltic,) contribute towards this diffusion'. Some have emphasised the semantic and morphological traits (Sapir) and some others have emphasised the grammatical, traits (Boas). There are yet some others likehoije~ who claim that "Traits of Language are not easily borrowed". Phonetic change is not a characteristic of loanwords only; on the contrary, it is more inherent within a speech community in their daily usage and manner of speaking of their native tongue. And phonetic change is not a phenomenon involving the speaker only, it also involves the hearer, i.~ how muc~ and how accurate does he register what he receives. There is a very accurate description of the entire mechanism of sound change by

25 1 O.F. Hockett. :25: He. states as follows: "Wben a person speaks, he aims his articulatory motions more or less accurately at one after another of a set ot bu11'seyes the allophones of the language". Every bit of heard speech has many physical properties and in order to understand the nature of these properties we would have to consider a multitude of factors. There could be a long list of such factors'. Hocket mentions some of them as follows: "the amount of moisture in tne throat,,nose., and mouth of the speaker, random currents in his central nervous system, muscular tics, muscle tonus, emotional state, possible presence of alcohol or drugs, the care with which the speaker is enunciating; the amount and nature of the extraneous noise which reaches the hearer along w~ththe speech signal; the condition of the. hearer's outer ear (presence of wax or dirt), the amount of attention the hearer is giving to the speaker".2 As stated earlier these,factors form a long list and it could be an endless list. It invol~es an intricate operation of the human mind and the speech organs, because every bit of heard speech conditions the expectation distribution of the hearer and it would, by turn, condition the expectation distribution of the whole community ~ & 2 -.~.:~ Hockett,-~K Course in 'Modern Linguistics p.440 & 444 In the

26 :26: the words of Hockett: "the situation is so complex that it is hard to imngine how sound change could not go on all the time".3 It must be also mentioned here that sound change is a slow and continuous process; it never takes place SUddenly. It is also difficult if not impossible for us to observe the process of sound change directly, because, as we said earlier it is a slow and continuous process which may take a generation or more to be accomp1ished~ Phonetic changes have been c1assi~d as "regular,. 4 sporadic and iso1ated"changes. Regular changes are those ~hat are found in hundreds of words: they normally represent changes on the basis of certain phonetic laws. And the sporadic changes are those changes that do not abide by phonetic laws. And the isolated chsn ges are those changes found. in certain words only for psychological and physiological reasons. We have so far described phonetic change in general. We may now proceed to relate this change to Arabic loanwords in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. It would be relevant for us to ask the question: How far qoes the mechanism of sound change within.s speech ~ommunity0escribed affect the Arabic loanwords? by Hockett) After a careful study of the Arabic loanwords in Hin.di, Urdu and Tamil we find --..;:...'.. 3. Ibid, p~ B.B. Surtevant,LingustiO Change, p.68 ff.

27 :27: that phonetic changes in these words have been more in the form of changes in the sounds of the donor language by the receiving language. This is mainly due to the fact that both the language families to which our languages belong, i.e Indo-Aryan and Dravidian, are structurally different from the Semitic family of languar,es to which Arabic belongs. This difference, we shall see has its effect in tpe area of phonetics. As a result, over many centuries the Arabic sounds have become adjusted to the Indian sounds. 'Indinnization' of Arabic sounds. adjustments? Thus there has been an What are the causes.for the above changes and We have mentioned genetic difference as one cause. Besides this, there are several others, such as int~rnal causes, i.e the individual position and structure of speech sounds in a particular language. This is inspite of the fact that the speech organs of all human beings are alike and that every human being can in theory utter any speech sound. But the linguistic environment and the cultural milieu'condition every individual to a certain language and its sound system. Thus f?r the people of.the Indian SUb-continent it is almost impossible to pronounce the guttural sounds of Arabic, /q/,. /h/, /'a/, etc. It is even difficult for them to pronounce the 'SOUnd of the glottal stop DHamza ll which., :"_,...

28 :28: has a strong resemblance to the sound of low vowel!il in Hindi and Urdu. The internal factors have been classified under three heads: Mechanical, Psychological and Structural.5 TAe mechanical are those pertaining phsyiological and articulato+,1 aspects of human speech; the psychological pertain to the perceptual, productive and symbolic aspects; and the Structural Factors pertain to the structural pressures within the,linguistic system. There are two important divisions within the mechanical- factors: Phonetic Drif t and Articulatory Simplification. Most of the sound changes can be traced t:o these two types of mechanical factors. We shall, a little later, find illustrations for this in our subject of study. The external factors are connected with the social o~ physical setting. They may not cause a phonetic change but on the co~trary they may retain the original sounds as a necessity; this is evident in th~ matter of religious texts. For instance the Muslims are enjoined by their religion to recite th+eir prayers (verses from Quran) in Arabic and with the correct pronunciation as far as possible. Thus every muslim endeavours to learn the correct pronunciation and diction of the original Araoic. This becomes more compulsory for persons who -", - want!2follow a re~igious " vocation. Such persons,in ~ F.C. Southworth & C.J. Daswani, Found~ttions of Linguistics, p.290

29 :29 : in addition to their competence in their mother tongue, attain high degree of proficiency in Arabic and Persian and they serve as bilingual channels in the sub"':continent. It was a common practice in many households in India until the recent past that a Mullah (a muslim clergyman) should initiate their children in reading and writing; these mullahs naturally initiated these children in the reading and writing of Persian and Arabic, irrespective of the religion of the Children. Thus there came to exist a community of people (fairly large) who were well versed in the Perso-Arabic linguistic.' tradition. The vocabulary and their speech sounds came to stay in Hindi, Urdu and. Tamil and many other lan~ages of the sub-continent, they were and still continue to be accepted as, cherished wealth of these languages. However, from the phonetic angle, the pronunciation of many of these words bas gradually changed because of the 'Indianization ' referred to earlier. This can be described as a natural outcome because as the number of persons using this vocabulary increased, that is to a say when the bilinguals of this area became nunlerous, the sounds of these words and phrases changed gradually We shall now consider. the different varieties of' such char...ges. -- ~The- most imp;~tant and prominent changes one notices in loanwords of ~rabic in Hindi, Urdu ar~ Tamil

30 are changes arising out of meehani~al fact~rs~i.e. factors related to physiological and articulatory aspects mentioned earlier. Thus many sounds of Arabic have become 'nativised t Linguists have classified suchchange~ under certain categories. Tuey are as follows: tion, Metathesis, Syncope, Haplology, Contraction, Epenthesis and Prothesis. 6 Assmi1a- We can find examples for almost all the above oategories in our subject of stud~. But it must be made clear that loanwords of Arabic were transmitted to Hindi, Urdu and Tamil and to all other languages of the subcontinent ma~nly through Persian because Persian served as the lingua franca of the SUb-continent for many centuries. 'The Persian that was introduced in India was already a highly arabicised language.' (Refer to Intr~duetion for further details on this point). Thus the c, Arabic loanwords had undergone sufficient sound cha~~es before they entered the languages of India. We had earlier mentioned that genetic differenoe is' one of the causes for sound change. It must be noted in this context that these differences do not apply to all the languages of In-dia because the languages of ~orth_, I.Jidiar-especially l1i;;di and Urdu are trom the same tamily as Persian, i.e the Indo-Iranian family ot (\ 'languages. Therefore, the sound ehanges in the loa.n- I..!~.... _-""" _... '. '6' ~ ~ ".~..., ~,

31 words of Arabic, received in these languages are almost the same as in Persian excepting the fricative sounds, retroflex sounds and aspirated sounds. But in the case of Tamil, these loanwords have unde-rgone further changes because Tamil belongs to the Dravidian family of languages. Let us now consider e~amples from our list of.selected words to illustrate the sound changes under the various categories mentioned earlier. Under 'ASSIMILATION' (in which sound becomes identical with, or more similar to, a neighbouring sound)? we have several words in our list; to give one example we may mention the word 'MUNIMI which is originally IMUNIB I.in Arabic. The sound fbi at the end of the word has cnail-ged into Iml because of the proximity between the two sounds. This change has in all probabilityoccurred only in the Indian languages because in Persian the original /bl sound is maintained. Platt lists this word as a changed form of the original Arabic 'Word 'MUNIB. Assimilation also tak.8s place in the following so-unds:,d & J; as in DAHEZ J.AREZ (8b);!~ & II. as in TARAN TARAH (242); these last two examples are' found only in spoken Hindi and Urdu...,. In the category of Assimilation we also have the words MALAK (~)~AT (152), HC1J8AH (157) and -"0 _ -- /, I

32 nei~hbouring Unc.er J"i..ETHATHESIS (...,hich is interchanp:inh of 32 sounds) we cen find the following examples: 'QUJ,FI' or 'KUI,FI' in piece of 'Q,UFLI' (202) andmaltab in place of MATLAB (1S1); MALTAB is colloqual and vulgar. e In the catep:ory of SYI'lCOP.E (which is the loss of syllable nucleus) we'l.t,may mention ZARURT instead of ZARURAT (44); there are some more words of this category. (Refer words 46, ~8, 8~, 159, 198, end 22'/). Under EPEN'rUESIS (which is the insert ion 'of a transitional sound) we find the following examples in our list: 'ARAZ' instead of ARZ and the words in serial numbers 10,22, 31,40,45, 69, 102, 109, 111, 121,'143, 152~ 157, 1S9, 160, 165, 166, 171, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 183, 184, 198, 200, 201, 204 Under METATHESIS (which is interchanging of neighbour:i.ng sound s) we can find the following examples: QULFI or.kulfi MALTAB QUFLI (204) MATLAB (151) - (Colloquial and vulgar) In the category of SYNCOPE (vlhich is the loss of a syllable nucleus) we may mention the following: GHALT GHALAT (46) HARJ HARAJ (57) ITFAK ITTIFAQ (85) MUBA.RK ---. ~.-,-- ~,..- MUBARAI{ (159) KASM QJ.SAM (."rs9) SHOK SHO\-!Q (228) Under EP1-:NTHESIS (which is the insertion ot I) ; transitional sound) the tollo... ing are examples:

33 ARAZ ASAL DAIrnAL ZArYA FIKAR GliADAR HUKAM KASAR LAFAZ MULAZMA MUTABIQ NAKAL ~AZ or QARAJ KATAL KISAM KUFAL SEHAN SHAKAL ARZ ASL DAKHL DAlY FIKR GH.ADR fwki1 (9) (10) (22) (31 ) (40) (45) (69) KASR (102) IAFZ (121) MULAZIMA (165) MUTABIQ (175) NAQL (184) QARD QATL QISM QUFL SAHN SHAKL ( 198) (200) (201) (204) (215) (222) : 33: SIRAF SUBAH TAJARBA WAH-AM WAZAN SIRF SUBH TAJRUBA WAHl'1 WAZN (233) (235) (238) (246) (247) We notice in our study of the Phonetic Changes in Arabic loanword-s-' that most of these words undergo It is mainly due to the fact that these languages belong to different families as mentioned by us earlier. It would, therefore, be useful to give an inventory of these various - ~ -- - sound change in the receiving languages.

34 changes: ' 1. The letter HAMZA is a consodant in Arabie articulated as a Glottal Stop in all the three positions, init ial, middle and final, e.g. Asl C?,tl); Sual C-<)~ ("d..~ and Dua (,b~\"tl~). But in Hindi and Urdu, it is articulated as low or middle vowel as in Asal, Sual, and Dua. In some speech communities, such as the people of north India who have had more contact with Persian and through it Arabic, maintain the original articulation of Hamza as in Arabic. Hamza is also articulated as a Glottal Catch in some words in Hindi and Urdu i as in Mas la and Muta~ ssir. As an orthographic sign, Hamza is always retained in Hindi and Urdu but it remains as a letter without a well defined sound; the most interesting fact is that Hamza has been adopted in ~his fashion in native words of Urdu also, e.g. JAIYE AIYE and in gentive phrases adopted from Persian as in KHAN-E-KHUDA, etc. sign. In Tamil the Hamza does not have any orthographic It is articulated as in Hindi and Urdu, i.e as a low and mid vowel. e.g. ASAL, LAYIK and TUA. I 2. THA ( u - e) an Inter - Dental Fricative in Arabic as'voiceless alveolar fricative ( and Urdu. Examples: SABIT and MISAL. ) in Hindi

35 :35: 3 HA C--[ - '11 ) a Pharyne;eal Fricative in Arabic is a.rticulated in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil as 9 Fricative h'. Examples: HALWA, I'1EHBUBA, HUKAI'1, Laryngeal etc., in Hindi and Urdu and TEHSlLDAR in Tamil.,,:\;.. 4. KHA Cl:. - >< ) a voiceless Velar Fricative in Arabic is articulated as Voiceless Aspirated Velar Stop in Hindi-Urdu and as a Voiceless unaspirated velar stop in Tamil. Examples: KHABAR, KRALl, etc., in Hindi and Urdu and KALl in Tamil. This sound is also articulated as the original Arabic in the speech communities of North India which have had close contact ~ith Persian and Arabic. 5. DAL ( > - a) a Voiced Dental Alveolar Stop in Arabic is articulated in Hindi and Urdu as a Voiced Dental Stop as also in Tamil where it is articulated as only a Voiceless Dental Stop. Examples: DAXAL, and TAVA in Tamil. DALIL, etc, in Hindi and Urdu 6. DH.AL (.> ~ ) a Voiceless Emphatic Alveolar Stop in Arabic is articulated as vo,iced dental alveolar!ricative in Urdu and as a Voiced' Velar Stop in Hindi and Tamil. 7.?ad (L.JO - ~ ) a Voiceless Emphatic A1- - veol:1irtricative in Arabic is articulated as a Voiceless Alveolar Fricative in Hindi, U~du'and Tamil. Examples: KRASS, MUSIBAT (Hindi and Urdu); PASALU, MAHASULU -(Tamil).

36 : ;6:,, 8.. Dad, (cp _ Jr) a Voiceless Emphatic Alveolar Stop in Arabic is articulated as a Voiced Alveolar Fricative - ~. in Hindi and Urdu and as a voiced Palatal Stop in Tamil. Ex amp 1 e: ZARURAT, (1 - ~) a Voiceless Emphatic Al- 9. TA veolar Stop in Arabic is articulated as a Voiceless dental stop in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. Example: MATLAB, TABLA, SAKHT, etc., in Hindi and Urdu and SARTU and VASTA in Tamil. 10. ZA (1; -~) a Voiced Emphatic Alveolar " Fricative in Arabic is articulated as a Voiced Alveolar Fricative in Hindi and Urdu and as a -voiced palatal stop In some colloquial varieties of Hindi one may hear the voiced palatal stop instead of the alveolar fricative. (J) in Tamil. Example: ZULM in Hindi and Urdu; MANJURU in Tamil "-AYN ( L.- S ) a' Voiced Pharyngeal Fricative, in Arabic is articulated in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil as a low or mid vowel. Example: ILM, M4LUM, MANA in Hindi ana Urdu;. AMALUKU in Tamil. - ~ 12. GRAYN ( L - ~ ) a~ voiced velar fricative in Arabic is~rticula~ed velar stop. --~ in Hindi and Urdu! as a voiced Example: GAZAL, GULAM, etc. in Hindi and Urdu; KAPUR ( <.. GHAFUR) in Tamil.

37 FA (~ -.~ ) a Voiceless Labio-Dental Fric ative 'in Arabic is articulated as a Voiceless Bilabial Aspirated Stop in Hindi and Urdu. But it is articulated in Tamil as ( ) voiceless bilabial stop. 14. QAF (~; - tv) a voiceless Uvular Stop in Arabic is articulated as a Voiceless Velar Stop in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. bxamples: KASAM, KATAL (Hindi and Urdu); KISTI (Tamil) We give below a sample list of some Arabic loanwords and their pronunciation in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. ARABIC BADAL ALAHIDA BE GHAYRI DtAVA DABT DIL'U FASL FAYSAL HADIR ~.---- HINDI/URDU ALEDA.BAGHAYR D.AVA ZABT ~Urdu) JABT Hindi) ZILLA (Urdu) JILLA (Hindi) FASAL (Urdu) PHASAL (Hindi) FAYSALA (Urdu) PHAYSALA (Hindi) TAI'lIL PATHIL ALAIDA TAVA JAPTI JILLA PASAL PAYS ALA HAZIR ~UrdU) HAJIR Hindi) AJIR HUKM JAI,D HUKUI'1 HUKAl'1 JALD JALDI

38 JAYB LAYIRQ r-iinnat Mulaf M laf MUSAWWADA NAFAR NAQL QAID QARAR QIST RAADU SU'AL TEHSIL WUSUL JEB LAYIR~ (Urdu) LAYAK (Hindi) I'lINNAT MANNAT MAF MAPH MASUDA, NAFAR. NAPHAR NAQL NAQAL (Hindi) NAKAL (Hindi) QAIDE KAIDE QARAR (Urdu) KARAR (Hindi) QIST KIST RADD SUAL (Urdu) SAVAL (Hindi). TEHSIL WUSUL WASUL JEFPY. SOppy SEPPY LAYAK MAP MASODA NAPAR NAKALU KYDE KARARU KISTI RATTU SAVAL THASILU VASULU Besides the above explained phonetic chang'es we also notice that_phonetic changes have rnduce~grammatical in many cases changes; this is evident in the matter of gender change of Ar-pbic loanwords in Hindi and Urdu and to some extent in Tamil. Many Arabic words

39 that are feminine in gender get changed to masculine : 39: gender due to the similarity between the end-sounds of these words and those of Hindi and Urdu. For example words ending in 'A' sound are feminine in Arabic but masculine in Hindi and Urdu because all such native words of these two languages are masculine in gender. 'IRATA' (4), 'DAARRA' (27), 'DHAREEA' (28), 'GHUSSA' (51), 'ILAQA' (74) and 'ISHARA' (82), are some of the examples of such gender change. As regards Tamil most of the Arabic loanwords are placed in the category of 'neutral gender'. Howeve' -some words are classifieq as masculine.and feminine by suffixing certain nouns of Tamil, for example, the. Arabic word 'WAKEEL' is used in Tamil in the meaning of a 'lawyer'; but the gender is indicated by suffixiflr the word 'AYYA', i.e. WAKEEL AYYA to mean a 'male' la-wy-er or the word Al"Il'1A' i.e. WAKEEL AMMA to mean a 'female' lawyer. It must be mentioned here that in Arabic there are certain exceptions to the above referred nouns. There are words such as 'KHALIPHA' (A Caliph), and ALLAMA' (a learned person) which are i'eminine in gender but are used mostly to denote masculine referents It must also be pointed out here that the above change of gender of Ar-abic loanwords on the basis of similarity of sounds with native words is a phenomenon

40 :4(): that has developed in Hindi and Urdu due to the native influence and not due to the influence of Persian because in Persian there is no distinction of gender. We also notice in our study of phonetic change in Arabic loanwords in Hindi and Urdu that the phonetic traits of the Hindi and Urdu. speech community may be a factor in the peculiar grammatical usage of some Ara1?ic loanwords in these two languages. For example, the words 'MOWJUD' and 'MOWJUDA' (156); both these words are adjectives in Arabic but in Hindi and UrdU t the former is used as a 'noun' and the later as an A 'adjective '. In Arabic the former is -'masculine' in gent der and the later is 'feminine'. But in Hindi and Urdu ~ there is only one invariant form of the latter" i.e MOWJUDA which is used as an adjective: 'MOWJUDA MAKAN' (the present house) and 'MOWJUDA HALAT' (The prese,nt --condition}. It must be noted that in the first phrase the qualifying noun 'MAKAN' is of masculine gender whereas the word 'HALAT' in the second phrase is of feminine gender. In conclusion we may say that we have in our study of phonetic changes in Arabic loanwords in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil made only a broad survey of these changes; we have not discussed these changes in detail --- because we shall be discussing these changes in the chapter on Grammatical changes. -

41 I J I GRAMI1ATICAL CHANGES In this chapter an attempt has been made to analyse the Grammatical Changes that have taken-place in Arabic loanwords in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. Before doing so, it would be useful to describe briefly the salient features of these languages. Arabic beloll~s to the Semitic group of J.anguages. It is a synthetic or inflectional language like Latin or Sanskrit. As such, in Arabic the syntactic relationship of nouns is indicated by case endings and verbs are inflected by means of prefixes, infixes and suffixes to indicate the various persons, numbers, genders, derived forms, moods and tenses. There are only three Parts of Speech in Arabic, namely, Verbs, Nouns,and Pa-rticles. The most characteristic feature about Arabic is that the great majority of its words are derived from trilateral roots which are also described as radicals. The process of derivation or conjugation of nouns and verbs is done in a systematic manner in Arabic. There are regular patterns for all the derivatives. There are two basic kinds of sentence structures in Arabic, namely, the verbal sentence and the nominal sentence. The verbal type of sentence is the cardinal ~orm of expression in Arabic. The verbal sentence al- _ ways-b~ns with ~a--verb and nominal sentence begins with a noun. Nominal sentences do not have any verb by defi-

42 nition but only a subject and a predicate. Thus the sentence,rrhe house is bie;' would be expressed as 'The 40use big'. It can be noticed that there is no copula 42 in Arabic as is found in Hindi and Urdu; as regards Tamil, the generally accepted view is that there is no copula in Tamil. But one scholar has recently propagated. th e Vlew " th a t copu 1 a d oes ex1s " t" ln T aml "1 1 like Arabic. Hindi and Urdu are not inflectional languages S There is no declenlion in these two lan- Buages but the cases are formed by means of certain adverbs \vhj,ch are described by native grammarians as 'HURUF-E-MANAWI' (in Urdu) meaning sign~ficant particles'. The case endings in Hindi and Urdu are conveyed through postpositions namely, 'NE' (mg: by); 'KAt (mg: of); 'KO' (mg: to, for); and 'SE' (mg: from, with, by, etc). The grammar books of Hindi and Urdu state that there are eight cases in Hindi and Urdu, namely, the Nominative, Agent,Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Ablative, Locative, and Vocative. But Urdu grammarians tend to recognise only three cases namely, the Nominative and Agent, the Genitive and the Dative-Accusative. Tamil is an inflectional language' like Arabic. Nouns are inflected in Tamil by means of suffixes and separables and pa~~~~es. There are eight cases in Tamtl,--namely, the Nominative, the Accusative, the --~ , 1 R. Kotandaraman, Studies in Tamil Linguistics, p. IS"

43 :43: Instrumental, the Dative, the Ablative,,the Genitive, the Locative and the Vocative. In the matter of Genders, Tamil has a Neuter Gender besides the Masculine / and Feminine Genders. In the light of the above given salient features of these languages we notice in our analyses in this chapter that Arabic has not made any deep inroads in the area of grcl.~mar of these lanc:;uac;es; however, we do notice that some c;ramatical elements of Arabic have been totally absorbed in these lane:ua ;e,s such as in the wo rd s : ' ALAHIA' ( 5 ), ' Ell. G HA. YR' (18);, 13 :L1ruL ' ( 20 ) ; 'FEE' (39); 'BAD' (1 L \-); 'BAZ' (25); 'ZIDD' (31~); 'GHA.YH rj.adir' (49); 'LA JAVAJill" (120), 8nd ria1io\it,a' (lre (140) all of these words!... by them,selves Grammatical. element s of Arabic or a part of them are so; all these have beentotall;y absorbed in tne borrowing languages as v>1hole units without making any cbc::mc;es in their structures. (fol' full details refer the respective words irl this chapter alphnbetically). It is ~enerally believed that ho language borrows verbs of any other lan~';uac;e; but vie :q.otice that some Arabic verbs have been absorbed in Hindi and.urdu; such 0.3 'YAANI' (245) and 'IiA UBAA.LI' (refer under the,-lord 'LP.' - 120). However, these verbs do not function as verbs in Hindi arid Urdu but they are u.sed as adjectives. (for detailc refor this word i~ this chapter alphabetically).

44 :44: Change of gender is another recurring feature that we note in Arabic loanwords in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil; we find that chance of Gender of Arabic words in these languages (more so in Hindi and Urdu) is of three kinds: (a) Chance due to phonetic similarity bet-. ween Arabic words and certain native words; for example all word s end inc; with nn 'All.. t sound in Arnbic are feminine Gender in Arabic but they become masculine gender in Hindi and Urdu on the analoyy of native words. (Hefer the words ZAAlM' \.27 ) and 'ILAQA' (71;.). However, there are some exceptions to this rule in Arabic; there are some \vords such as 'IQ-IALIPHAt and 'ALLA1'1A' (meaning a C3liph and a le3rned person respectively) that nre mostly used to denote a masculine referent though they are fem:iiine in form. (b) Chanf,e of gender on the analog'j of meanings of either native words or related words of Arabic: 'ASLt (20); taaysht (12), 'DRALEEL' or 8 ZALEEL' (under Dhillat - 29), 'OADR' (191) and several other words. (for which refer this chapter). (c) ChnYlt';e of Gender as a 'convention' or as a mattter of usac;e; in this category change of Gender takes place for inexplicable reasons; Arabic words which are clearly masculine in Gender and donot bear any analogy of feminine gender endings of IIindi and Urdu nor do they bear any analogy of ~eanin~ of either native or of Arabic \vords but they are used as feminine in Gender. (e.,,;. tidilibar' (105); 'SALAH' (214.) and 'QASAi"I' t198) and several other words for which refer this chapter. As recards Tamil, all Arabic loanwords are classified either as masculine, feminine or neuter genders. It must be pointed out that in Persian there is no distinction of gender, therefore the above referred distinction-~roblem do not exist in Persian. It would be useful for us to digress a bit here

45 on the issue of Grammatical Change in loanwords in gene- :rei and on the inter influencinf, bet\oleen languages. The ~pinion of Linfuists differ widely on these two issues. W.D. Whitney, a lin~uist of the first generation has opined that: 'What is most easily t8ken out of the stores of one lanf-uace to be 8dded to trlose of 8nother is the names of epithets of thinfs, liounsand adjecti.ves, verbs, mljch less e:1si.ly, pclrt:icles, lwrc!ly nt 811; 8ppar8tl1s of oerivation, p:-efixps r.mc1 suffixen, very sp8rinp;ly; 8nd apporntlls of inflection, endings of declension and conj USrlt io n, C'~- r 1 t? le8"". 0-,. :11-L. Another noted linguist H.P. T,ehm('nm at: ate f': 'Borrowed forms are subject to chanf,e (phonolorical, morpho]op;ical And semantic) bul differ from Ule n~,tj ve forms j n the ir mode of entry in to a lanvuf)r-~e. 'I'hi G 1'!1riy be of v8rious types,.iust 8S the t,ypes o~ (' con t act b eween t ", Languages may Ol~ '. -i"f.er. ' 3 Uriel Weinreich, while dibcussin~ the structuralist theory of communication which distinguishes betwe0n speech and languag;e, says that 'Morphemes and grammatical relation belonging to one 18n~ua~e can 0ccur in the speech of another language as 'Borrowings'.,4 We find that the last mentioned statement Can be applied to' A1'8bic loanwords 2 H.D Whitney, 'The life and Growth of Language', p 'yj.p. Lehmann, 'Historical L: nguistics: An Introduction I p Uriel Weinreich, 'LI''IDr;uages in Cont?ct', p.30

46 :11-6 :.n Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. We have already given examples of borroivinc of c;rarnlilaticnl element s in Arabic in Hindi, Urdu and Tami] Besides the above, we find that a majority of the.. Arabic nouns that have come into Hindi, Urdu and Tamil have undergone.morphological modifications; this hns helped in introducinc; elegant speech or in multiplying the usages of Arabic nouns. As an example of elegant speech He rony mention the "'Jords 'U1"lAIUYYA v (refer under 'II1AlffiT'-7::-" iziddi' (refer under 'DIDD'-43L!) and 'ZIYADTI' )refer under 'ZIYADA'-2L~8) each of these viords has undere;one morph.oloc:ical modifications end has thus evolved into an elec;antform in the borrowing languages. The Viord 'LUTlluHYYA' is for example the diminutive noun in Hindi and Urdu of 'UI'IAH'; it is used as an elecant word in Hindi and Urdu (moetly in poetry and in film f;oncs) The other word s 'ZIDDI' and 'ZIYADTI' can be described as 'colourful' in a negative sense; we say so because these t wo words have, after morphological modifications, introduced the extreme conrot8tions of these \10rds. 'ZIDDI' is the Persian form of Relative noun that has been absorbed in Hindi and 'Urdu in order to convey the meaning: 'an obstinate person': in the same manner the word 'ZIADTI' is also the Persian form of relative noun that has been absorbed in Hindi and Urdu in order to introduce the extreme meaning of 'violence, oppression, tyranny, etc'; these meanings have been

47 :47: developed from the basic meaning of theword t i.e. 'increase or excess'. We find e. similar example of colourful expression in n negative sense in the word 'KAALI' in Tamil which is from the Arabic,.,rord,KRAALI' (refer word No.104); this word has been absorbed in Tamil in order to denote a 'vagabond or a worthless person'. As recards multiplyinc the usa~e of Arabic nouns throu5h morphologicnl modificationi, we have in this chapter numerous examples. 'We may mention here only one word, namely, 'BADAL' - (16) which has been modified into 'BADALNA', 'BADALWAANA', 'BADLA LENA', 'BADALW,AAYI', and 'BADLI', etc., in order to introduce a variety of meanin~s. (for details refer the '~ord in this chapter alphabetically). The most baffline form of grammatical borrowing are certain verbs of Arabic that are used as 'suasives' in Hindi. and Urdu such as 'YAANI' (2L~::» or as adjectives such as 'LA UBAALI' (120); 'YAANI' in Arabic is a verb in the present tense, third person, singular, masculine gender meaning 'he means or it means,' 1 In Arabic the person, number and gender char~e according to the 'context. But in Hindi and Urdu it remains constant. Thu) in Hindi and Urdu it is brought in as a device to express various unstated propositions.,(for further details refer the word in this chapter alphabetically).

48 :48: 'LA UBBALI' (120) is an instance of total change of cater;ory because in Arabic it is a verb in the.present tense, first person, sincular and common in gender and it is preceded by the negative particle 'LA'; in Arabic it means: 'I do not care or bother'. But in Hindi and Urdu it is used as an adjective as in the sentence: 'WOH AA.lJHI LA UBAALI MIZAJ KA HAl' (that person is or a careless dispositi6n). This kind of usage may sound perplexing or even ambiguous to an Arab. But in Hindi and Urdu the Grammatical aspect of. this phra-se has been completely neutralised. It must be noted that no verb of Arabic has been absorbed in Tamil. Besides the above change there are other varieties of categ;ory change such as Arabic nouns into' adjectives. The examples for these are numerous. We mention here only a fe\,1: 'ASAL' (10); 'DHARRA' (27); 'GF..ALAT' (46); 'HARAM' (59); and 'KHAYR' (115). Some adjectives of Arabic have been converted into conjunctions in Hindi and Urdu such as 'BAAQI' (13) Arab~ic nouns are also converted into adverbs; the examples for this are also numerou~; most of the words mentioned under the category of change into adjectives may be referred for this category also. --'-- ~t-i-s also a known feature of Arabic that the - meanings of different words emana~ing from one root change according to the change of form, but in Hindi

49 :49: and Urdu it is noticed that there is a loss of distinction between the different forms of Arobic loanwords. For example, the derived forms of 'JALSA' (90) n8mely, 'IJLAAZ', 'JULOOS' and 'JALSA' arc used differently when compared to th6ir -original meaninbs in Arabic. (for detailn Gee the word in this chnptcr.) Another word is 'QABUL' and 'IQllAL' (refer under the \vord '~1UQABALA t - 171). vje have 81so noticed in thi c chapter that Arnbic nouno, D.c1jectives, and advcrbil\l m:d J)rc!pocitionnl phrrces have been integrated into llimli, Urclu [.nd l'o:ylil, in a uniqu~ manner. This hrs been achieved through various methods. The most common method one observes in Hindi and Urdu is to use Arabic prepositions and postpositions in the Ablative or Locative cases. This f8cilitotes impressivo and elecant expression in these tvjo lanc;uacco. 'rhe ex8mpleg for some of these are: 'BADLE' 'BAD', 'HAWAALE', 'ZIr~r1E', 'ZAIUYA', 'SnlAYE', 'AI~N..JA', '~ABV, 'QAREEB', 'I'lUrrMJLIQ', 'JVIUT.AABIQ', 'l-luwaafiq', 'SABAE', 'KIIII.AAF', etc. Each of these is invari(1)1.y preceded by the Genitive affix 'KE' as for example 'YEH YJiA1"l ArI' Yill ZU1I'1E l1en HAJ' (it in your responsibility to do this work). He have analysed each of these \-lords in this Chapter. (Refer every word alphabeticalli for details). The next important method of integration has been the adoption of the technique of 'base extending affixes' which han helped 1cainly in evolving numerous

50 :50: verb patterns from Arabic nouns in Hindi and Urdu. This is done besides the usual practice of appending the auxiliary verbs 'HONA' or 'KARNA' of Hindi and Urdu to Arabic nouns in 'order to convey the basic functional meanin ; of the word~ \Vith the technique of 'base-extending affixes' the Arabic noun io itself modified into certain indigenous forms in order to convey different meanings. For example, the Arabic noun 'BADAL' (16) has been modified into: 'BADLA'; 'BADLI'; 'I3ADAL'VJAYI', etc and these nrc used with different types of vcrbs to convey different meanincs. Variety of meanilll;s is also Dchievedby not cho.nc; ins the form of the Arnbic nouns but bychancinc the verba ottochcd to it; thug the 'dc-2d 'KUABATI' (105) when used ''lith the HindijrJrdu verb 'DENA' would simply mean: 'to inform'; but when used "lith the'verb 'LENA' it \>1ill mean 'to serve one out; ~o settle accounts with'. We have also noticed in our study of GrammaticaJ. Chances that several prefixes and suffixes of Persian have been attached to many Arabic loanwords in Hindi and to some words).n Tamil. 'l'hc most frequent ly used prefixes are: 1. 'B~' (a necative adjective of Persian denoting absence of a quality or privation); this particle is prefixed to many Arab "'lords, for example, 'BE KHABAR' (105) (uniformed; not aware of); 'BE - QUSOOR I (203) (guilt-.le ss; innocent).

51 51 2~ 'BAt is a Persian adjective of possession, meaning 'po~sessed of', 'according to'; this adjective is also prefixed often to Arabic nouns; the most commonly repeated phrases with this element are: iba IQIABAR' (acquainted 'with or well versed) or (well i.nformed) 'BA QAAYUDA' (regular; according to ~les); eba SALAHUYAT' (8 person of abi1it~ or competence). Refer word No.214.,.tNAt isalsoa Persian prefix meaning 'no.t';,: it is a negative adjective that is' frequently combineq with' Arabic words such as NAKAAFI (not enou{jh, insuffioient);' INA QAABIL-E-BARDAASHT' runbearab.1e; beyond endurance); it must be noted 4 that.the word 'BARDAASHT' is a Persian word used frequently in Hindi and Urdu. 4. 'BUD' is also a Persian prefix meaning 'ugly, bad, etc'. It is also a negative adjective meaning ill temper..., 5. The Arabic particle of exception 'GAHYR' (49) is also prefixed with Persian words and used fr.'eouently. in Hindi and Urdu, for example (GRAYR AAJ3AAD - uncultivated; not peopled); 'GlIAYR POKHTAGI' (unripeness, immaturity). It must be noted that such exprcs- sions are used more in Urudu than in Hindi. There are also several,suffixes of Persian that are attached to Arabic loanwords and used frequently in Hindi and Urdu. are: -) The most commonly used among these

52 :52: 11 tdaar' meaning "holding; p<}ssessing; keeping; keeper; possessor; lord; master'; (e.g.) 'MAAL DAAR' a r ' rich manh 'ZIMME DAAR' (responsible person. otficial with autnority): 'HAVAALDAAR' (a military" officer). " 2. ''JAM' meaning 'having; poss'essing; like; in the manner 01"; e.g. 'QIST WAAR' (by instalme~ts); TEEB WAAR' (order wise). 'TAR 3. 'MAND' is a Persian suffix joined to substantives to torm adjectives denoting possession; e.g. 'AQAL MAND' (sensible. wise) ~,, 4. 'ICAAR' (meaning 'act Or action or doer of meanine the action'); the last mentionedlis more trequently used in Hindi and Urdu as in the expressions: '.FUNKAAR'. (an artist); 'ADAAK.A.AR' (an actor; perfo;t'1ller); It must be noted that these expressions are innovations in Hindi and Urdu. We have tried to present a kind of summary of the major grammatical changes in Arabic loanwords in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. It can be seen that grammatical changes are most interesting than the phonetic changes some of basic nature, such as category change a~d gender change; Graminatical change has also acted as an impetus to Semantic change; this has been achieved mostly through the technique of tbase extending affixes' and by attaching certa~n pretixf)s and suffixes of Persian ---,. 1;0,-Arabt'e "loanword s.

53 . Details and Format ot Grammatical Changes: 53 We shall now present the Grammatical Changes ina tabulated fo~. Our tabulation is in the following order: Each Arabic loanword is placed under the column Lexical Item (1); end then analysed under the column 'Grammatical Category' wherein we explain the grammatical category of \. l the word in Arabic (2)t Hindi and Urdu (3) and Tamil (4). We then analyse each word further under the column 'Derived Forms' in order_to enumerate ell the forms of the loanword and their meanings in the donor (5) and in the receiving languages (6 &'7). Then1bllows the column 'Distribution',wherein we present samples of actual usage,qf the loanword in the donor (8) and in the receiving languages (9 & '10). Lastly we give our observations about each loanword in the column 'Remarks' (11). The summary of grammatical changes discussed in this chapter so far is based on the detailed analysis presented in the tabulated form. The detailed analysis provides the severel aspects of the interaction between the donor and receiving languages at the grammatical level. (Changes at the Semantic level are dealt with in the next chapter).

54 54,GIW1MATICAL' CHANGES Analysis TABLE showing the Grammatical Changes of Arabic loanwords under Columns: 'Lexical Items' (1); 'Grammatical Category' - 'Arabic' (2); 'Hindi & Urdu' (~); and 'Tami l' (4); and 'Derived Forms-' - 'Arabic' (5); 'Hindi and Urdu' (6) and 'Tamil' (7); and 'Distribution' - 'Arabic'(8); 'Hindi' & Urdu' (9); and 'Tamil' (10); and 'Remarks' (11) Note: The number given in brackets after each lexical item is the serial number 'as listed in the Appendix.

55 55 GRAMMATICAL CHANGES ~ ~---- GRAI"'.ATTICAL CATEGORY DERIVED FORr'J'S. DISTRIBUTION LEXICAL ~ ~ ITEM ARABIC HINDI & URDU TAMIL ARABIC HINDI & URDU T~~IL ARABIC HINDI & URDU TAMIL REMARKS ~12 1~2 L22 {~2 ~~2 ~ 2_.:. i22 H~2 tt2 ~ i1q2 ~112 LAADAT (Un) (1 ) (Mg: Habit Custom). Noun;, Fem; Sing; Noun; Fem; Sing; F1r1 as per native form: AADATON (Nom);AADATEN (Accus) nil.. nil AADATI (Persian nil Relative noun used occasionally in Urdu Used in Nn & Vb sentences Used with Vbs. like BANNA SARAAB PEENA UNKI AADAT BANGAYEE nil nil ~AADI Adj; (un) M.asc; (2) Sin.; (Mg: Ordinary) Adj. unmarked nil for gender and number nil nil nil Used only with Nns in Nn & Vb sentences Used in sentences like: MEIN CHAI KI AADI NARIN HOON (I'm not used to tea) There is dif.' in quality of this Adj. between the donor & receiving lang. But in Hindi/ Urdu it is Adj of manner!fat (3) (Mg: Harm Hurt Evil) Noun; Fem; Sing Nn;Fem; Sing; Plrl as per native form: AF ATON (Nom) AFATEN (Aces) Nn;Unmarked for \Jen & No.; Plrl as per netv form: APA1'HUK- KAL nil nil nil Used, in Nom & Vb.sentences Used in sen- Used as tences like: caution KIYA AFAT word MACHI HAl APATU - (what a prob Danger; lem it is) Also used in sei!.tences :ITH'u APATTU AKIVIDUl1. (This will become. dangerous) Used in varying contexts in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil

56 ~ ~ ~ (1 ) (2 ) (6) (7) (8) (9 ) (10) (11) -. ".!"'"'~ "l""' :.:.: j'~~ (-80:-[:-1); Used in Used in senten IHA'l'A (1'un) (l~ ):: AHATA in NOllD ; (i:jf) :B'e:n; Sir:~;; liindi/ Urdu (Mr::: Encirclme;,f'I:': ) 1"~3sc; 3i11C; 1'11'1; els Vb sen- ce s YEH ArIAT-Etences,KALE t'-...::...an HAl in the ~his is the dt. meaninb of Kale Khan. An Are 8 1,.JOH El'~ AHA'r A :r;. [ ::;;}...J": BAli Gb.Yl..-That A'r ASH- has become a SEUETA residential BE IEA- area. ~ATIL This usage has E:AYY probably come The po thro' Persian lice because it is cordon used in Persi ed off an in the the area same meaning. :56: It must be noted that in plrl. the TA ending has be en dro ped in Hindi/ Urdu & suffix es ON & EN have been hooked to the \'/ord ignoring TA ending 'whi~h is essential in Are bie. This is perhaps to faci litate phonetic ease in receipient language.

57 ~ i!2 1s2 ~22 ~~L ~~2 ~~ ~Z2 ~~2 ~22 ~!Q2 ~!!2.. :57: 'A.i.,, 'Y: rreposi Used as Adj & Nn; Unmar - D...: t io!1 + Advb. ulkarke::j ked for (Tin) Nn (indfor Gender Gender & ALEYDA Genitive and Nuxber. Number (HindiY:::"phrase In persian ALAYTA & used as Adj. ALATHI & Advb. in Tamil (5) em@, : Separate, distinct) 'ALAHIDAGI (ALAHIDA+I= ZEND AFF i= Sanskrit I'1g:Aloofness ALATI Adj; un marked for gender & No. :u sed as As Adj HAMARA Advb: This is genti ve t1akan UNKE Ithi a case of phrase'.m.akan SE ALEY ALATI major ch in nomi DA HAl (our YAKA ange sine nal & house is se- VAlKA a genit Vbl sen parate from VENDUM ve phra tences theirs; As Keep se can Advb: I'1UJE this sisting ~SE sepa- of pre- ALAYDA BAAT. rately postn. KARNA HAl AVAN & ann. (I've to ORU in the talk to you ALATI donor separately) MANI has been U:NKI ALEYHID TAN convert- -GI RAMEN He is ed into PASANT NAHIN a man Adj. & (I dont like of a Advb in his aloofnes:; or he receip is a ient Alayd~ is al man lanuage ways :Lnter. unto connected w:lth himone of the following: self. 'ISKO' 'USKO' ISSE & USSE

58 :; LA:i.AL \.6) NnCinf) emf:!"lase; Doing; Sing. action; activity) AHEERA (7) CMg: Chief-' tain; Conmander; Prince) Nn in Adj. form; Mascj Sing; Nn.Co::::.n. ;''iasc; 1:;n. un'jiark AIEL Nr:?[~lliOOL & 'AI1ALI Sing; Flrl as ed for Asnt ~ for r'la.~';ool see "Jernatv fot::::" Gen.Plrl. fla2~ool this list alpha J..i'iLLDi'J U~om) as per na Nn Objt betically. AI1AlEN (Accus)tv.for'JI: AEALl '1uiJJ,I i3 used Arabic Plrls. AI'lALUKK.AL Adj. A IviAL is a:.so as Adj unrr.ark used in Urdu ed for Gen & No 0 NUSTHlAL & ls'r'ii1..ii.l are a. so frequently used. in Eindi/Urdu. L.AIlIL also used only in Urdu in the Mg. Labourer or employee. The PlrlLis distorted form of Arabic P1r1 AM.A.LA. IS'hNAL Nn. (inf) of the Vb in 10 th form - Refer alphabetically this1ist for this word. Adj; unmarked for gender; plr1 as per natv forms: A.f'lEERON (Nom) AIiEEREN (Accus) The Arabic Plrl ~~ is also used but more in Urdu than in Hindi I"IAl'100R (N.Obj) AYiEERl Nn of attribu tior or Adj;. MascI; Sing; (.M:g:Per taining to Ameer royal) ANEERl is Persian relative Nn. very commonly used in Hindi/ Urdu.. AMEERI is used in opposit ion to GHARIBI (Mg:Poverty) :58:. U sed in U sed in senten Used only Nom & ces like:unka in Vb sen va. sen YEil AI1AL ACHtences CHA i~ahin HAl INDA M.ASODA tence: CThis action.al''1alukku of his is not KONDU VARAP good). AAP IS PATATHU PAR Al"IAL KIJl. (This bill YE (you pl. was implemented.). act on this or do according to this) IS FROGR.AI1 KI AMALI SHAKAL KYA HAl (wnat is the practi cal form of implementing this programme Used in Used with comn. Nn. form. Nns in sentence & Vb like YEH AMEER se~ten- ADMI HAT (This ces. is a rich man) US. AMEER AWRATNE Ij }leh MAKAN lchareeda HAl (That rich lady has purchaeed 'this house) It must be noted that all Ar words on the pateru of FA, EEL like AMEER GHAREEB KARIM NASIB are struc. tural~

59 l -:59 : 2 ~ 2 ~ ~ L ~ ~_~ ( 7- contn) IS MULK t-len AI"lEER! ZIAYADA RAI (In.this country wealthy people are more in number - Lit: the condition of wealthiness is more Adj. They mayor may not function as Adj Sometimes they have both func tions of being Adj or comn. or proper Nn. e.g. KAREEM can mean a generous person and also mean the name of a person In view of this dual characteristic of this word it is pos sible that in Hindi & Urdu the change of category has taken place.

60 :60: g 2 ':. ~ ~..:._'Z ~ 2.,..-..;.-1Q A.AI1M (8) (11[2: : Ordinary) Adj; Masc; Sing; Adj; unmarked - for f,ender & number umoom Nn, im. UMOOI"IAN '"IL UM.-. OO~: U1'100I'l, Ul100I'1AN (Ar. accusative case) UI100l'IS - Persian form of relative Noun F'IL UMOOI"l (Used only in Urdu) Used only" Used with Nn. & as Adj;It Vbs, e.g. AMM is used ADMI (Lay man) in opposi "AAI'1 BAT HAl (It tion to is common knowthe word ledge) AAMl'1 _ KRASS H1JOJANA ('ro be- (Spl. or come general or Pvt.) common) IT is FIL UMOOM also used in is a geni opposition to IGIASS tive phra e.g. D IW A.J.'l' - E-AI'1I1 se consis ting of a DIWAN-E-KHAS preposition and (Republic Chamber & ann. Pvt Chamber) Also used in idioms like AMM-TOR-SE. (Generally) UI'100MI QAAIDA HAl (It is general rule) Ul1OOI'1AN AISA NAHIN HarA HAl (It does not happen like this generally) Used with auxilary verbs in Hindi/Urdu such as Karna, Banana, etc. The idiom AM11 TOR/SE is a comb ina tion of Arabic word AMM & TOR "lith Hindi/Urdu suffix SE which makes it an advbl. All ihese forms' have probably been trans terred to. Hindi/Urdu thro' Persian. But AMM/TOR-SE is purely ; Hindi/Urdu because SE is a Hindi ' Urdu suf- )' f~:r;..11"

61 ABD ARZ in Hindi/ Urdu (9 ) ( i'lp: : to exhibit; pre sent ~ bre8dth) Nn. Inf Masc; Sing; l ~ F S \~n, e;r}; lns; - Plrl as per native forr.l A..GZOH (l;o:n) and lu.t{zeh (Accus) A..'i.DI Adj; nasc; Sing; (mg:cross in compounds; horizontal; la titudinal~ IRD Nn; Sing; f'iasc (Honour Dignity~ URD Nn; Masc; unmarked for No (mg: Middle) ARADI:Adj; l'1asc;sing; (Mg:accidental, nonessential; incidental) AREEDA;Nn. FEM; Sing; (Mg:Petition, application memorial) MARID; Advb of place; Masc; Sing; (Mg:Place where some thing is exhibited; exhibition; TAREED; Nn. In! i of the Vb 1n the 2nd form ARZ, ARZI AREEZA, l'riraaz and AARIZI are all used in Hindi/Urdu Note: the last letter D. of Arabic is pro nounced as- Z in Hindi/urdu in all tl:.e above words. ARZI is used as Nn. Mg: Applicat ion It is unmarked for No. Fern. in gend. AARIDI is used as Adj. as in Arabic but it is unmarked for number ARD and ARZ is a most all its de frequently used rived forrgsword in Hindi/ are used Urdu. It is in nominal mostly used in and verbal the expression sentences AADAAB ARZ (Greetings: Lit: I place my salutations before you) it also used in the mg: breadth ARZ-O-TOOL (Breadth & length.) The change of E;ender of ARZ in Hindi/ Urdu is to be noted. The change of catego ry in is ARZI is also to be no.ted. Refer the chapter on Semantic Changes in the category of widening or extension of meaning regarding the word ARZ.

62 ~ g 2 LJ.. ~. l Q t :!.Q :!.:l. :62: 9 contn lvtasc; Sins; tii;' intim2":;ion 811Llsion, hint. ~ "t-j... ~;~I~b DA!~D. I~.. f. of tt.e Vb. in the third f 0 rrr;, 2' em; S i r.4; ; el1f: opposit ion, resistance, contradiction) 'I'AARUD r:n.inf. of the Vb. in 6th for::j.; Kasc; Sing:; (I~g: conflict; clash) I'TIRP-AD Nn.Inf. of the Vb. in the 8th formj Masc; Sing (mg. resistance, opposition, rebuttal, rejoinder) AARIpI, Adj. I'lasc; Sing;.(;ng: Casual accid~ntal, incidental, occasional; M UTARID Nn.Agent from the Inf. :;: ITIRAADj Masc; Sing; (Ng: running or lying across, transverse, adversary; opponent, antagonist.

63 ~: ' ~ ASL (10) ASJ:.L in Hindi/ Urdu ASALU in TAl'lIL emg: Noun (inf) I'lasc; Sing; Origin, Principle) Noun; Adj; & Advb; plrl as Der natv. for~ & Arabic form Native: A.SLON (N'o:n) ASLEN (Aes) Ar: USOOL Nn. Unmarked for Adj. marked for ASLI ASLI (adj. un- gender IVlase; gen & num) sing; rlrl SinG. DAR ASAL (A as per native form; (advbl of Persian ASLAN Combination ASALUKAL in ae- & A-rabic) cusa- Adverb tive (Mg: Actually) case) can be consi dered an advb. in Hindi/Urdu also Used in sen- Used in The chan- tences like senten- ge of ASL is used as gen. ph- ISKI ASAL ces gender in rases in KIYA HAl ( like: Hindi/ Nom & vb (What is the ITHAN Urdu is sentence origin of ASALU perhaps ASLI as this) ENNA on the Adj. go- As Adj: ASAL (What analogy verning ADMI YEH HAl is of the masc; (He is the the Hindi/ sing; Nn. man concern origin Urdu ASLAN is ed or the of word used in real person) this) JHAR verbal As Advb: which is MEIN ASLAN BAHOT GHARIR. AADI11 ROON (I am really/ actually or originally Foorman) sentences ASAL ~AY MElN fem o as an AAJ NAHIN It may advbl. -JANA CHARTA also be clause HOON (Actually probably E.GKANA I do not want due to ASLAN MINAL to go today) link with JIBAL (He DAR ASAL YEH Arabic hailed KAM BARA LAMBA Adj. ASLl from HAl (Actually ~he endth~ moun-:- this work is a < l.~ of t~l.ns orl.- very lengthy whl.ch gl.nally or laborious has retask. semblance with native feme endings.

64 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L ~ 0 1 'I 2 A '-'- ',: 'I e 91 : 6'+ : '-AWRAT (un) (11 ) Cip.: : F:rivy Part; Defectiveness) Nounj Femj ulne: c llnj FCr:ij Sin[j Flrl. as per nat\'. forj:l: A"~lRATOI; and h'wrhter; (l{o~n. & Accus. respectively) Ai,fRATAANA (like a wor.lan or v;omanly) 'rhis is a Persian ised form of Ad~. commonly used in 3iridi/Urdu. It is unmar ked for Gen. & No. Used in Used very frevery res quently in vatricted rious types of contexts sentences. in Nom & A 'NRATAJ.'l"A is also ~ ~en- frequently used en~es in opposition to MARDANA (which is purely a Persian word, Mgj manly or pertaining to man) A'"iRATANA is also used in a deraga tory sense: Womanish. AWRATANA LIBAS PEHAN RAKHA KA.I (He has put o~ womanish clothes) This is an instance of Semantic shift for...,hich refer our chapter on Semantic Changes. ~YSH (12) (Mg: To Live) Noun; In.f; liasc j sing; Nn; I~asc & Fern; unmarked for number; also used as ~dj. MAEESHA (TuN), (NnjIn.fj FernjSing) AYYASH (Nn of exage;era tion) words oc curing on the pattern of FAAL are known in Arabic as Nns. of exaggeration :t1aeesrat used in Urdu only as ann. ; Fem; unmarked for No. (I1g: Life) AYYASH used in Hindi/Urdu as unmarked Adj. for Gen.& No. AYYASHI is the Persian relative Nn. formed by suffixing the Zend affix I, which is akin to Sanskrit {Mg:Revelry over; Indulgence in pleasure. AYSH & MAEESH AT used in geni tive ph rases in Nom. &Vb senten ces. AYYASH is rare ly used Used in sentences like: AYSH KARNA (to enjoy life, to lead a life of plearu:re AYSH URANA (to revel in pleas' ure). PLAT'rS mentions certain Persianised combinations & describes them as Adjs. whereas they are in reality Nominal phrases, wherein one Nn governs the other. E.g. AYSH KA BANDA The change of gender of the word AYSH to feminine is probably on the analogy of the word ZINDA GI of Hindi/ Urdu'. Mg: Life.

65 .:!. ~.2 '±.._. ~..... _....,._. Z_.... ~_.... '2. ~.,,,._...,. :~Q... _,,... ~2_..~ 12-contn i.e they incicate the intensity of the 8.ction or Juality Shd the ',,'ord m.ay denote. (the slave of pleasure} or AYISH KI ZIN DAGI (life of pleasure) 0 AYSH is fern. in sentences like All KI TO AYSH HOGAYEE (youare now free to enjoy life). AYYASHI is used in sentences like A YYASHI KA.,.."!{NA (to revel in pleasure) BAAQI ( 13) C!':e: : Adj; i':asc; Sing; Remaining; Remaincer) Advb; Adj; Con junction; unmarked for Ge~ der & number Advb; Ad~; un. marked for Ger: & No. BAQIYYA ( ~- I ~,n; ill ~ 3'em;Sing BAQIYYA (Nn; '1asc; unmark edforno.) BAQAYA (Nn. Plrl. i':asc.) used as Adj. for inan.imates Used as Adj qua lifying a Nn in Masc; SinG; form.lt is used in al... l types of sentences As Advb: ~ilira As Advb: RAM baq,i REH- KONJiU"1 GAYA (My work VELA I remain undon:! PAKKI incomplete) I RUlG RA As Adj: BAQl TU(The:re LOG K.4?...Al'l" is a HAl (Where little are the otrer work people or left or the rest of yet to the people) be finished.) As Conjctn: As Adj MEIN NE UNSE palk! SAB BATEN TAY KASU KARLEEN, BAQI ENGE? RAHA UNKA (~here GHAR JA1~ KA is the I1AI'1LA balanc~ amount) The Arabic Inf. Nn. BA~I ITA,is used in Hindi & Urdu (more frequently in Hir.di) 8S an i.dj E.G.BA~ IITA PAl SA KAHAli HAl (whe re is the balance money?) The Plrl. BAQAIA is also

66 :6C; ~ _._ :5" :,. ~ C.? 8 9 '10 1' ~ contn (I've settled all matters with him, but reearding his goinc home I shall discuss it \ :ith him SOC1e other time). frequently used in :Undi/Urdu. Both the Sins; & Plrl are consider ed i'iasc in Hindi/Urdu perhaps due to the analo gy of natv. words having.such endings being masc. It must be noted that in Alibic they are Feminine. BAQI is also Adj. in some Persianised combinations such as BAQI DAR (one who is inarrears) BAQI rlanda (remaini~; residuary) BAQI is also used with auxilary vbs. like BAQI NIKALNA (to strike or carry forward the balance; to show a balance-sheet) BAQI w'usul ~~!c~t~rrear)

67 :-~ :-----~ ,; ~--.~ ~---~ contn BAQI is also used in idioms like BAQI AYIN later DA (the rest t so long Adieu) and BAQI SAQI or B.A.QI W.A.QI (the remainde~ the second word'in the later mention ed two idioms are 'echowords' brought to make the expression. intensive. It i g; something equ.i vli'le,at, to Latin le~ci B.A.QI as a con junction is perhaps, as mentioned earlier, the most frequent ly used cate-. gory in HINDI/ URDU. It is described as TAnYA K.ALAM i.e an expleti ve brought in needlessly as a matter of habit. In this category BAQI stands void of gen. No. ~'i.ts pla.~e& person.

68 ~.~~~~~~ ~--.,~~ ~-- "I 2 3' ' ~-.----~-----~ ~ , ' B~D Advbl. (14) Partic (I"J.g:. le of Sub- place & se- time. quen- Derived tly; from the after" Vb.BUDA,~fter: (to be,...rards) distant) A particle used to in dicate sequence of time & place. Also a conjunction. BAEED Adj; Masc; Sing; BA EED; Adj; unmarked for gender and number /- 'Always used in genit:he phrases' in Nom. & Vbl. senten ces : 68:' It must be noted that all these multiple uses of tbis 'Word are innovations in Hindi/Urdu~ and are not the result of Persian in.fluence be-' cause in Persian the word DEGAR takes the place of most of the usages quoted,above. Howevej BAQI is'used frequently in Persian as an Adj. Used in ~en- This is one tence5 or va of the instan... rying co~texts: ces of borrow~ Sequence Indica ing a Particle tion:pahn! KE i.e a gramma- BAD DOOSRI (Se- tical element ~ of a language cond after rthe by other la n... first. Time Indication guages. AAP EK GHANTE KE It may be not6~ BAD AIYE (Pl.come that in Hindi/ Urdu BAD is a1 after an hour). t on Place Indication ways 1n ~rc ~ UNKE GHAR KE BAD n7cted \nth MERA G~ ~AI (My~,~~e~ ~s o~ h9use 15 ~- er 'pretix and h1s house) suffix, whe~

69 Contn.14 As conjunction UNHON NE GAB BAA TEN KARIN AUR BAD MEN YEH BHI KAHA KE WOH KISl BAT KA ZIMEDAR NAHIN (He conveyed everything and then also said that he is not responsible for anything) as MEN is only a suffix. B'AD Advbl (155,Parti BAZ cle. in Hindi. (Mg: Some, few, certain ones) Adj. of quantity unmarked for gender & number BAZE ( ) used only in Urdu as an Adj. derived (according to Platts) from either Arabic Accus. BAZAN ( ) or an Urdu formation therefrom. But we feel that it is a purely Urdu innovation to indica,te theplrl. of ' BAZ although BAZ ~is itself plural Used 'in Used frequently ~ Noronal & in sente~ce.s like: verbal BAZ LOG AYE (Some senten- people came); BAZ ces GHARON MEN BlJLl NAHIN HAl (There is no electricity in some hou5,e s) \ \ It must be noted that this word is not connected in any way with the Persian,.,ord BAZ ( ) BADAL NnjInfj Nn;Masc;un (16) Masc; marked for (Me:: Sing; number Char..ge'; Alteration; Exchange) PATIL Nn un marked for Gen. & No. also as Adj. BADLA,Nn; Masc; Sing; Plrl-BADLE Mg:Change; recom pense; redress,. etc. BADALNA (Vbl Nn & Vb trans) BADALWANA Accepted all inflections of Tamil such as PATILUK KU (in anseerto) Used in BADLA LENA (to\used only It must Nom & take revenge),in the Mg be noted Vb. sen BADLA DENA (to To ans,.,er that all tences. make a return; IBut in a the numegive something derived rous dein exchangej sense it rived BADALNA (vb; is also forms of trans;e.g.isko used in BADAL BADAL DEEJlYE the Mg. mentioned (Pl.exchange of reta- are inova liation tions in

70 ~-~ contn (Causative of BADALNA, v.t) BADALAl'TA (also causative of BADALA NA, v.t.) BADLAYEE (NIl; FemjSing; and P1rl) U1g: Barter, exchange)' BADLI (NnjFem; Mg:same as BADLI but re s tricted to transfer, substitution) BADLE (postposition) BADALWAYI (Vbl Nn of BADALWANA) PAT I LAKA (as an answer) or replace e.g 1NTA Hindi/Urdu; this) KELVIKKU they dont I1ERA DOST P AT1L SOL- be ar any EKGLAl'iD SE LA VENDUI1 Persian Al'l-:E KE BAD (This ques influence. BILKUL tion has The manner BADALGAYE to be ans- in which (r1y friend wered) this word has comple-pat1lukku has been tly changed PATIL integrated after his (idiom: into Hindi/ 'return from M.g:Tit Urdu thro I England) for Ta.t) the nume- BADALWANA PAT1LVET- rous pat- (to have -~ (Reta- terns of something 1iat ion) Vbs. & Nns. exchanged) As Adj indicates E.G: IS TV PATIL KA- the versali KO AAP BADAL DITAM ty as well WADEEJIYE (Reply - as the in- (Pl. have letter) dispensabithis T.V \ lity of set replaced) this word. BADALANA same Entirely as BADALWANA new stems but with the of this Vb difference have leen that BADLANA evolved in is indeclina- Hindi/Urdu,ble i.e it thro I the does not ac- technique cept the in- of base/ex flections as tending afthat of BADAL fixes, des- WANA. It cribed by therefore re- Weinreich quires auxi- - (Languages lary vbs,. in Contacte g. MEIN ISKO P.37). FOR BADALANA CHARTA the Semant- HOON (I want to' ic chances have this r p1aced) refer our -",--

71 ~ ~ ' " ~-----~--~ ~ ~ cQntn BAGHT (17) (Mg: Noun Agent Masc; Sing; Oppo ;:tent; Plunderer; Breaker " of Law) Adj; unmarked for Gen. ' & No. BAGHAWA (TUN) Nn, In!; Fem; Sing BAGH.A1iAT, ' Nn. Fem; Plrl. as per natv. form: BAGHAWATON (Nom) BAGHAWATEN (Accus) BADALWAHI (NnjFemj unmarked. for No'.) E.g. lske BADALWA YI HAY DEB. LAGEGI (It will take time to replace this or to have this exchanged) BADLI (Adj & Vbl. Nn) Adj: IS QAMEEZ KD HUT1 NE US QAMEEZ KE BADLI MAY LIYE (I got this shirt in lieu of that).. Verb: BADLI KARMA ~exchange, replace, etc) BAGHI Used frequent11 in - is alwaying rebellious. the context of\be used with a BAGHAWAT is used Nn; with the anxijiary Masc; vb. KARNA Sing; BAGHAWA (TUN) & BAGHl are both used fre quently in Nom. & Vb. sentences. 71 analysis in the chapter on Semantic Changes.

72 ',.... ~ ~--~ ~-~--~--~ ~~ ~~--~--~ BE GHA'YRI ~ Taken as one Adj. un- It is (18) Unit & used marked always g~ghayr Prepo- as Nn & Adj. for Gen. follow in Hindi.sit ion Unmarked for and No. ed ei- & Urdu with Gender & No. ther by VAXAI'RA partic Advb. also ann or in Tamil le ex- ProNn. Also cepi:fun. 'IAGHAYRA in Hindi ~ Urdu tmg: Otherthan ; ~ithout) ",., Used in a repe It in- LA TAKH ~dj: HUM PEAL Used in It must titive phrase. flectsruj BE- AGHA:rnA LEUR diffe- be noted WAGHAYRA-WAGHA accord SDUNIL AYEl{ HAIN(I rent that in YRA in order ing to HIZA Have brought contexts Urdu this to reinforce the (Dont fruits, etc) frequen word is the Mg.; it is case go out Advb' YEll DAR tly: written in this fom. en~ing ~dth- ~AGHAYR NE SAM- as WAGIf-AY like,.ietc of in out CRABI KE NARIN AN VAX- RAIl wh~ch Latin ;~il ~~~~~_ KHULEG~ (This ~i~ai';sd~~~~~~ VAKAI AY TU door w7ll not SEYYA- tion of RAVAI RADHAL open w~thout VUI1 Ar. form (Accs) KITAB a key) (You \i1aghayruhu VAKAI WAGHAY may The 'ffij'l RA.KAL RAHU get in the end AI(Nom) (I pur your is a pro- VAKAI chased luggage nominal RAVUM this etc. suffix (Nom) book ready) which clland (Accuso anges acother case) cording than it to Gen. (other in Arabic. books) But in Urdu it has been absorbed as a part of the word. \i1aghayra is another instance of borrow'". ing a Par"" ticle -an element of grammar!'tom one langua~ by another

73 :73: ~--~----~-~~------~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ BALGHAM Noun (19) (sub) (Phlegm; Uncoun pputum) table Noun (sub) Masc; uncountable BALGHAMI BALGHAMI, Adjj Adj; Masc; Fem; unmarked Sing for number Used in purely medical contexts Used in purely - medical contexts 'BIL1.'ULLI Pre- (20) posi (totalj tiod + gross) Nn. BUIlliAR Nnj (21) Inf; (vapour;l1asc; Steam) Sing; Taken as o ne unit; unmarked for Gen & Ho. AdvD; Emphatic Noun Noun; Masc; unmarked for No. - BUKHARI Adj;Mascj Singj (stem driven). As advb. it is lusually attached with t.he suffix - HI in order to reinforce the r1g: thus the vlord BILKULHI BUKHARIj Nnj Femi Sing: (A stove or fireplace; a hole or pit in a corner of a house to store grain in; granary of or belonging to Bukhari.) Used frequent1i in contexts of trade & commerce Used in very res tricted contacts esp. in the context of science U sed very com-. manly in all type s of sentences: Advb: 1'1EIN NE Ymr'DAVA BI~ KULHI NAHIN PIYA (L didnt. drink this me dicine.at 'all) Empho Nn:MEIN HE AISA BILKUL NAHIN KAHA (1 never said this at a11~.,i \ Very commonly used for fever in the literary and figura tive meanings. BUKHAR HO GAYt (To be struck with feve!~,.1 DIL MEN BUKliAH RAKHNA (to harbour or che' rish \\Tath or I animosity) This is also another instance of borrovling an element of grammar from another language.

74 1_~ ~-~ ~ ~-- ~ 2 ~ 2 ~ Z~ ~ ~ 1Q 11 in TAMIL (entrance, ingress) DAKRL Noun, Nn; Masc; Un- TAKKAL DAKHIL DAKHIL (Vbl. TAKKAL DAKlIL & DAKHAL is TAKY& This is (22) (Inf) marked for Nn. Un:na- (Nn.Agnt. Nn.) Nn which all its used i1ith remains another l1asc; number rked for Masc' i1udakhalj.l' also in- deriva- auxilbry constant example DAKHAL Sing. gender & Sing). (Vbl. Nn) flects tives Vbs like: but it of utili in Number DAKHEEL accordin- used DENA;KARNA inflects sing a Hindi/ (!~~EL (Adj :Unr:l.ar to Tamif freque- i1udj>jillalat accord-:- loanword rdu 'TUAKKAL 1'1 ked for Gen. Vbs.e.g. ntly in is also ing to in numel::sc i &. No. )-used TAKAL all. used "lith Tamil rous ways S1.ng) only in Urdu SEYVATU types au:i:ilary Vbl case by the MUDAKHAL -DUKHOOL (Vbl (To re- of sen- Vb KARNAj endings,. technique (TUN) Nn. used in gister tences it is This fa- of base Nn; Inf; Urdu only) or file and sometimes cilitat E extend- FemiSing Also used in an app- contexts made an the usage ing af- DUKHOOL Pers~ani~ed lication) Adj by of this fixes comb1.nat1.otis TAKKAI; affixing ward in In Hindi/ ~n; I~; such as: KODUPPATU WALI-BAAT numerous Urdu asci 0 DAlCqAL ANDAZI (To con- e.g AlSA expres- PIrl. (to interfere vey in- KAJh~E SE sione:e.g to meddle in forma- MUDAKRALAT- E1'VINNAP others' aff- tion. \..JALI-DAAT PATTAI - airs); DAKHAL EO,JAYEGEE TAKKAL DIHANl' (to (by doing SEYTHUL give poses- so it' 11 '\ LEN sion to) become a \ (18ve DAY.AL NAl'1A matter of filed my (A document interfe- applica granting renee.) tion) right of occupancy) 74 NEENGAL ~~~ATU I ENGALUKKU I TAKKAL -hillal(we ave no I information regarding your arrival.)

75 1 g 2 ~ 2~ L ~ ~-~ ~ ~---- ~ ~ 75 ~Q 11 D.ALEEL (23) (Indication; Sign;,Proof~ Guide) Nn. in the Adj form;!1asc; Sing; Nn;FemjPlrl 8S per natv forrn:daleeon and DALEELEN / Nom & Accs. The Arabic Plrl DALA YIL is also frequently used in Rindi/Urdu. DALALA (TUN) Nn; Inf; Fem; Sing; IiUDALLAL Nn.(obj) ISTIDLAL Nn;Infj DALLAL l'tn of exa ggeration Iiasc;sing; (Broker; Middleman; Pimp) DALALAT-Vbl Nn. MUDALLAL and ISTIDLAL as in Arabic. DALLAL also as in Arabic but more in the de rogatory sense,of pimp art ant DALLALI Persian form of relative Noun used as Vbl. Nn in Hindi/ Urdu. ' DALEEL & all its derived forms are frequently used in varying contexts. DALEEL is used vii th auxiliary Vbs'like PESH KARliA (to adduce evidence;) DALEEL NIKALNA - as above. YEH MUDALLAL BAAT HAl or YEH BAATMUDA LLAL HAl (This is a proven fact) ISTIDLAL KARNA._ (to try to build upevidence) DALLALI KARNA (to take the profession of broker or pimp) The change of gender of the ''lord DALEEL In Hindi/Urdu can perhaps be traced to Arabic Nn. In! DALAL (TUN) which is fem.; this word has pel:: haps had an impact on determirlnc the e:ender of D.ALEEL We are inclined to make this interference because several other Arabi( words of similar pattern are also Fem. in Hindi/ Urduo E.G NAFEES from NAFESA(TUN) LATEEF from LATAFA(TUN)

76 g 2 i ~~~_2 ~ ~ ~2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 2-2~ ~11 76 _ DARJ Noun (24) (In!) (Ent- Masc; ry; Sing; Regis- tering) Nn; unmarked for gend. & number l"ladrooj Nn(Obj) Masc; Sing; MUDARRAJ Nn(Obj) Masc; Sing; DURJ (Masc; Sing; Nn) (Drawer of a table) MUDDARAAJ; Adj; - unmarked for g~n. & No. DURJ (Masc; Sing; Nn) Plrl. as per nati.ve form DURJON & DURJEN DARJ is al ways used in genitive phrases. 'The vbl. form is more -in use than this word. DARJ is used wi tb. auxi~ry Vb like: KARNA or KARDENA (to register or to record) 11UDARRAJ is used more. than MADROOJ in the Mg: of that which is enlis ted..mez KI DURJ MEN CRABI HEI. (The Key i.s. in the table drawer) DARAJA Vbl; (TUN.) Nn; (25) Fem; DARJA Sing; in Hindi/ Urdu (~1g : Step; Stair; Degree) " Nn; Masc;;Plrl. as per Natv form DARJON (Nom) DARJE (Accus). The Ar. Plrl. DARAJAT is also used in certain re ligi"ous contexts in Urdu. Darja is used in the literary & f igurat i ve " sense s : AAP KA BAC~CHA KONSJ" DARJA IiEir PART A EAI (In "'1hieL class is your, son studying) KHUDA A.A'P KA DARJ A BULAND KAREN~(May god grant you a high positi~n. 'Darja is used in -.Masc gen... der perhaps on the analogy of n,ative words.

77 ","", ~ l~ ~ n'ava Noun Nn; unma- IDDIA. I'1UDDAEE & DAVA, MUDDAEE TAVA is DAVA itl (26) Inf; (811e- Fem; ~ga- Sing tion; pretentlon; claim) Noun; Masc; Sing ~lrl as per natv form but only one form: DAVE.as Nom & Accus. rked for Nn; Inf; ffijddaa are Gen. and (to al- used in Plrl as lege; Hindi/Urdu per natv. make a as Nns unform claim) marked for TAVAKKAL MUDDAEE Gen & No. (Nn Agt) Masc; Sing; (Plaintiff) ffijddaa Nn Obj. Masc; Sing; Defen dant Passi ve Par ticiple with pronomi nal affix ALAYHI Lit: lie who is complained against. TAVA is used as Nn & Vb As a Vb it has all the. inflections of Vbs in Tamil. Dava and all its derived forms are used frequent ly in Arabic; They are used in legal context only. & ffijddaa are used in Hindi/ all trequent- all its Urdu is ly used in. conjuga Masc; in legal contexie tions gender It must be as ~er perhaps. Tam11 on the noted that 1n Vbs in analogy the word MUDD- legal of na- Af:. ~he prepo- con- t ive se ALAYH~ 1S. only. s1t1onal ~~a texts words. dropped 1n Hindi &: Urdu of the pre sent day. ;.

78 -~ ~ ~--~ ~ ~---~ '78 DAVA (TUN) (26) (Invitationi a call) Noun; Int; Fem; Sing; Mg: Invitation Nnj Fem; Sing; Flrl as per native forms: DAVATON & DAVATEN (Nom. & Accus. respectively) DAVAT & DUA are used in Nn.& Vb forms frequen tly DAVAT is used TUA SEYYU DUAA is with the auxi THAL (to Fem in ]jary Vb KARNA pray to Urdu on & DENA (Mg.to god) is a the ana invite some- sentence logy of one for a mead used in a native DUAA is also restricted words. use'd with the context auxilary vbs. by Tamil KARNA or DENA speaking,muslims DHARRA (TUN) (27) ZARRA in Hindi and Urdu (Tiny Particle) Ifnj of Unit; Fem; -Sing. Nn; Adj; Advb; - Interjection; Masc; Sing; Flrl as per native form: ZARRON (Nom) ZARRE (Accs) and Arabic Flrl ZARART But all these Plrls are seldom used Very ra The most!rerely U.SED; quently used only in word in Hindi/ scien~ti Urdu in their fic con- fixed' language texts; and flowing it is speech. also one Nn:SYEH SONE KA of the EK ZARRA HAl \1 rare (This is a panwhich lords ticle of gold ) doesnt ~jdmujhezarahave ARD GHUTNE vbl.con- MEN HAl (I 've J 'u';'ation a 1 ittle pain ( ~ in my knee) Advb: A.AP ZARA. lji'mta CHALIYE Pl. wal~k a little slowly Interjection: t ZARRA BRr NARIN (Not even a bit 1') This is one of the rare examples of loanwords whose'designative value has been inflated to th~ max. pos sible extent in the recei pient langua ges. This is " an innovation. in HindijUrdu!' r " and the re sult of Per- ~, sian influen ;c ce. The chan ge of gender ~ is perhaps on;" the analogy':' of natv words.:, Refer our cha ' pter on Sema I tic changes for a det aile1 discussion.

79 ~ ~ DHAREEA NnjAdjj (TUN) Fero; (28) Sing; ZAREEA in Hindi/ Urdu (l'lediuidtexcuse) Nn: Masc; Sing; - Plrl as per Arabic ZARAIYA Also used as Adverb Used fre quently in varying contexts 79 Used ''lith auxilary vbs like KARNA or N~KALNA; e.g. AI1RIKA JANE ICE LIYE KOY ZAP.EEA NIKALYE (Pl. find some roeaie by which you can go to.america) The change of gender is perhaps on the ana logy of native verbs. DHILLA (TUN) (29) ZILLAT in Hindi/ Urdu Noun; Int; Fem; Sing; (Lowness; Obsequiousness) Nn; Fero; Sing;. Plrl. as per native forms: ZILLATON (Nom) ZILLATEN (Accs) DHALEEL DHALEEL or Adj; ZALEEL: Adj; Masc; unmarked for Sing; gen. & No. It is also used as a Vbl. Nn. DHILLA (TUN) & DHALEEL used frequen tly in various types of sen tences. ZILLAT is used with BuXiliary vbslike: UTRANA or DENA; ZILLAT UTRANA (to suffer cishonour or humiliation); ZALEEL is used as Adj and as a Vbl. Nn. As Adj: CHORI KARl~E WALE ZALEEL LOG HOTE HAIN (Poeple who steal are very mean) As.A vbl. Nn: ZALEEL KARNA (to humiliate some one) It is to be noted that Z.ALEEL is used with the auxilary Vb.KARNA, B.A}iiu'l"A et c. incpite of the fact that it is an Adj; normally no vb. is used with an Adj. but we notice this in the case of ZALEEL. This is per haps or-e of the rare in stances. Adjs. of similar :eattern (such as: KAREEM; ANIR, etc) are normally not attacheg. to such vbs.

80 ~----~~~ ~--~ ~~--~ f~~ (0).. ZABT ir Hindi and Urdu JAPrI in Nn; Inf'; Masc; un '- counta ble. Tamil (Capture; Correctness) DAl: Nn.Ae;nt'; j1[ (31) Adj; ZAYA Hasc; in Sing. Hindi' and Urdu (Getting lost) - Nn; Masc; Nnjunmark PABI~ ZABIT & ZABITA JAPTI DABT & Uncountable ed for Nn:Agnt;unmarked for Nn;also its'de gen.; sing Masc; Gen. Plrl. as used as riva plrl as Sing; per natv form: vb. as tions per natv. (Mg:ge- ZABITON (Nom) per na- are form: neral.zabite (Accus) tv inf- used JAPTIKAL rule; MAZBUT (for lectinns fre an of- which refer of the quent ficer) tlis list alpha Vb. lyin MADBUT betically) This is vari Iin;Obj; The Arabic plrl a pure ous Sing; DAWABIT pronoun ly te- types Masc. ced as ZAWABIT chnical of Nn; unmarked for gender & number -DAYA Nol.mi Inf'i from - which DAE is derived Masc;un countable. is also used term in sen in Urdu. ~amil tenused in ces legal contexts DAE is used frequent ly in va rious contexts as an Adj. ZABT is used In Tamil with auxilia- JAPTI is ry vbs. like only used ~TA in veryfrelegal contex quently tsj e.g. in legal POLICE NE terms. MAL KO ZABT e g NILAM KARLIYA (The JAPTI BEY police have YAPPATATU seized the -(The land goods) was seized). ZABITA is used more in Urdu than in - Hindi. YEll KAl1 KIS ZABITE KE UNDAR KIYA GAYA? (Under \vhich rule this work was done) Used with auxiliary vbs. KARNA, KARDENA, JANA

81 g 2 ~ 2 ~ 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~----~ ~ ~ ~ ~_12 _21_~~ pat1ana (TUN) (32) Z.A1'IAl-lATH in. Hindi/ Urdu Jlul'1A- NATH ;"n!ramil ~Guarantee, '~ail), Nn; 1m; Fern; Nnj Fern; Sing Nnj un- pi~lli Plrl as per marked 'Advbl. Sing;. natv forms: for patti ZMiANb.TONCNom) gender. cle; ZAIiANATEN Plrl as Ulg: CAccus) per na- Inclutv form sive JAHANA- of) ThUKAL DA1'lIN Nn., Agnt. Masc; Sing; lig: One vlho guarantees r1admun Nn;Obj Mascj Sing; '~g:the thing guaranteed; the thing contains; the contents of a book.).d II'1NI a s unmarked adj. I1g: Inclusive of implicitly Note: Thell l suffix is the sign of Persian relative Nn. DMITN as in Arabic but unmarked for Gen. ~ Noo!"lAZI'1UN!"lasc; Sing; Un. 1J1g : Article in a Journal, etc.) Plrl as per Native form r1azmunon (Nom) r1azmunen (Accus) JAr1EEN as a legal term l'1g: Bail. DAI'1ANA (TUN) & all its de rivatives are frequently used in Arabic in all contextso ZAl'1ANAT is used in the legal and p.onlegal contexts In legal, context it means: BAIL and in the nonlegal context it means: AS SURANCE It is used with auxiliiary words/ vbs. like DENA; PESH KARNA, etc~.i I ZAI'1IN and \ r1azr1un are also frequently used in Urdu. JAMANATij & JAr1EEN are both frequently used only in legal contexts.

82 , - 82, :... ~---...: , , ~ ; -,:.;.. ':, 2 'J\ - 4': 5 6 'z ' 8' Q' 10' 11 '." ~~ ~ ~ ~ , ~~-~ DARURA Nn;Fem; Nn; Fem; Sing; - Used fre Useo'in all contexts with vari -' ltun) Sing. Plrl as per na quently <:~3) tive form: in all ous types ot Vba. ZARlJRA!r ZARURATON and C;Oll).t~ft~ It is also used in Hindi ZARURATEli (Nom. if!. ~ ectiv.l phrases like: ' and Urdu & Accus. respectively) Z~;n.. CBDZ. '(NeoessitYi AustiritYJ Also as an (a th1l\i ot ne- ' Adverb. cessity), ' PARURI Adj; Z.ARURI Masc; in Hindi/ Urdu. Bing. JARUR in Tamil ZAROlU; Ad;;..JAlIDR,,, unmark- Nn; Un,'ed for Gen. marked & Number. for Gen & No., Used with vbs' in all its conjugations. 'Used only -, in this Nn form & in the Adj. form 'menti<>ned below; j,.t is one of the rare words in Arabic which does not have verb forms. (. - ThiR condition has been made essential. Used i-n all con texts As tmmveri z:mtrnt ice AQT (At the t~e ot need) " A~also... '..;.- til MiND c (A person in need;,tt caa '.. also be in plrl). The Arabie Aecua~ Nn. ZA'iURATAN is, also used in Hindi/ Urdu. It is more used in Urdu as en Advbl phrase (Mg: By necessity. of necessity; necessarll1; perforce).:" Used in all con- JARUR is texts as Adj.. used in qualifying Nns. Tamil in & it is also used all con with vbs. texts. t~: ZARURI BUT E.G.INTA 'essential VELAYAI matter) - 'JUURA.KA. with Vbs:YEH SEIYAVENDUM, BHABT ZABURI (This work KARDIYA GAYA HA.(.) must be done compulsorilyj

83 ~ ~ ~-~ g 2 ~ ~---~ Z ~ _ ~ PIDD Advbl. Nn; unmarked ZlDD parti-for gender in cle., and number Hindi & -Urdu (34), (loppo'site; : Persisting) ZIDDI,Persian form of rela...,. tive Nn used as Adj unmark ed for gen. & No. 'ZIDD' is also used as 'Vbl. Nn. Alw.-ays attached to Nns & placed in a genitive phrase ZIDD.is frequ- ~ ently used in,l all contexts ' as a Vbl. Nn. e.g. ZIDD K:ARNA (to be adament) ZIDDl (Adj)e.g. WOH EK ZlDDI AADMl HAl (He is an obstinate person) This is '. <; andother instance of borrowing a particle from another language. The use ot vb with ZIDD is also an unusual case.::,: DIL~(N) Nn of Nn; Masc; t35) Unit; Sing;Plrl ZILA & Masc; as per na ZILLA Sing; tive form in l1g: ZILON and Hindi/ rib; ZILE (Nom Urdu side '& Accus.) JILLA of a The Arabic in Tri- Plrl ADLA Tamil angle pronounced (Rib; as 'AZLA:is cutlet; used only side of in Urdu. 8 triangle) DAL'I (UN) Nn;Agnt; Adj; I"Iasc; Sing; " Mg:Know- ledge a": ble; skilled etc) DALEE'- UN;Adj; Same as "DALtI JlLLA; Sing; unmarked for Gen. Plrl as per native form: JILLA- KAt :VIL~ and ZILA is used its derived geogr~phy. as a term in forms are It is an innovation fn used fre.:. quently Persian in the...,hich has literary been passed & figura on to Hindi, tive mea Urdu & Tamil nings: e.g. -and to al- DIL U L most all the JISM (Rib Indian lanof the guages. body) :Fig. LAHU DILUN FIt A.l'1RI (He has a hand in. the matter) used onlyin geographical term. For the Semantic Change of this word refer our chapter tc On seman- changes xtension o meanings) Lin the category o r widening or

84 ~ ~------~-----~-----~~ '1 2 3 L~ ~ ~ FAHSH Nnj Infj (36) r1ascj (Fur - SinSj nish- 'ing; Foundation (arch). Nn; f1ascj Singj FIRASH; Nnj T"iascj Singj (Cushion, Dillow or bed) }'ARASII (Nn. of exaggera tion) I-Iascj Singj (One who soreads carpet; servant) fufrash; Nn; Nascj Singj (Table clotrv M!FRUSHj Nn; Objj Nasc; Sing; (a thing spread) FARASH unmark- - ed for gen. & No. But usually used in Masc. glen. I"IAFRUSH also unmarked for gender and number. FARSH & its derived forms are freauent- 1y used in all contexts. FARSH is used with vbs in the literary & figurative meanings. e.g. Lit: FARSH. KARNA (to. lay a carpet) The same sentence can be used figuratively to mean: To knock down some one) FARASH and MAFRUSH are also frequently used. 84 FASL, Nnj Int; (37) Hasc; Part- Sing. in~; Act lof B Play) Nn; Fem; Sing; Plr1. as "per natv forms: FASLOK (Nom) & FABLEI\' (Accus) FASILj Nn. '~'-n".j... Ad -i.h..b v, e..:, I'lasc j Sing. (Dividing, isolat ing, etc). F A$ILA(,rUN) Fein of the above but ME: Partition, divi sion, interve1,etc) TAI<'SEEL; Nnj Inf'jof the II form) FASIL is used in'urdu as an unmarked Adj. (rig: as in Arabic) FASILA used in Hindi & Urdu as a MASCj Sins; Nn; Ng:Distance P1rl. FASILON & F ASILE (but Per sian is rarely used) FAFSEEL used as Advb. (mg: in detail. FASL & all its derivatives are fre quent1y used in various contexts FASL is used with auxilialry verbs: KATNA or JAMA KARNA i.e to harve st or toco1lect the harvest. F~4..SILAj TAFSEEL & atafseeli are all used frequen t1y in various contexts in Hindi & Urdu. TAFSEEL as Advb: A.A:P TAFSEEL SE BATAlYE (Pl. explain in detail) FASILA in Hindi/Urdu is Masc. perhaps on the analogy of native words. The change of genders of the word FASL in Hindi/Urdu is pe:rhaps on the anaanalogy o:f the wo~d FASI~ which

85 ~ ~ ~ '7-contn T.A.FSEELI Adj'of TAFSEEL FASEELA (TUN) Adj; Fem;Sing~ (Speices) INFISA\-; Nn. Ini'j of III Form TAF?EELI, Adj. as In Arabic. FASLI, Persian form of relative noun is used as an Adj. Hg: Seasonal. Eg.FASLI I1EvlA (Seasonal fruit) FASL is also used in Persianised 'com binations such as F ASL E-B.f\..?..4..R (Spring season). is riasc. in Arabic but fern. in Hindi/ Urdu because most of the words ending with E sound are feiliine. FAY~AL Adj; (38) Masc; FAY?>bLA Sins; ir. Hindi/ 'Crcu PIS.~.LA in Tamil (Decisive; Criterion; Arbitrator) Nn; Easc; Sine; Plrl as per natv. foms F.b.YSALOX (Horn) FAYS.ALE (Accus) Nnjunmarked for Gen & No. 'This word itself is derived froid FA.SIL dis cssed in the pre/ vious entry. Very rarely used USED very often Used It must be with theauxi- only noted that nary verbs. in the addi- KARHA or SUNANA legal tion of Ii>. e.b. ~JDGE con- at themd SAHIB lie APNA texts. of the word F'AYSALA SU1lADI PYSALA is an inno YA (The Judge SEYVA vat ion in announced his TU Fersion judgement.) (To which has It is used Set- got transmore in legal tle ferred to contexts; it an Hindi/Urdu is also used issue.) Althoueb in the ordi- suncturally nary meaning FYSALA is of decision, Arabic it e.g ISKE BARE not used rie APKA FAYSALA in this KIYA HAl? (What form in Arais.your deci- bic. sio.n regarding The change this matter) - of e;ender. inspite c>! adding the fem~, : 'LA' in

86 Z z ~ ~--~ ~----~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~_ - ~2. = ~ contn FEE, Prepo- Preposition (39) sition & adverb (In; At; Near; By; Concerning) FIKR Nn;Inf; Nn; Masc & Fem; - (40) Masc. unmarked for (Think-. No. ing; Opinion; New) FIKRI; Adj; Masc; 5iDf;; FIKRA(TUN) Nn of Unit; FEM; 5i,tng; TAFKIR, Nn: "In!; of II form; T.AF.AKKUR ; NIl (In!) of V Form; MUFAKKIR; Nn.Agnt. Present Par tici~e of the Vb. FAKKARA of V Form. Prepo si t ion and adverb FIKRI & TAF- - KER are used in HindijUrdu in the same mg: Also used in Persianised combinations like, BE";:?IKRI (free from worry) FlIm-MAND (Anxious, thoughtful ~), FIKRI (adj) is unmarked for Gen &: No. e.g. FIKRI MASAYIL (Intellectual problems) It is always used to be fol lowed by a noun or pronoun and it forms a,genitive phrase FIKR & a).l its'deriva tives are frequently used in various context,s <, It is most commonly used in all context s. E.G. FEE SAD (per cent). It is a combination with the persian word SAD. 50 also FEE KAS (Per head) As Advb: FI!. HAQ!QlT(In reality) ; FIL JUMLA. (On the whole; gross) FIIm &: FIImI are frequently used in Hindi/ ' Urdu. FIKR is. used with auxil$ry verbs like KARNA or LAGIU: AAP KE BARE.MEN F IKR LAGEE HAl (lam anxious about -you) 86 the enn is perhaps on the ana logy of na tivew>rds. This is another rare instance of transfer of a particle-an elemen" t of grammar from Arabic to. Hindi & Urdu; this has come through the influence of Persian. The change of gender & FIKR in Hindi/Urcu can perhaps,be tr~ced to the word FIKR tbtough l"!asc in Arabic, is Fem iii Hindi! Urdu because all na~ words ending in similar sound are Fern.

87 '" ~-----~ ~.-----~ ~-- FOWJ Nn; (subs Noun; Fem; (41) tantive); Sing; P rl (M.g: Masc;Sing)as per na- '., Group; tive form:. Battalion; FOWJON (Nom) Regiment). FOWJEN (Accs) FC1JR.AN Advb. (42) of (At time Once; _ Directly) Advb. of time One of the rare words which does not have verb forms FOWJI is Per- - sian relative Nn. used as Adj. in Hindi Urdu. ltis unmarked for Gen & No. FAUJ DAR is also a Persianised phrase. Mg: A Superintendent of t-he. military force in a district) FAUJ DARl; Adj. m..ating to FAUJ DAR. From the FAWAARA; Nn; Arabic root Masc; Sing; of FARA (Mg: Plrl as per To' gush for- natv. form: th, to boil.. FAWAARON & over):. FAWARE (Nom & FAWAARA(TUN) Accs respecti (Nn;Fem; vely) Sing) FOWRl unmarked FOWRl, Adj; Adj. also used Masc;Sing.. as Advb in FOWRl-TOR-SE FOWRAN-HE is a peculiar combi nation of a Arabic Advb. with the Hindi/ Urdu emphatic particle HE;. it is used to add moreemphasis,.t.o,. th.~ mg,., Used in very limited contexts. FOWRAN is always placed at the end of a sentence; - FOWRAN & FOWRl are both used frequentljr in vario\e contexts. FOUJ, FOW'JI, FAUJDAR and FAUJDARI are all frequently used in Hindi/ Urdu in a military context. FOWRAN is very frequently used in all types of sentences in Hindi/Urdu.E.g. AAP FOWR.A.N AlYE (You come immediately). FOWl is used as Adj &. Advb. As Adj: NUJHE FOWRI JAWAB OHA lye (I need an immediate anser) As Advb:AAP FOWRI TOR-BE JAYIE (You please ~o immediateliy'). F.ONRAN-HE as an emphatic Advb: FOWRAN-HE WOH DAVA LEKAR.AYE! (He bro~. t th.e med.. i-) ~;.,~dia:t;.ely. The change of gender of Fauj into Fem in Rindi Urdu is perhaps on the analogy of the Hindi word JANATA. which is ori~inally Sanskrit and is fem. in gender. FOWRAN is a rare example of loanword adopted in its grammatically bound form in the receipient language. This has happened thro' the influence of Persian. FOWlU-TOR-SE & FOw'RA.-N-HE areinnovations 'evolved in Hindi/Urdu

88 ~------~~---~------~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~---~ ~ ~--- '~A noun (TUN) (Subs (43) tan FURS.AT tive) in Fem; Hipdi/ Sing; Urdu.,,, \vpportunity; Holiday; Vacation: GHABAN Nn; (44) Int; GFJillAN Hasc; in un- Hindi/ coun Urdu (*)table Nn; Fem;' unmarked for number Nn; Masc; unmarked for number GHAD.B. Nn; Nn; Masc; unmark-. (45) Int; ed for number GAllA.R Masc; in un- Hindi/ coun- Urdu table (PerjtH:-y; MalignitYt Hostility J This is. also a word which. doesnt have any Vb. form. FURSAT-SE Advbl. - phrase combining FURSAT with parti cle SE of Hindi & Urdu (Ng: at leisure).. FURSAT-MEN - as FURSAT-SE (-)Mg:Fraud, Deceit) GHADDAR Nn of exaggeration; Masc; Sing; same GHilP.:DAR; Adj; un - marked for gen. & No. GHADDART; ~lative'nn of Persian, Fem; unmarked for No.; is also frequently used in Hindi/Urdu FURSAT is very frequently used only in varying contexts.' Very ral.'ely used Used- in limited contexts FURSAT is used frequen.t.ly in all types of sentences. FURSATSE & FUR- SATMEN are also used frequently as Advbl.phrases. ADEENtJL FURBAT is an idiom used in Urdu very commonly mg:void of opportunity, i.e fully engaged. U sed with the auxijery vb. KARNA - GHABHAN KARNA (to defraud, to misappropriate) GHADAR or GADAR is frequently used in varying..contexts with the auxilary vbs. KARNA or MACANA (Mg: to be rebellious).. GHADDAR as an Adj is also frequently used with Nns in sing. or plrl. GHADDARI is used in. sentences such as: GliADDARI KARNJ\. (to commit an act of betrayal).

89 ~----~ ~--~ ~ _ 10 " ~------~ ~ , MUGHALATA GHALATI; redla- - GHALAT is used -' The use of GHALAT Nn & Adj (46) (Inf); (Error)Masc; Sing; GHAREEB Adj; (47) Masc; -<strange)',. ; Nn; Masc; Sing; - Plrl as per natv. forms: GHA LATIYON (Nom) & GHALATIYAN (Accs) GHALAT is also used as Adj. in Hindi/Urdu; it is unmarked for gender and No. Nn; unmarked for - Gen. ;Sing; Plrl. as per natv form. - GHREEBON (Nom). The Arabic plrl. GIru"'BABA is also used. in Hindi/ Urdu (TUN); Nn;tive Nn of Per Infi of sian used as a the III Vbl noun in Form of Hindi/Urdu; Vb. (Me;: MUGHALATAused Deceit) in Urdu as a Nn only., Mg: to make a mistake or to mislead. GHA.L.A.T ~F ll..hmi ; Nn; Fem; Sing; Plrl. as per na~ tive form.:ghalat FAHMIYON; GnALAT F.A.HI1IYAN (Nom. & Accus. respectively). FAHMI in the above phrase is an Arabic word" in th,' e form of Persian relative noun. GHURBA- GHURBAT, GHARB & - 'll.vn; Nn; MAGHRIB are all Inf; Fem; used in Hindi/ Unitary; Urdu. GHAREEBAANA (Mg: ab- the Persian form sence of Adj. & Advb. is fram the also used in Hindi/ homeland, Urdu (Mg:Fit for separa- the poor, humble) tion from (like a poor person) one s na- GHAREEB LOG is the tv. coun- most frequently used try, ba- plrl in Hindi/Urdu. nisbment; Mg: Poor people. exile; lite or place GHALAT & MUGHALATA are frequently used in varying contexts GHAP.EEB, GHURBAT & ail the derived forms of GHURBAT are very frequent ly used in Arabic. 89 mostly as an Vbs with Adj. in different Adjs. as contexts. in GHALAT GHALATI is always is a noteused with auxij3:lry worthy in Vbs: such as KARNA novation GHALAT as a Nn is evolved in also used withvbs. Hindi/Urdu e g. GHALAT SAM-.MUGHALATA J1IA.NA (to misunder-fem. in stand) GHALAT Arabic is TAHARANA -(to prove Masc. in to be wrong or - Hindi/Urdu eroneous) possibly due MUGHALATA is used to the anafrequently in Urdu. logy of E.G:MUJHE ISKE BARE native words MEN MUGHALATA HOGA-. YA (I was under a wrong imp~ssion reg. this.matter),; GHAREEB is very fre quently used in. Phrases like:ghare EB AADMI (Poor man) GHAREEB AWRAT (Poor woman) GHAREEBANA is used as Adj & Advb: As Adi: GHAR EEBANA ZINn GI (a life like that of poor); As Advb: GHAREEBANA TAREEQ ];..;.SE IS KA.AI1 "KO ANJAAM DIYA GAYA HAl (This work was done in a poor man's fashion. GHAREEB has' undergone a major shift inmg: for which the chapter on Semantic Changes under the category shift or transfer of meaning may be referred to.

90 ~---~ ~ ~----- j_' ~_g 2 i ~ ~ ::!.Q. ~::!. 47-contn away from home) GHARAA.BATUN.Nn; InfjFemj Unitary (Mg: Strangeness, curiousnessj" oddness) G~j Nn; MascjSingj (place or ' time of sunset) GHARIB, Nn. MaSCi Sing; (Withers of the camel) GHAYIB 'Nn.Agntj Nnj un (48) AdjjMasc'; marked GAIB Singj for in gender Hindi/ and Urdu number (Absent; Third person (Grammar) GHAYBj 'Nnj GHAYB and GHAnI Intj Mascj are used in Hindi! Sing; (Mg: Urdu in the same Hiddenj I~ meaning as of visible); Arabic. GHAYBljAdj GHAIBI & GHAYABAT Masc; Sing are only used in Mg:Calumny) Urdu. GHIBA(TUN) GHAlBANA is a Per NnjFem;Sing sian form of Advb. (Mg:Depth used in Hindi/Urdu of a well; (Mg:secretly, in and the absentia) like), GRAYBUM( TUN) Nn;:Fem;Singj Mg:Swoon,unconsciousness. GHAYIBj GHAIB and all the other derivatives are fre quently' used in various contexts GHAYIB is used with the auxiliary vb. KARNAj e.g. UNHON MER! GHAR! KO GHAYIB KAR DIYA (He has stolen my \-Iatch) GHAIBANA as Advb: E g. AAP SE GHAI BANA TARUF HAl (I know you in absentia or I have heard about you). GHAYIB is an other example of an ad'j. being used with Vbs in Hindi/ Urdu

91 ~~=~==:=g=======~=============;=========~======= =============Z======== ===--==2=============1Q===~~:11====. GRAYR HADIR (49) GAYR HAZIH in Hindi/ Urdu (Otherthan; Different) Advbl. Adj; unmarked parti- for Gen.& No. cle; + But occasiona Nn.Agnt ly a plrl in (The Nn the natv form Agnt. is used, viz: change s GHARYON j it in Gen. isused only & No. in this form. accord ing to context As such it is Masc; Sing. GHAYR is combined with Nns ill order to give one of the followinf, Mgs: Non, except, - without un-, in-, dis-, The Nn. which follows GHAYR will always be in the Genitive case. In Hindi/Urdu also GHAYR is combined with several words. e.g GHAYR I'IU NASr:B (improper) Both the se words are Arabic -but they remain constant without any change according to the case, whereas the second changes in gen. & number according to the context and thefirst word changes only to indicate the, case ending. In GHAYR HAZIR' the word HAZIR is also used in the Persianc re- 'lative Nn form; HAZIRI to mean non-pre sence, i.e absence. This phrase is very frequently used in Hindi/ Urdu. There are several other ~phrases on this pattern in Hindi/ Urdu, -like: GHAYR, INSAFI (Injustice) ; GRAYR l"'w100li (unusual) GHAYR combined with BADIR or with any such Nn. is very frequently used in Arabic in varying contexts. 91 GRAYR HAZIR and GHAYR HAZIRI are most freque,ntly used expre,ssions in Hindi/Urdu. Tha Plrl. GHA. YRON is used in a limited context, mostly in poetry. AIRE GRAYREE NATHU KHAIRE is a slang expression in Hindi/Urdu, Mg: Tom, Dick and Harry. This is an 'other instance of '-:;ransfer of an element of grammar from Arabic to Hindi/ Urdu. This has taken place throl Persian. The plrl. in Hindi/ U rou GHAYRON is an innovation of these two languages because there is no suchplrl. in Persian I nor in Arabic.

92 . :92: : ~ ~ ~ ~ GHOWR (50) GHOR lin; Inf; 1'113 sc j Sing. in. Hindi/ Urdu (bottom; depth; (also fig) GHUSSA (Tui~) (51 ) (Choking sound; torment; distress) Nnj Inf; Fem; Sing. HAJ)IR Nn.Agnt (52) Masc; HAZIR Sing. in Hindi!. Urdu AJAR in. Tamil (Attending; ready; willillis; content) Nnj I'lasc; un- - marked for No. also used as adverb. GHOR-SE Nn; Masc; unmarked for No. Also used as Advb. GHUSSE/SE. Nnj Adj; unmarked for gen. & No..But the Plrl HAZI Rn~ is occasionally used. It's actually a plrl form of Arabic (in accus. case) HAZIR is also used with Vbs. AJAR is used as Vb with all Vb in flee tions of Tamil Used in Nn & Vb forms. GHOR-SE adverb (Mg:Carefully, deeply, etc) G:HO~JR is also combined with some Nns like: -TALAB; GHOR TALAB (Mg: a matter n~eds much contemplation) GHOR is also used with Vbs in Hindi/ Urdu. HUDOOR; HUZOOR is used N nj Inf in Hindi/Urdu of the as an Honorific Vb used by a ser- HADARA vant when he ad of \'lh- dresses his mas ich ter. HADIR JE HUZOORj Lit: in Nn. 'Yes Sir t, is Agnt. also used in Refer Hindi/Urdu. thisje HUZOORI is a list term very much alph. in circulation for a in present day detailed HinaijUrdu to analysis This word is' seldom used in Arabic. Used in very limited _contexts RADIR/ HUDOOR-& all other words derived from HUDOOR are all freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. GHORSE is the most frequent ly used phrase in Hindi/Urdu e.g AAP ISKO GHORSE DEKHIYA (Pl. look at this carefully) Used with a variety of vbs. such as, GHUSSA PINA (To swallow or suppress' an~er) GHUSSA DlLANA (to cause anger); GHUS$A THtJKNA (to spit out anger) As Advb: UNHON NE YER BAIT GHUSSESE KARl (He said this angrily) The change of gender of the word is perhaps on the analogy of native words. hazir is used AJAR is with a variety used only of Vbs like:; in a limi HAZIR KARNA(to ted conbring sometb:irg) text per HAZIR RAHNA(to taining be present); to the Adj: RAZIR JA- law courts. VAB (readywith e.g KUTRAan a~swer; VALlKAL ready witted).kortil HAZIRI is also AJAR AKA frequently PATTARKAL used with Vbs. (The acand with the cused were i".; presented at the c.ourt)

93 : ~-; ~O------:;:;~-~ ~ _ 2_.:.._ : OF th~ ",ord refer in a de - Particle GHAYR. 52 contn HUDOOR rogatory man- E.g.HUM NE DAFTAR manner to the MEN APNl HAZlRl habit of obse LAG A Dl HAl (I've quity or too ~arked my ~resence much docility 1n the off1ce). HAZIRl, rela- AAP Kl GHAYR HAZItive Nn of Per Rl MEn YEll KAM sian (mg: Pre- HUV~ (This hapj)ened. sence) is also durl,ng your absence).: frequently used in Hindi/ Urdu. HATh'! (53) HAZfu"1 in Hindi/ Urdu Nn;Inf ; Masc; uncountable. 1'm; unmarked for gen. and number (To digest; terrorize; endure something) HAL Nn; Masc; Nn; Masc; un - t54) & Fem; marked for (Con Sing. number dition; Status;. Circumstance') HADIl"1; Nn. Agnt. liasc; Sing; MAHDOCX1, Nn.Obj; Masci Sing; HALA(JUN) ; Nn of unit; Fem; Sing; HALl; Adj; Masc; Sing; HALlYA, Adj Mg: Actually; Fem; Sing; HALAN; Nn. used as Advb. it is i:1 the. accs case. HOWLA; Advb l"1g:around, About. MURAL, Nn. Obj; Masc; Sing; '-. (Impossible.) HAZIMA as a term for the digestive system. HALA.f; HALlYA _ BALAN; HA V ALAT and HAYlL are. all used in Hindi/Urdu. ffijhal & HEELA are used only in Urdu. HAL is combined "lith' Persian words in phrases, such as, BA BAR HAL (However, inany case) HALANKE (Whereas) HAL-E-SHlKSTA:.Adj. Mg: Broken condition. Used fre quently in diffe rent con texts HAZA11 is used in the litera~ and figurative meanings.e.g. PAISA HAZ.A!'l KABNA (to embezzle money) KHANA HAZAM KARNA (to digest food) HAL & all HAL & HALAT are its deri- the most ireq. ved forms used words in are frequently used in varying contexts in Arabic. Hindi/Urdu. HALAN is also very commonly used in the same advbl. can text as in Arabic. UNKO HALAN JANA ~HAHlYE (He should go immediately). HALlYA is used as an adj. as in HALlYA GOVT. NE YEH. FAYSALA KlYA HAl (The present Govt. h~s.tak~n this dec::,s10n.)..' HAVALA(TUN) and HAVALY liave been discussed in the list separately. Look them up sepa-. r;ately, alphabeti... cally.

94 94' ~----~~ ~ ~----~----~----~ '" ', '. 89 ' 10 11' ~ ~ contn HAMAQA Nn.ln j ttun) Fem; (55) Sing; (Stupidity; Wrathi Anger) ~ Nn;rIasc; (56) Sing; (Bath, watering place) Nn; Fem;Sinr;i Plrl as per na tv. form: HAMA QATON (Nom) & HAMAQATEN (Acc s) Nn; Masc;Un-, - marked for No... HAVALA(TUN), Nn; Fem; Sing; (Assignment) HEELA. ( TUN), NnjFemiSine;i, (Stratagem) HAYIL; Nnj Agnt;.Masc; Sing; (Obsta~le) HAVALY Advb; (Around,.' about,etc) HUMQ, another tin.lnf, Masc Singj AHMAQ" Adjj Masc; Sing (M.g: A fool) AH11AQ, as unmarked Nn. AHI1AQ.ANA Pe r sianised form of Adj. (Mg: in a foolish manner or foolishly) ~Q.AT J;ill11Q& A.HYJ.AQ are all freq. ' used in varying contexts Used in lim'ited contexts HAL:A:{KE is used as an Advb:,(Mg: whereas, now that, since,, though,. although, notwithstanding, ho\,lever, yet t.' even)..' ;.-, HAMAQ,AT used as a Nn. e.g YEH EK HA11AQAT HAl (This' is a foolish act'), AHMAQ, refers only to person as in. Arabic ;.AB1AQ AADMI (Foolish person); AHMAQ LOG (Foolish people) AH!'1AQANA isa:ladj: as in AB11AQANA TAREEQE BE YEH KAM KIYAD,GA.YA HAl (This work has been done in 8 foolish manner) HAMMAM is used with auxiliary 'Vb. Kama (~,.o take bath)'.

95 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~_2 ~ 2 Z ~ ~ ---~ Q------! HA,QQ 'Nn. In!';' '(57) Masci (truthjsing. right-,fulj foss.ession)., I.. Nni Mascj Sing. HAQEEQAT; HA~ is some- Nn; Fem; t imesused as Sing. also a ne~8tive Nn used as an by prefixing 'advb. by the Persian placing it particle 'NA' in the ac- Thus NA F...AQ. cusative. (Ng: Unjust case IHAQE or untruthful) ~ATAN or HAQ is also FIL RAQEE used in Persia QATI (Mg: nised combinaactually; tions, like: in reality) HAAQ FASAAND (Truth lover) HAQ DAR (having,a just claim) HAAQ and its deri ved forms are freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts. HAQQ isu used with a~i]jary Vbs. as in UP KA IS PAR HAQQ BANTA HAl (You, have a right of claim over this). HAQQ ADA KARNA (to render one his due) HARAJ Nn. In!' ; t58) Masc; (clo- Uncounse ness table impediment; ;!?rohibition pifficultyj )- Nn; Masci uncountable IJffiAJ; Nn. In! of the Vb in the IV Form. HARIJ; Nn.!gnt; Adj.' Masc; Sing; MUHRIJ, Nn. Agntj Masc; Sing. II)RAJ, RARIJ & T'IUlffiIJ are all used in Hindi/ UrdU also in the same meanings as in Arabic. ~J& l.ts derived forms are used freq. in va 'rying. contexts. HARAJ is used more' frequently than IHRAJ; HARIJ and MUHRIJ

96 ~=======g=======~=============~=========~======= =============Z=======~ =======2=============12======11==== ~ Nn; Ma-se; ~.59) Sing;,,< Mg. For- (for- bidden l>1dden; $in.; lll'l,violable; ~~'boo) 1_'". Nn; Masc; uncountable ~,Nn, n' HARAI11, I1AHRU1'1, - F em; o~ng MUHARRAH & MUH (Forbidden) T.A.R.AI'l are all, Sacr7d po- used frequently s~ss~on, in Hindi/Urdu, w~fe, sanc- but with the dif tum). ference of being HURfT..A(TUN) u!1.'llarked for gen. Nn. Inf. and No. ' Fem. Sing. HARAYl is used as (Holiness, a VOl. Nn. and is reverence, also used in Peretc) sianised combinaijareem; Nn, tionssuch as: Mase; Sing. H.ARAI'I-ZADA (a (Sanctum, bastard, a v... icked s~cred pre- pe'rson,). The c~nct, harem second word female mem- changes in gen. bers of the and No. as per family, wo- context. men, wif e) HARAI1 ICHOR. ~I, Nn. (Venal or cor- A?j. Masc. rupt)person). Sln~. This phrase (Th~~f ~." remains as one robber) unit. Neither HIRMAN, Nn. of its compb- 1nf. of ~he nents Changes (Depr~vat~on according to Bereavment) context. TAHRU1, Nn. HARAMI is also Inf of the used in Kindi/ II, form of Urdu as Ad~... Vb. (forbid- unmarked "for den), Gen & No. ~, Nn. Inf. of the 4th form of Vb. (ganne- 96 H.ARJ\M and HARAl1, IHTIRAI1 all the and I1AHRUM are derived used "lith auxi forms men ~ry,vbs. like tioned in KARNA. the adj oi HAP. Al'1 is also ning cols. usedaslphrases LAdj are freq. like: y~ KI used in KAMAYI (Income varying gained by illegal cant ext s. or ignominous methods) in

97 ~- ~ g :.----~ ;..- Z 2_~ ::!Q.,_ ~9 contn ments of the Mecca pilgri:qt) I.HRAI'l, Nn.Inf of the fourth form of Vb. (deference,. re spect, regard, esteem, etc). l'iarrui1, Nn. Obj. (Masc; Sing} of first form (depreared, bereaved, bereft) MUH.ARRAM, Nn. Obj of II form of the Vb. 11UHTARAM, Nn Obj of. IHTARAMA, Masc; Sing; (Honored, revered, venerated) RASIL Nn.Agnt. t60) Adj., ( t ek- MlJsc.; ing Sl.D.g. place; revenues; essence) NIL, unmarked for gen. and number HUSUL, Nn. 1nf. of HASlltA from which HASIL is derived. HASEELA Adj;Fem; Sing; HUSUL, HAW S ALA, TJu"!ffiEEL and J"'JiliSUL are all freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. HUSUL is used as a vbl.nn. and is attached with the Vb. in Hindi/Urdu. HASIL, HASIL though HUSUL & an Adj is all the used,."i th Vbs derived like RASIL forms KAliNA (to obare all tain) HUSUL used in is also used Arabic 'wit~ auxilary freqoin verbs like varying. KARNA (Mg: contexts.(to obtain) H.4..SII. :.' anot;>.er exan:.- p I.e of [1"_ \,,' beinl: used,;~ ;~. vbs.

98 98.~ ~ ~ ~---~ ~~~-~ contn (Reminder, proceeds, return) HAWS ALA (TUN)', Nn' '0 FEM; Sing; (Oraw of a bird) TAHSEEL, Nn.lnf of II form of Vb.; Masc; Sing (collection, raising of funds, re-, venuenue) MAHSUL (Nn obj of HASALA' Hasc; Sing) (result, outcome t harvest),, HAWSALA & TASEEL have been discus sed in this list - refer aphabeti cally. HASIL is also used in idiomat ic expre s sions like: ISKA HASIL KIYA HAl (What is the outcome of this) MAHSUL is used only as a tech.,.. nical term in a 1 imited context. (Mg: agricultural crop;. harvest) HAVA (61) (Air; Wind; Weather) Nn; Hasc; Nn;Fem;SiDg; Sing. Plrl. as per natv. forms: HAVAON (Nom) HAVAY.EN (Accus) o Used in Persia- _.- ni sed combinations, such as, HAVA DAR (Ai~ open) HAVAYE JAHAZ (Aircraft) Used freq. only in the lit. sense of the word Used in the lit. _ & fig. meanings of the word; e.g IS WAQT AOHHl HA VA LAGRAHl HAl (There is a nice breeze blowing now). US MULK MEN JANG K I IU. V A ORAL RAHl HAl (There is an air of war blowing in that country) HAVA URNA (a thing to get wind) HAVA KHAO (take The change/of gen. of HAVA \ in Hindi/Urdu ' into Fem is perhaps on the analogy of the Hindi word LAHAR (Mg:A wave, billow, singe) it is feme it) gender. ' HAVA written'. as in Ara., bic is very often eonfu-

99 99 _._... _ II. -.c..~......_~...,.... ~ _..."'... ~ j g :_, ~ Z......,.,._2- ~ :1L:~...:1:1... ~ 61 contn. your way; " be off).... sion in Hindi/ Urdu with "I, another ill Arabic ;~ word writ- ~~1 ten as', which means love, passion,. wish, desire, etc. ~VALA Nn;Fem; Nn; Masc; "(TUN) Sing Sing; (62) PIrI. as HAVALA per in Arabic Hindi/ pattern Urdu HAVALAT (Assignment;. Draft; Money Order) This is another infinitive of RALA which has been discussed in this list alphabetically. HAVALAT as a technical term Mg: Police cus tody or gaol. U sed in Persia nised combinations like: HAVALDAR (Adj) Mg: a military officer Used only in the accus. case in varying contexts HAVALA as a Vbl. Nn. is used freq. in varying contexts; it is used with auxiliary Ths, such as, HAV ALA DENA (to mention the refe rence of some one or some book,etc) HA V ALA KARNA (to handover) HA V ALAT MEN BAND KARNA (to be kept in gaol) This is a '\ word which 1 has under- I gone seman I" tic exten- '. sions for which see our chapter, on Sematie changes-ex tension of Meanings. HAVALA is Mase in Hindi/Urdu perhaps on on the ana-, logy of \. natv. wordsl

100 100 ~ ~ ~------~ ~--~ ~ ~-Z~ ~ HA V ALY Advb; '(63) Hasc; HAVELIUniin tar;y; lli,ndi/ No Urdu Plrl. (Around is About tormed Circa) from this. word. Nn; Fem; Sing; _ Plrl as per native form: HAVELIYON (Nom) HAVELllN (Accs) This word is also derived from the root HAWALA referred to under the word HAL in this list. Used treg. Used as.~ Nn. as an Advb referring to of place & an area or a time. district ot a town; thus it :i.sused only in this limited context. There has been a change of category in this word, Advb to Nn. This is perhaps due to the shif't in the meaning of the word. Refer our discussion under the heading: Widening or Ext ension of Meaning in the chapter on Semalt. ~ Changes for full details. HAWSALA' '(TUN) (64) HOSLA or IJO'JSLA in Hindi/ Urdu. Noun; Fem; Sing; ~r8w or. Bladder ot a bird; bile.) Nn; Hasc; Sing; This word Used in combiis deriv- nation with ed f.rom persian word the root HAND; HOSLA- HASALA as HAND (A person mentioned with ~ts, in this brave). This list under phrase is used BASIL an unmarked Adj. This word is hardly used in the present day Arabic It is treg. used but only in the context of bravery; willpower, etc. The change of' gender in HindijUrdu is perhaps on the analogy of' native words.

101 _ _ ' b I.'.: E ~i L Z..._,. ".., _ _ HAYRA Nn; Infi Nn; Fem; un- '(TUN) Fero; marked for HAYRAT Sing. number. in Hindi/ Urdu (65) (Confusion; Helplessness; Embarrassment) HAIRAN; Adj; HAIRAN is Masc; Sing used in Hindi/ (confused, Urdu as an un preplexed, miarked adj ~ startled,etc) It is also TAHAYYURj Nn used in the form Inf of V Form of Persian relaof vo. tive Nn. HAIRANI HAYIR;Nn.Agnt (Mg:Consternafrom the Vb. tion); HAYRAT is HARA; Masc; used as a vbl. Sing; (Perp- nne and in sevelexed) ral Persianised MUHAYYIRjNn. combinations Agnt. Mascj such as, HAYRAT Sing; (from ANGEZj HAYRAT the Vb. UZA & HAYRAT HAYYARA-II MAA.B (all Mg: form) Mg: perplexing, perplexing; puzzling, etc) MUTAHAYYIR MUHTAR is used Nn.Agnt of more treq. in V form; Urdu, So also Hasc; Sing;MUTAHAYYIR He;:. same as. MURAYYIR; HUHTAR; Bn.. Agnt. from the vb. IHTARA. ot 8th form. Hg: same 8S MURAYYR HAYRAT & its deri vatives are all frequent ly used in varying contexts. HAYRAT is used wi th aurl ljary words, such as, HAYRAT MEN PARNA (to be caught in perplexity; As Advb: UNHON Nt YEll BAAT HAIRAT KE SAAT KARl (he said this in' a perplexing manner) HAYRANI is used as a vbl. nn: e.g:. I'lU.mE HAYRANI HUWI (I got perplexed). I'lUHTAR & MUTAHAYYIB are also used in Hindi/Urdu frequently.

102 ~,j,,;i "'II _ ;... I ~ 'Iii _ 4 HIMMA (TUN) (Eb) HIl'1MAT in Hindi/ Urdu (Ambition; zeal;, order) Nn;In!; Fem; Sing. HISAB ~n: Inf; '(67) Masc; ( Arithmetic; Sing, estimation; _ consideration) Nn; Fem; Sing; Plrl as per natv forms: HIl'1!1ATON (Nom) HIl'1MATEN (Accs) Nn; Masc; Sing. HD1l'1ATUN is from the Vb llij11'1a Y AHU- MMU (Mg: to intend, to be worried, etc) HISABI;Adj. Masc; Sing; MUHASABA (TUN) Nn. Inf of the III form of Vb HASABA YUHASIBU: IHTISABj Nn., In! of 8th form IHTABA EA' YATABIBU: MUHASIBj Nn. Agnt j Masc; Sing; from the vb of III form. MAHSUB; Nn. Obj.; Masc Sing. Used with Per- - sianised combinations, such as HIMMAT,WALA (Adj; Masc:Sing) (Mg: High minded) HIMMAT WALl (Fem; Sing). HIMMAT AFZA (Adj; unmarked for gen. & No) (Ng:encouraging) HIMI1AT AFZAYI (Vbl. Nnof HIMMAT AFZA) MUHA.S IB & MAHSUB - are freq. used in HindijUrdu in the same meaning as in Arabic. HISAB is also used as Nnomodifier in a compound phrase such as: HISAB-COR (Defaulter in account), HIl"IT1AT & RI1"IT1ATis very the Vb. freq. used in HAl'1MA YAH- Hindi/Urdu, with UMMU are auxi]ary vbs. used freq. like (HIMMAT in Arabic, KARNA - to de... cide firmly to do somefui.ng), HIMMAT BANDHNA (To muster :.. courage; to make bold; to Hisab & all its forms are fre' quently used in Ar:"abic done). HIMMAT HARNA (To lose spirit. or courage; to become despirited) HISAB is used frequently with a variety of vbs. such as: HISAB JORNA (to add) (Total an a/c) HISAB MEN. J.AMA KARNA (to deposit in an a/c) HISAB CUKANA (to settle account) It is also used as Advb: APNE HISAB SE YEH THIK NARIN (This ' is not correct in my opinion), UNHON NE BE-HISAB SE PAISE RARC KIYA (He spent money' la- _ vishly) HIBAB is also used in idiomatic expres- sions such as: HISAB BARABAR KARNA (to ssttie alc or to settle scores with one's foe)

103 103..; ~ ~ , ~--,--- 10~....;1...;.1 ;;.2 L- ---!._...o;;5..~., 2_., _~ HISSA Nn., of Nn; Masc; Sing; - '(TUN) Unit; P1r1. as per na (68) Fem; tive forms: (sha- Sing. HISSON (Nom) t rej HISSE (Accus). lessonj svan of time) Used with the Persian suffix DAR to made the phrase HISSA DAR; Adj; unmarked for gen. sing; P1r1.HISSE DAR (Mg: A shareholder or Partner) The term HISSAIT is also used in the same meaning as above. HISSAIT is a combination of HISSA + AIT - Used in very 1i mited contexts only in this Nn. form Used frequently with auxiliary Vbs. like: HISSA KARNA (to share,divide, distribute, etc) Sanskrit (term of t"he present participle with the case augment ) HUDOOR t69) HUZOOR in Hindi/ Urdu (Pre-. sence; Attendance) Noun; In!; Masc; ~; Uncountab1e. but consi dered as P1r1. Noun; Masc; unmarked for number. Gender. _ ~DRA(TUN) Nn;Fem:Sing; (an honorific title 1 such as H~s Highness) HADRATUKUM (a respect ful form of address, esp. in letters). The other derived form of HU:POOR are discussed iii this list under HADIR - HAZART an honor! - fic equivalent to Sir. HUZUR-E-W.ALA ; HAZRAT-WALA are also honorifics Mg:Sir, Respec;.. ted Sir, etc. JE HUZOOR is an obsequious form of honorific as explained under the word HADIR reier:' ~lp'habatj;c:;al~..," HUDOOR is used only as ann. In! & not as an 00- norific as in Hin, di/urdu, which has acquired this usage throe Persiano But the word HA.DRAT- is used in Arabic as honorific ',I I HUZOOR; HUZUR..I. E-WALA & HAZRAT are all frequent 1y used in Hindi..lor the Semantic Change that has taken place in this word refer our Chapter on Semantic Changes Widening or Extension of Meanings.

104 ~ ~ ~------g ~~----~----~----~ ~~Z ~-~ ~~~1!~ HUKM Nn;In!; Nn; Mascj un '(70) Masc; marked for (Ju- Sing; nulllber. dgementj ordinance; command) HAKIM; Nn. HAKIM, HAKEEM, _ HUKM & Agnt; Masc; HUKUM.AT & MAR- all its Sing; (Ruler, KAMAT are all derivatives Governor); freq. ased in MAlJUKM, Nn. Hindi/Urdu. are ObJ; Masc; But HAKIM & freq. Sing; (Ruled, HAKEEM are un used. Subjects); marked for gen. HUKUMA(TUN); & No. in Hindi! (refer this Urdu. in the list HUKAMAT has the alphabetically)plrl. as per na HAKEEN; Adjvl. tv. forms: Nn; Masc; Sing; HUKtL1ATON (Nom) (Wiseman, Sagei & HUKUMATEN (Accs) Physician, Dr.) MAHK.AM.A, Sing; MA1JKA11A(TUN) Plrl. MAHK.AI10N (Nom) Advbl. Nn. of MAHKAME (Accs); place; Fem,Sing ISSTIHKAM; TAHAKKUM (Court, Tribu- MUSTAKA11, AND MUHKAM nal, etc) are all used only.!r~, Nn.In! in Urdu in the same of the Vb in II meaning as in Arabic. form; Masc; (Ar- HUKM-RAN is a Perbitration)j sianised combination MUHAK.AMA(TUN) Mg:. the rulers; it Nn'In! of Vb. in is used in Urdu. III form; Fem; Sing (Legal pro secutionj judicial proceeding) T.AIIAKKUM; Nn. Int' of V F-orm; Hasc (arbitrari ness t desposition) ISTIHKAM, Nn. In! of the Vb. in 10th form; Hasc Sing (stabilization) (fortification) lidkm is combined with a variety of Ths and used in Hindi/Urdu. e.g HUKM KARNA to decree, to. adjudge, to exerdse authority. HUKM DENA (to order; or command) HUKM TORNA (to violate or disobey qrder).. JO HUKMI is an interjection Mg: Whatever order it shall be obeyed (by me); I await your orders; your servant to command. \,\ \ \ MA.HKAMA in Hindi/Urdu is Fem-in Gen. possibly on the analogy of native words.

105 ~ ~~ 2-_~ ~ ~_~ _2 ~- ~ ~ ~ 2 12~~11~ HUKOOMA Nnj Nn; Femj SingjtTUN) Fem; Plrl as perna (71) Sing; tv forms:hukoo HUKOOMAT MATON (Nom) in Hindi HUKOOMATEN '& Urdu (Accus) (Jurisdictionjauthority) Used of- Used with auxi- - ten in liary Ybs such varying as HUKOOMAT contexts CALANA (to run a government) HUKOOMAT J ATANA (to make a display of authority) I:PAF A Nn. In! j (TUN) Fem; (72) Si-ng. ( Addition; attribution) Nnj Masc; Sing. paif, Nn; Masc; Sing; (guest) DIYAFA(TUN) Nn; Fem; Sing; (Hospitality) MADAFA(TUN) (Advb of place) Femj Sing; (Hostel, Inn etc) 11U~EEF; Nn. Agnt of the Vb ADAFA i~ 4th i'orm; Masc; Sing; 11U{>AF; Nn. ObJ of ADAFA Masc; Sing; (added, adjoined t a:p-. posed) ; l:pafi, Adj; Masc; Sing; (Additional, Supplemen. tary) IZUI as Adj; unmarked for gen & No. is freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. MUZAF is used in the Plrl. form MUZAFAT as a technical term, Mg: Suburbs of a city; ZAIF & ZIYAFAT are used in Urdu; ZAIF as an unmarked adj; & ZIYAFAT as a Vbl. Nn. \. IDAFA (TUN) & all its derivatives are frequently used in varying contexts IZAFA is frequent~ _ ly used in Hindi/ Urdu in different co-ntext s, like: TANKHA HEN KUCH - IZAF A HUWA HAl (There has been increase in the salary); MUZAFAT as a technical term is obsolete in Arabic but i1j\ has been revi" ved in Hindi/Urdu thro' Persian. IZAFA is Masc. in gender in Hindil Urdu per haps on the ana... logy of native words.

106 ~ ~-..._ ~. Sf' ~~-_--...-, ~ _ ~..._ IJAZA Nn.lnf; Nn; Fem; un- (TUN) Fem; marked for (73) Sing;. gen & No. IJAZAT in Hindi/ Urdu (Permission; approval~ vacation) JAVAZ (also Nn; Inf; Masc; Sing) (admissibility) MAJAZ; Advb of Place; (passage ~ corridor) JAYIZ; Adj. Masc;Si-ng; (Permitted lawful) JAYIZA(TUN) Adj; Fem; Sing; (Prize, rew~rdt preml.um) JAYIZ & JAYIZA - are both used freq. in Hindi & Urdu. For a detailed analysis of thes,e two words ref. this list alphabetically MAJAZ is used only in Urdu. IJAZA(TUN) & its deri ved forms are freq. used in va rying contexts. tilaqj.. Nn; Inf; Nn; Hasc; Nn;Bi.ng; TALEEQ; TALLUQ; MUTALLIQ 'ILAQA lilaqa (TUN) Fem; Sing; Flr1 Plrl as Nn.Inf & MUALLP.Q all are is & all (74) Sing. as per na- per na- of the used freq. in used other llaka tv Forms: tive Vb in Hindi/Urdu as in as a deriin llaqon form: II form Arabic. But in tech "led Hindi (nom) and ILAKAK- Masc; Hindi/Urdu they nica1 forms & llaqe KAL SING. ; are unmarked for term are Urdu & (Accus) Thl..LUQ; gen. & No. llaqa Mg: A fraq.!lamil Nn, Inf 0 is also made into depen used Note: of the Adj. by adding dency, in In 'Vb in V Persian suffix'y' Pro- Ara- Arabic form; thus llaqayi (Re- vince; bic. it is Masc; gional or pertain or more Sing; ing to a dist.) Dist., correct MULLAQ ALAQA BAND is a Also to say Nn Obj Persian comb ina-. the ALAQA of the tion Hg: A Gold- word (Attachment; Vb 'ALLA lace maker. (Ref TALUK contact; QA-II this list a1pha- is Connection) form; betica11y for a used Hasc; detailed analysis as a Sing; of the wo~: tech. TALLUQ & ALIQ term. 106 IJAZAT is used with auxi1ary Ths. DENA or LENA, e'.go. IJAZAT DENA (to grant permission) IJAZAT LENA (to seek permission) IJAZAT HAl? it is also use" as an interjection. (May I have your permission please) llaqa is used llaqa in the 1 imi t- is ed context of ~sed Province or. in Dist, etc. Tamil MUTALIQ or. only MUTALIK is a in very common- the 1y used word. co,nin Hindi/ telxt Urdu. It is of a always used re~ in inter- gion connection or~ with either SE or KE,e.g UNKE ffijtalliq MUJIIE KUCH LIKHNA HAl (I've to write somethipg about him). di~t. Refer our chapter on Semantic Changes - Widening or Extensinn o Meaning for the Semantic shift of the word llaqa llaqa has changed gender in Hindi/Urdu probably on the anal":ogy of native words.

107 Q ~-~ ~.-----~ ~ 4!2 _ t _... ~~ ~ _ contn ~IM.ARA Nn; (TUN) Fem; (75) Sing; lmarat in Rindi/ Urdu (Bul1ding; tr8ct; architecture) Nn ; Fem; Plrl as per natv. forms: IMARATON (Nom) & IM.ARATEN (Accus) MU'TALIQ; Nn Agnt; Adj of the Vb TALLA QA-Vform. UMR; Nn; Fem; Sing; (Life, Duration of life ); ill1ran; Nn Int Masc; uncountable; (Inhabitedness, activity) MTI1AR; Nn; Masc; Sine;; (Architect) MIMARI, Adj; Masc; Sing; (Archi techtural) TAMEER, Nn. Inf of Vb. in IIform. (Bldg., cons truction erection~ ISTlMAR, Nn. Inf of the Vb. in 10th form (colonization) MU.Al'lMAR, Nn. Obj; Masc; Sing; (senior in age) Refer this list alpha betically for TALLUX mm, I'1U.A.l'11'1.AR & TA!1EER are all used in Hindi/ Urdu. Umr is used as ann. for No. but Fem. in Gen. as in Arabic. I'1UAl'TMAR is used as an Adj. unmarked for gen. & No. TAI1EER is used as a Vbl. Nn. I ST Il'1AR, U1'1RAN, MlMAR are used. in Urdu in limited ca.ntexts. The word UI'1R is also changed into-the diminutive Nn. of Rindi/Urdu which would perhaps mean in a Lit. sense the Duration of life to its last minute. Il'1ARA (TUN) and all its derived forms are used freq. in Arabic in varying contexts lmarat is alwalye with auxiliary Vbe in Hindi/Urdu such as QAYIM KARNA or BANANA (To put up a bldg). UMR or UMAR is also very freq.used in Rindi/Urdu IE a separate Nn. and in Persianised combinations such as: UMAR DARAZ (Long life) or in combinations of Arabic words in a natv. structure such as:umar QAID (Imprisonment for life) The word UMARIYYA is an elegant word in Hindi/Urdu used mostly in poetry and in film songs. It is to be noted that when adjs. are used for the words IMARAT or UMR they agree with these Nns in gen. if they are Adjs of Hindi/Urdu. But if they are adjs.of Arabic, they dont agree in gender, they remain Masc.,Sing. e.g JADEED

108 -----~-----~ ~ ~ ~-----~ ' , 9 10, ~ ~ IMARAT, or TAVILUC UMR (Near bldg. & life, respectively) Whereas Hindi/Urdu Adjs. for the same phrase would be fem. in gender. e.g.'nai lmaarat & LAMBI UMR Is this an indica~ tion of some inbuilt cultural resistance in the receipient languagesl IMKA.AN Nn. Inf ; (76) Masc; Singo (Power ' Ab ' 1 'ty It is, 1. ~ 'Inf. of POSS1- Vb. b " 't) l.n 1_1 y IV Form IMTlHAAN.Nn.Inf; (77)' Masc; (Test; Sing; Experi- from ment) the root MABANA. Nn; Masc; Sing Nn; Masc; Sing. MUMKIN, Nn. IMKAAN, T1UMKIN - Agnt of & IMKANIAT are IMKAAN, all very freq. Masc; Sing; used in Hindi/ (Possible,. Urdu. conceivabl~ IMKAAN is used TAMAKKUN, as a vb!. noun. Nn In! of MUt1KIN is used Vb. in the as an Adj. unmar V Form. ked for Gen. & MUTAMAKKIN, No. Its Plrl Nn.Agnt of (from Arabic) is the above; also used freq. Masc; Sing. : MUMKINAT. IMKAANIYA' IMKAANIYAT is (TUN) four used in the of IMKAAN same manner as that of IMKAAN. MEHNA(TUN) Nn. MEHNAT & MUMTAHIN In! of the Vb. are both freq. of primary used in Hindi/ form MARANA; Urdu. Fem; Sing. Ref tp.is list alph. for detailed analysis of ot this word. 108 II1KAAN & In Hindi/Urdu MUMKIN.' its deri' is more freq. used ved forms than IMKAANIYAT & are all IMKAAN. MUMKIN, though used very an Adj. sometimes freq. in used in place of IMKAN Arabic in e.g: AAJ BARISHS HONE varying, KA Il'1KAAN HAl or MUMKIN contexts. HAl (It is posstbe that there may be rain today; _ There is a possibility of rain today). MUMKIN is also conveyed in the negative form by prefixing the particle NA of Hindi/Urdu;IThus: NA MUMKIN (Impossible), NA is actually wrftten, as NAH ( ), IMTlHAAN IMTTHAAN is used with & it's de auxillary vbs.like l ' rived forms are all (to examine) freq. used in Arabic. IMTlHAN LENA (To conduct an examn.) IMTlHAN KARNA

109 !~ ~q "-----P-'-----~---~-~ ~~ ~---.~ If_*-' nf.a.a.:rl Un. In!; Nn; Ma sc ; (78) Masc;. Sing. (Act Sing; of from Kind- the ness; root favour N.AM.A. award) INAM is from IV Form. IN~ lin.in.!. Nn; Masc; (79) of the. Sing. (Jus- Vb. in tice; IV form ~qui- Masc; ~y) Sing; ~~rooor----.~ ~------" ~--! lfoun; Sing; Plrl. as per natv. form: INAHU - KAL b ~~ t MUMTAHIN Nn.Agnt. Maso; Sing; &. MUMTAHAN. Nn. Obj. Masc; Sing are derived from IMTIHAlf NEm.(TUN) Nn; Fem; Sing; NA'EEM; Adj;Masc; Sing. nsf, Nn; Masc; Sing; MUNSIF, Nn. Agnt; Masc; Sing (ref: this list.alphabetically for detailed analysis of the word HUNSIF) 11IJNTAS IF, Nn Agnt.Masc; Sing (8th. form) NEMAT &.NAEEM are used more in Urdu than in Hindi INSAAF &. HUNSIF are freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. NA INSAAFI is another term which is fraq. used. It is a combination of the particle of negation INA I &. 'I' the sign of Inf in Hindi/ Urdu. Mg :Injustice. 109 ~Z ~ ~_~ 2- ~ ~12~~~_11~ Only the noun INAM is used in the Mg; of Award or Gift INAM is used trequen tly in Arabic in varying contexts. NEMAT &. NA'EEM are also' freq. used. INSAAJ' &. all its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic. IN'AAM is used Used wi th auxiliary freq. Vbs. DENA 'or in the LENA, Mg: to congrant reward text and to accept of a reward, grant respective17 of prize or. gift. INSAAF is us~d with auxiliirf. Vbs. like KAHNA. INSAAF KAHNA \ (To do justice) It is also u~ed As Advb: INS.AyA"F SE KAM KIYA (He did the work with full justice or He imple mented the work in a just manner) Change of category from Nn. to Advb. in Hindi/ Urdu is noteworthy.

110 ~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~----~--~~~-~ 1 2 :; ~--~~~ ~--~ ~-~~----~--~~.. ",~.,.-~~~~~~ INSAAN (80) (Man; l'1ankindj mortal) INTIZAAR Noun. (81)' In:t; ('visiting; of ex-oect a- 8th Hen) form; Mascj Sing; Nn.Subs Nnj Masc; tantive Sing Masc; Sing~ Nnj Mascj Sing INSAANIYA (TUN) INSAANIYAT Nn;Femjunmark- used freed for No.(Hu-. qsntly in. manityjhumane- Hindi/Urdu ness, polite- ness, civility mankind, human race) NASOOT (Humani ty). Thi sis a. word comprising NAAS + the Arabic termina tion UUT. UNS, Nn.In:t, Mascj Unmarked for No.(Sociability; familiarity) INS, Nn(Collec tive) (Mankind Human race) NAZAR,,Nn. Masc Si:ng (ref. this list alphabatically for a detailed analysis of this 'Word) MAN~AR j Advb. of place; Mascj Sing (sight, ' view, panorama) MUNAZARA(TUN) Nn. fn:t 'of the Vb. of III form Fem; Si-ngj (Emu lationj Rivalq DisputejDebate) NA~IRt Nn Agnt~ Masc; Singj,(observe rj Onl.ooker, Manag~r... NAZAR, MANZAR NAAZIR & MAN ZUUR are all freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. Besides the above; NAZEER NAZZARRA, NA ZARIYA & NAZA RI are also used in Hindi/ Urdu. 110 INSAAN & all INSAAN & INSAAN- - the derived IYAT al:'e freq. forms are used in Hindi/ frequently Urdu in variing used in contexts. Arabic. INTIZAAR INTlZAAR is used & its de in Hindi/Urdu with rived auxil:bry vbs like forms DEKHNA or KARNA.!. are all e.g INTIZAAR DEKHNA used in (to be on the watph Arabic or look out for) j freq. INTIZAAR KARNA (t9 in vary- look out for; to ing con- anticipate). texts.

111 I..._.. I ~---~ ,...._..T_ ~.,~._~... _ , _. Direcotr, Principal) MANZUUR, Nn. Obj; Masc; Sing (ref: this alphabetically for analysis of this word. NA~EER, NAZIR AdJ; Masc; Sing (similar like, same, etc) NAZZAARA(TUN) Fem; Sing (field glass, binocular, spyglass, eye glasses) NAZARIYA, Nn. Feni; Sing (Theory, reflection, meditation). NAZARI, Adj. Masc; Sing; (visual, theoret ieal, speculative). ISH.A.ARA Nn. In. (TUN) Fem; (82) 5i Dg; 15HAARA in -Hindi/ Urdu (Motion; gesture;.. instruction; counsel) ~~.i<-'. Nn; Masc; Sing;Plrl as per na tv. forms ISHARON (Nom) & I SHARE (Aecs) MASHWARA( TUN) MASHWARA i Nn;Fem:Sing; MUSHAAWARAT (consultation are freq. deliberation) used in MUSHAAWARA(TUN) Hindi/Urdu. Nn;Inf;Fem;Sing MUSHEER & (Consultation) MUSTASAAR ~STISHAARJ.(TUN) are used n.inf;fem;sing more in ISH.AAR.A & ISHAARA is very all its freq. used in derived. Hindi/Urdu. It forms are is used with freq. used auxilary vbs. in Arabic e.g.ishaara in varying KARNA (to indicontexts. cate at)

112 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~-~---~ ~--~-~ ~ ~------~ ~ ~~~-- (Seeking of Urdu than ISHAARON PAR advice, con in Hindi CALNA (to act sultation) on the promptin~s of some MUSHEER, Nn Agnt. Masc; -one). Sing;, MASHWAARA KARNA (Adviser, (To make consultations) Counsellor Consultant) (MASHWARA is also MUSTASHAAR, used with auxias Musheer. -lary Vbs. as above) Ism AA ISTIF AA (83) Nn.Inf. ISTIFAA of Vb. in of 10th Hindi/ form; Urdu Masc; (Re- Sing. ouest for pardon; resignation) Nn; Masc; Sing; IAFW(UN) Nn. MUAFAN Pronoun - Inf. of the ced in Hindi/ Vb. in the Urdu as MAF is primary form, freq. used in Masc; Si-~; these two lan- C.AAFIYA(TUN)j guages. NnjFemjunmark AAFIYAT is ed for No. used only in MUAAFAN; Nn. Urdu. Obj; Masc; (Refer this Sing (free list alphaexcused( betically healthy) for the LIFAA, Nn.Inf word MUAFAN) of the Vb. in IV form; Masc; Sing; (excuse, dispensation, discharge, dismissal from Office) IsnFAA & the other derived forms are all freq. used in Arabic in vary ing con texts ISnF AA is used with auxilary verbs in sentences like: ISTIFA DENA (to tender resignation) ISTIFA MANZOOR KARNA (to accept resignation) The current Hindi expression TYAAG PATR for resignation seems to be a loan tra... nslation of: ISTIFAA because it is based on the same meaning. i.e to efface; to ask to be relieved.

113 ----_ ~ _ 1.. g...,. 2..._.. ~,..._~ Z ~... ~_,_._' I.2..._...- IsT'IMAAL Nn; Inf. Noun;l'1asc; (84) of the Sing. ISTIMAL Vb in in 10th Hindi/ form; Urdu Masc; '(Appli- Sing: (;tltioil; Operation; Handling; (e.g of a machine) ~ ~...- ITTIFAAQ Nn. (85) In.f; (Concidence; Masc; Sing;!,\rrange It is \\lent) Inf of Vb in 8th.. Form., Nn; Masc; Sing; - Plrl as per natv. form but only one form viz.ittifaqen (Accus). The Arabic Plrl. ITTIFAAQAAT is also used in Hindi/Urdu ISTIMAAL is derived from the root j.al'1al which has several derivedfqrms Ref. this list alphabetically for the word and its derived forms. l'1ustamal, Nn. 'Obj.Masc; Sing; MUSTAMIL, Nn. Agnt; Masc; Sing. MUSTAMAL is used as an Adj. unmark ed for No. & gender. TAWFEEQ, Nn. MUWAAFIQ & MU- _ Inf of the WAAFAQ)..T are Vb. in II used freq. in form; Masc; Hindi/Urdu. Sing. MUWAAFIQ is used WIFAAQ, Nn. as an unmarked Inf of the Adj (refer this Vb in III list alphabeti- Form; Masc; cally for this Sing; word) MUW AAF AQ,A l'1uw AAF AQAT is (.TJN), Nn.,us used as a Inf. also Vbl Nn. of the III MUTTAFIQ is also form of Vb. freq. used in Fern; Sing; Hindi/Urdu as an rnnvaafiq,nn. unmarked Adj. Agnt of the.ittifaaqi is also Vb in III used but as an form; Masc; unmarked Adj. Sing (accor- The fern. of the dance,stmi - above ITTIFAAQIYA lar,e~c) is also used in ISTIl'1.AL &. all its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts. ITIFAAQ &' all its other derived forms are freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts.. ISTlMAL is used witb. auxilary Vbs as in: ISTIl'1AAL KARNA (to use) ISTlMAAL MEN LAANA (to -bring into use) 'ITTIFAAQ is used as a Vbl. Nn. it is used with Vbs. like ITTIFAAQ RAKHNASE (to be in accord with); IT is also used as e.n Advb:ITTI FAAQ-SE (By Chance, actually) IT1FFAAQis also used in the Arabic Advbl Nn.form ITTIFAAQAN (Aces. case) mg: By chance, e.g YEH ITTIFAAQAN ALBA HUWA HAL (This ha s happened like this by chance).. _1_2....,...:l.:t... ~

114 114 -~~ ~ ~~---~----~ ~-~--~~ ~--~~-----~ 2 ~----g ~ ~ Z 85 contn f;izza (TUN) (86) (Might donor Highrank) Nn.In!; Fem; Sing; Ini' of the Vb in the Primary form. Nn;FemjSing; PIrI as per natv forms: IZZATON (Nom) & IZZATEN (Accus) l'1utta}'iq, Nn. Agnt of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sing; (In agreement). ITTIFAAQI, Nn Adjj Mascj... Sing; (accide.ntal, fortuitous, chance) the above ITTI FAAQIYA is also used in Hindi/ Urdu. (Mg: same as of ITTIFAAQI) 'b.zeez, Nn.lnf IZZAT & AZEEZ _ of the Vb in are the most II form; M?scj freq. used Singj (Streng- forms in Hindi/ thening, con- Urd~. solidation) IZZ~T is used LIZAAZ, Nn.lnf. as a Nn.Fem; of the Vb in Sing. IV Form;.Masc; AZEEZ used as Sing (st-reng- an Adj. untiening; love; marked for affection, es- gender; Plrl. teem & regard) as per natv. IT'rZAAZ, N.In! forms:azeezon of the Vb. in (Nom); AZEEZEN 8th form; l'1asc;'.,accus) Sing; (to AZEEZ is also pride in)(in combined with Arabic it is the Persian used with the po stposit ion: preposition DAR-AZEEZ DAR BE - ) (a relative) "AZEEZ; Adj;; Unmarked for MasciSing; gender; Plrl (mighty, power- heard only fui; respected; in the Nn form dear; beloved) AZEEZDARON _-.. LIZZAT & all its derived forms are used freq in Arabic in varying contexts MUWAAFIQis also used freq. in Hindi/Urdu and is pronounced as MAFIK in the l'1g: of similar. IZZAT is combined with several vbso to express a variety of Mgs. IZZAT UTARNA (to strip off the honour); IZZAT BAGGARNA (KISI-KI) To destroy the honour (of someone) IZZAT DENA (to confer honour or dignity); IZZAT is also given a negative Mg. by prefixing the Persian Particle of Ne,gation BE: BE IZZAT (void of honour; disgrace ful); BE IZZAT is further used in. Hindi/Urdu inf. form: BE IZZATI & its combined with Vbs like KARNA;.BE IZZATI KARNA; to dishonour; to disgrace, etc.

115 ....~ ~ _L ~.. ~ :f... -_z... ~ _ ~_..._ _~ '* 11_,..._ 86 contn IZZj Nn.Inf; AZZEZDARI,the of the Vb. of Inf form of Primary: Hindi/Urdu is AZZA YAUZZU also used. Masc; Uncoun- IZZAT is also table (Mg: made into Adj. Mighty, power~ by suffding force, honour; WALA;IZZATWALA MUTAAZ; N.Agnt (MalejSing)(A Act. Part; Masc; respectful Sing; (Mg:Proud, person). Powerful, mighty) BEIZZAT has also the opp.o.site form BAA IZZAT (Mg: with Honour & dignity). BAA is also a Persian prefix, Mg:with or adored with. IZZAT LOOTNA (to rape) JAHAAZ Noun; (87) Masc; (Equip Sing; ment; installation) Nn;Masc;Sing; Plrl as per natv. forms: JA.H.AZZON (Nom) and JRAZZEN, (Accus) 'TAJHEEZ, Nn;Inf. of the II form of Vb; Masc; Sing; JAHIZ, Nn.Agnt; Adjj Masc;Sing; MUJABHAZ, Nn. Objj Masc; Sing. TAJEEZ is used only in Urdu in a limited COTJ. text pertain ing to the burial rites of the Muslims. JAHAAZ & JAHAAZ is used... its deri- only in the limi-,ved forms ted c.ontext of a Ship or an A ir craft; it is also used in the Mg. of requisites or paraphernalia of a bride. are all used in Arabdic in varying contexts. There has been a restriction of f-lg: in this word for which refer our chapter On Semantic Changes - Narrowing or Restriction of Meaning. JALD Nn.ln!; (88) Masc; (Flog Sing. ging; quickj nastyj. ~teadfast ) Nn; Unmarked for gen & No. JILD, Nn;Mascj Sing (skin, hide, leather) JALAD, Nn.Masc; (uncountable; endurance, suffering, patience) - JALEED, Nn,Masc; Sing (Staunch, steadfast, iceberg, ice floe) JALAAD, Nn;Masc; Sing (Leather, Merchant; exe ~tiqnerthangman) Only the word - JILD is used in Hindi/Urdu in t he me aning of Sking & bound volume. It is used as Plrl as per native forms: JILDON (Nom)' JILDEN (Accs);. JALD is also converted into Hindi/Urdu form:' JALDI & used as a.n.. A.dvb with. JALD and all its derived forms are used in varying contexts. JALDI and JALDISE are the most freq used forms in Hindi/Urdu. JALDI is combined with Vbs like KARNA; Mg: to be fast; to make'. haste; JALDISE Advb: JALDI SE AAYIE (Pl.come quickly) J ALDI KA MA.ARA is also an Adjvl. phrase; masc; sing... This word has also under 8 0 ne re striction of Mg. for which refer chapter on Semantic Changes - Narrowing' or Restriction of Meaningo

116 1 2- ~ 2-2 ~ Z ~ ~-----~ ~ ~ ~---.~ ~!_~_~_g ~2 ~ 116 1Q~ ~11-88 contn JALEBI Nn. (89) Int; ZALLABIYA Fern; (TUN) Sing. in Arabic (A kind of doughnut cooked in oil & sprinkled I,i th sugar) JALSA.Nn.ln!; (TUN) Fem; (90) Sing; (Seat (in an auditorium) ; party; gathering) NnjFem; Sing; Plrl. as per natv. forms: Noun; Sing; Plrl. as per natv. form: Nn; Masc; Sing; PIrl. as per natv. forms: JALSON (Nom) & JALSE (Accus) JALEBIYON JILE (Nom) & BlKAL. JALEBIYAN (Aces) Nn.unmarked for Gen. & No. MUJALLID; Nn. Agnt; Masc; Sing; (Book Binder) MUJALLADj Nn. Obj; l"lasc; Sing; (frozen" Icy, Volume, bound book) MUTAJALLID, NnjAgnt; Masc; SiJl ; j (Pat i ent) This is one Qf the rare words which doe sn't have any derived form; it has also no vb. form. JULOOSj Nn; Int; Mascj Singj uncountable. (sitting down) JALEES;Adj. Masc; Sing; (Table companion) I1AJLIS,Advb of place, MascjSing; (session room) suffix SE. JALD is also combined with Persian postposition BAAZ and made as JALD BUZZ, which is an unmarked Adjj (Hasty) JALDBAAZ is also used i.n the In! form..jald BAAZI. JALSA,JULOOS Only & MAJLIS are J ALSA all freq. is used in Hindi used & urdu. in JALSA is used Tamil as Nn. in the in Masc.; Gen.; collo Sing; quial JULOOS is lang. used as Nn.un meanmarked for ing: Gen. & No. Enjoy MAJLIS is mentj used as ann. merri-.nt... Very rarely used. Used in a limited context. JALSA & JALSA & JULOOS JALSA JALSA is all its are used with is Masc in derived auxilary vbs. used Gen. per forms e.g EK JALSA in a haps on are freq KIYA GAYA (A very the aualo... used in meeting was limi- gy of Arabic organised) ted natv.words. in vary-. JULOOS NIKALA con- MAJLIS is ing eon- JAYEGA (A pro text FEM. pertexts. ce ssion will and haps on be taken out) only the ana- MAJLIS is used in logy of I in a restricted Col Hindi/Urdu I context Mg: sit- 10- word BAI-. t in room or qui- THAK which) a l.ounge..al Tamil is Fem ~,

117 ~ ~ ~~~-~---~ ~ ~ contn.jal'fa (91) JAm in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil (Gathering; addition; coupling j. crowdi - -. troop) Nn.lnfj NnjMascj Nn;Unmark Masc; unmarked ed for No. S~~1gj for No. & s Gen. I'1U J AALASA (TUN) Nn. Inf of Vb. in the III form; Femj Sing; (social intercourse) Note:Ref: this list alphabeti cally for the word JULOOS. J1Jl'fA, Nn. in Fem.Gen. Sing; Plrl. as per natv form:majli SON (Nom); MAJLISEN. (Accus) ; MAJLISI, Nn. Masc; Sing; It is the Persian. relative' Nn. unmarked for number. It is used in Urdu more -than in Hin,di. J AMA.A.T, MAJM.A Only the JAHA JAIiA is used Used Fem; Sing; & MAJI'1U are word JAMA and with vbs.like only (Friday) very freq. is used all JAMA KARNA in a JAM~YYA used in Hindi in Tamil its (to collect) limi (TUN) Nn; & Urdu besid as a part deri It is also ted Femj Sing; s the head of the ved used in the context (Associa- word JAMA. technical forms Persian comterm: are bination JAMA tiop) JAMAAT is JAtffiEjAdj. used as Nnj JAl""tABANDI freq. BANDI which is with full FemjSingj (Asess- used a revenue term ~enitivej Elrl:JAMATON me.nt. of in used almost in (total, (Nom) and revenue) Ara- all the langua whole) JAMAATEN bic ges of the Bub JAMA(A (Accus) and in cont inent (TUN),Nnj MAJMOO is va-.majma which is Fem;Singj also used in rying Advb in Arabic (Band,com Persian rela con- used as Nn in munity) tive Nn form texts HindijUrdu Mg: MAJMAjAdvb MAJMOOI & it. A gathering; of place is placed in MAJMOCI-TOR-SE (assembly) advbl. phrase is an Advb. JH1AA: Nnj MAJMOOI-TOR commonly used Inf. of Vb SE (wholly,. in Hindi/Urdu, in III,form totallyl.~tc) e g HAMAARI Masc; S~)lg; JlMA, IJ 1"lA, MULK KI HAALAT (Sexual IJTlMA, ISTIintercourse)MAYI & JAAMIA A.CIDU".liA.I MAJMUI-TOR-SE. 117 in gender. 'JAAMIA,is Masc. gender in Hindi/ Urdu,. perhaps on the analogy of native') words.

118 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~-~-~--~c 91 contn IJM.A':A; Nn. Inf of the Vb in 4th form; Masc; Sing; (Agreement; unanimously) IJTlMAJ\. ; Nn.ln:f of the Vb. in the 7th form; (Gathering; assembly) IJTIMAY'I, Adj of IJTlMA~ Masc Singo 'I;., JAAI1I; Nn. Agnt. Adj; Masc; Singj (Comprehen sive; exten sive, etc) JAA11IA,Fem. of JAl'1I~ (League; Unionj religious community) MAJMUj Nn. Obj. Mascj Sing; (Collected, gathered, whole, total) " MUJTAMA; Adv of Pla ce (gathering: place; Place of Assembly) are all used in Urdu only in the same meaning as in Arabic, but as undeclinable Nns. JAAI1IA is Masc. in Urdu. The condition of ou,l:'. country is good in general or generally speaking. JAMA is also used in some more Persian combinations such as JAMA DAAR (mascj s;ing) (Head of any body of men as guides, etc) j it is now used only in the meaning of.a domestic servant. Fem: JAMADARNI JAMA KARCH is another phrase meaning Receipts and Disbursements. 1'18

119 ~ ; =-= L ~ , JAASOOS Noun; (92) Act. (Spy) Part; Masc; Sing; Nn; Unmarked for gender and number JAASS is the Nn. In! form from which JASUS is derived; Masc juncountable JASOOSI Adjjl'1ascj Singj(espionage) JASOOS & JASOO, - SI are freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. JASOOS is used as a vbl. Nn. also. JAASUS & JAASOOSI is the other Used with au±i derived nary vbs. such forms are as: JAASOOSI all freq. KARNA (to inused ifrdulge in espio Arabic. nage activity) The word JAASOOSI has undergone change of category from Adj. to Vbl.Nn. JAVAAB Nn.lnf; (93) Masc; JAVAPPU Sing; in It is Tamil the (Answer; In! of Letter; the Vb. Message) in 4th form. Nn; Masc; Sing; PIr!. as per natv. forms JAVAABON (Nom) and JAVABEN (Accus) and also Arabic Plrl. form. Nn;Unmarked for gender IJAABA(TUN) JAVAAB & JAVABI JAVAPPU JAVAAB JAVAAB is Nn.lnf of are freq. useg is. the and, its used with 4th form; in Hindi/Urdu. only derived auxilary Fem; Sing; JAVAAB is also word forms vb. such (Response, used in persia- used are fre as JAVAAB consent) nised combina- in quently DENA (to JAVAABI;At- tions such as: Tamil used in give a tributive; JAVAABDAARj Nn. JAVAAP- Arabic. reply, to Nn;t1asc; Unmarked for TARI is become de Sing (ans- Gen & No.(Ans- also funct or, wering) werable to) used in crippled) JAUB; Nn. JAVAAB-TALAB Tamii JAVAAB In! of 4th (Both Arabic as an HASIL form;masc; words)nn;un- Adj. KARNA (to Uncountable marked for Gen. (traversing, & No.(Something touring) requiring an TAJAAVUB;Nn. answer) Int of the IJAABAT is used Vb in 6th only in Urdu in form; (agre- limited context ement j con- pertaining to formity) the action of ISTIJAABA the bowels. (TUN) Nn.lnt JAVAABI is also Fem;Sing;Inf used as an Adj. obtai-n a reply) JAVAPPU The impact is used of this in Tamil word is freq. in more sigvarying nificant contexts in the JAVAPPU- frequent TARI 'or figurative JAVAP- rather TARI is than the also literal, used as Meanings Adj. in inhindi/ Tamil Urdu andd in the Tamil. same contexts as in Hindi/ Urdu.

120 ~--~ g 2 ~ < Z ~ 2 ~ contn JAWHA.R.' Noun; (94) subs (Intrin- t~nsic; t::t.alj atom; Masc; jewel) It has no Vb form JAYB Noun; (95) Subst~ JEB Nasc; (Hindi/ Singj Urdu) (No vb JEPPU, form) SEPPU & SOPPU (Tamil) (Breast i cavity i- purse; :9~c.ket.., Noun; Masc; Singj Plrl as per Arabic form: JAWAHIR. Nnj Mascj NnjUn Sing;Plrl marked as per na for gen. tv. form: Sing; JAIBON & Plrl as JAIBEN ~er natv. (Nom an-~d form: Accs. res,jeppukal pectively) of the Vb of 10th form; (hearing, answering) MUSTAJEEB, Nn. Agnt of the above; Mascj Singj (answering, granting) e.g JAVAABI KRATT (reply letter) Used in limited contexts Used freq. in varying con1;exts, Lit & fig.. Used in varying contexts, more 'in the fig. than in lit. meanings: It is used with Vbs like: APNA JAWHAR DIKHANA (to show what one. is made of) JAWliAR KHULNA (onels abilities; or virtues to come to light.) It is also used as Adj. as in JAWDHAR DAR (A scimitar marked with a gem) ABLE JAWliAR (men of ability.':: Used freq. as Used only an independent in the word & in com- lit. conl:: inations such text. It as JEB KHARC is a com (po<ket money)monly JEB KHARI used (pocket watch) Tamil word.

121 j~ ~_g 2 - ~ 2 Z 2 1Q 1! 121 JAAYIZ Nn.Agnt. NnjUnmarked (96) or Act. for gender (law- Partici- and number ful; pie; concei- Masc j vablej Sing. ~hinkable) JAYIZA (TUN JAZBA (97)( *) Nn.Agnt; or Act. Part; Fem.Sing JILD NnjMasc; (98) Sing; (Skin.; ;teather) JAWAAZ,Nn.lnf JAAYIZ and Masc; Unitary JAAYIZA and (permissibili IJAAZAT are ty, lawfulness, legality) used in frequently, JAAYIZA(TUN) Hindi/urdu. Fem of JAAYIZ JAAYIZA is in eluded in this list separately. 11AJAAZ; Advb; Mase (Crossing; passage metaphor)"; IJAAZAT, Nn. Inf of the Vb in 4-th Form; Fem, sing; (This word is is listed separately in alph. order) Nnj Masc jun- - marked for number. (*)-Mg:Prize;stipend;scholarship) Nn;Femj Sing; JAAYIZ & all its derived forms are frequently used in Arabic Used only in a restricted context. -do- JAAYIZ is always used as an Adj. in Hindi/Urdu. It is a commonly. used word. e.g. JAAYIZ PAISE (lawfully earned money) or (legal ly correct value) NA JAAYIZ KAAM:. KARNA (to do an unlawful thing) JAAYIZ QARAAR DENA (To decide to be law:ful) Used freq. with vbs. like JAAYIZA LENA (to examine, to check an account) Used :freq. with Nns. & Vbs. e.g JILD-BAND (a book binder) JILD BANAANA (to bind 'books) The change of gender is perhaps on the analogy of natv words. Ref our cha~ pter on Semantic chan ges-narrowing or res... triction of Meanings.

122 ~ ~----~ :1~ g.,. 2 ~ :2 E2 Z 2 1Q ~ 1: JULOOS (99) (Sit-. t i:15j accession toj throne) KAAF (100) KAAFI in Hindi and Nn.lnfj Masci uncountable. Urdu. (Sufficient j COlPn1 t>r.t» NnjI1ascjHas a - Pirl in the native form occasionally used:julooson (Nom) jjuloosen (Accus) Nn.Agnt; Nni unmarked - or Act. for gender Part. and number Masc; Sing. All the derived forms of JULOOS have been discussed under the word JALSA (89) in this list. KIFAAYA(TUN) Nn.lnf of the Vb in primary formj Fern; Sing (sufficient amount; Sufficiency; that which suffices for performing a duty), I11JKAAF A ( TUN) Nn.lnf of the Vb in IIIform (reward,grati fication) IKTIFA,Nn.lnf of the Vb in 8th formi MUKTAFI Nn. Agnt of IKTIFA Masc; Sing' (Contended~ Refer the word JALSA (89) in' this list. KAAFI & KIFAAYAT are both used in Hindi/Urdu. KIFAA YAT is also changed into the Persian rela tive Nn KIFA YATI (Mg : Economical; thrifty; frugal, etc) '- Used very freq. in varying contexts Used with auxi - lary vbs. like JULOOS NIKKALNA.(to take out a procession) KAAFI & KI- KAAFI & KIF AA-, FAAYAT and YAT: all the KAFI is used as other deri intensifier and ved forms Advb: As ADj: are used YEH KAAFI NAHIN freq. in HAl (this is Arabic in not enough) varying KAFI LOG WAHAAN contexts. AYE THE (Quite a No. of people had come there) UNHON NE KAAFI KOSHISH Kl(He tried his best) KIFAAYAT is used with auxilary vbs, such_as: KIFAAYAT KARNA '.( to economise;, save, to suffice) NA KAAFI; (not enough; insufficient) This word has under gone a major shift in meaning, fot.' which ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes Widening or Extension of meaning. The change of category is to be noted. In Arabic, it is Act.Part. but in Hindi" j Urdu it is used as Adj. This word undergoes cert ain chan... ges in its case endings because of ' the prsence of a weak-ie... tter in its end. But these changes have not been adopted in Hindi/Urdu. It is used in one cons-, tant form KAFI (

123 ~ ~ ~ _- ~._.:. 'l ~ ' ~ , KAARIL Nn.Agnt. Nn; Unmarked (101) Act.Part. for Gen and (Upper Masc; No.;But the -na"r"'- Sing. natv. Plrl..r' v KA A of back uii.nn.; j lui.,_... s withers) u~ed occassj.onally. KAMAAL Nn.Inf; (102) Masc; (Per- Sing. fection; i1aturi ty) Nn; Unmarked for gen & No. KUHOOLA(TUN) ; Nn. Inf. of the Vb. in the primary form; Fern; Uncount able. KA.!1AALI,Sing; KAI1AALIYAT, Plrl (Luxuries) TAKr1EEL, Nn Inf of the Vb in II form; Masc;Sing; (Completion, perfection) TAKr1ILA, Nn. Int & Nn of Unit of the same II form. Fem; Sing; IKI'1AAL, Nn. Inf. of the Vb. in 4th form; Mascj Sing; (to complete) TAKAAMUL, Nn.Inf; of the Vb. in 6th form; MascjSing. KAAHIL is also used in the Persian relative Nn form: KAAHILI & in the form of Adj of Hindi/ U rd u: KAAHILANA (KAHIL+ZEND AFF ANA) Used in very Ii mited contexts". TAKMEEL, TAKMILA - KAMAAL and and MUKAfIr1AL are all its de used in Urdu freq. rived forms KAMAAL & MUKAMMAL are used are used in Hindi/ freq. in Urdu frequently varying TAKMEEL is Fern in contexts Urdu whereas it is in Arabic. Masc in Arabic. TAKMlLA is Masc in Urdu whereas it is Fern in Arabic. KAMAAL has also an Adj variation, KAMAALA in Hindi/ Urdu, a sham wrestling match to exhibit feats of skill. 123 Used inv varying _ contexts as' adj. and advb. As Adj KAAHIL AADMl (Lazy man); As Nn KAAHlLI AAGAYEE (Laziness has over taken) As Advb KAAHIL AANA TAAREEQE SE KAAM. KAR RAHEN RAIN (He is dcing the work lazily)., The change of category from Adj. to Advb is significant. KAMAAL is used - KAMAAL ha s with auxilary undergone vbs, like:kamaal major shift DIKHLAAN (to in meaning show consummate in the catskill or power) egory of KAMAAL &UGiNA Widening (to possess per or Extenfection) sion of KAMAAL KAliNA Meaning-- (to do sometting Semantic wonderful) Changes. KA.!1AAL is also (ref: chapused as an inter- ter on jection: KAMAAL Semantic HAl (What a changes) wonder). The change of gen. in T.AKM:EEL in Urdu is per haps on the analogy of words ending with EE which is Fem in Urduo

124 ~ contn ( Integrative, all including and unifyi ng to form a :per fect whole) IKT IMAAL, Nn. Inf of the Vb in 8th form; Masci Sing (completion, maturity) l'1ukal1m.al, Nn Obj. of K.A11MALA (II form of Vb) Masc; Sing. ISTIKMAAL, Nn. Inf of the Vb. in 10th formi Masc; Sing; ( conclusion~ termination) KASR Nn.lnf; Nn.Fem;un (103) Masc; marked for KASAR Sing; number in Hinai and Urdu (Breaking; frac-ture of a bone) TAKSEER, Nn.lnf of the Vb. in II Formi Masci Sing (Breaking t Fracturing, etc) TAKASSUR,N.Inf. of the Vb in V Form;MasciSingj (a being broken) breaking). INKISAAR, Nn. lni' of the Vb. in 7th form; MasciSing(State or process of being broken, INKISAAR is used very freq. in Hindi/ Urdu. It is also used in Persian form of rel. Nn. I NK I SAARI KASRATUN pro nounced as KASRAT in Hindi/Urdu is also a very freq. used word in the se two languages. KASAR & KASAR is all its very freq.used derived with various forms types of Vbs. are to convey lit. very & fig. mgs. freq. e.g:kasar UTHANA used in (to suffer loss Arabic. or damage) KASAR BARNA (to make good a loss); It is also used in idioms -like: KASR BESHI (A fraction more) KASR may pel' haps have been confused with another Arabic word QASR (Mg: something wrong or amiss)( This has been observed by Platts in his dicti0- nary,p.83;)

125 ~ ~ ~ contn KRAAL (IN) (104) KRALl in Hindi! Urdu KAALl in Tamil. Nn.Agnt or Act. Part Masc; Sing; (Empty; unencumbered) Adj.unmarked for gender and number Noun; unmark ed for Gen & No. brokenness, breaking, fracture, brokonness in spirit) MAKSOOR,Nn. Obj.;Masc; Sing; (broken, fractured, etc) KASRA(TUN) Nn. of Unit from KASR; Fem; Sing;. (defeat, breakdown, collapse). KULUVV(UN) Nn.lnf. of.::he Vb.in primary form. Masc; Sing; (Enipt iness; vacuuityj freedom from) KHALWA(TUN) Nn.lnf. o-f the saine primary Vb. Fem; Sing; (Privacy; solit itude, seclusion, isolation, retirement, place of retirement) KHALWA pronounced as KHALWAT in Urdu & TAKHLIYA are both very commonly used in Urdu. KALI KRAALI & the other derived forms are freq.used in Arabic in varying contexts. 125 KASR-E-SHAAN (Loss of dignity or honor) INKISARI is also used very frequently ased vford in Hindi/ Urdu in the Mg: of Humbleness or self-abnegatjon. However, this word has undergone a major shift in Mg. in the category of Rest-, 'j riction of! Meaning.! (Ref. Chap""; ter.on Semantic Changes) KRAALI is used KAALI This word with au±ilary is has under Vbs. and as used gone a ma Adj with Vbs. with jar shift KHAALI KARNA Vbs. in Mg: in (to vacate) Y~ALI the catego As Adj: lffiaali SEYVA ry of Wide... ~_TH (Empty TU ning or Exhanded); It (TO tension of is also used Vaca- Meaning as Advb. as in te) for which KRAAL I WOH JA re.fer our YENGE (He Chapter on alone will go) Semantic WOHKAALI Changes. BAATEN KARPEN This word HAIN (He only has a weak talks, i.e he letter at doesnt prove the end & his words by undergoes his actions) certain orthographic changes

126 ~ ~~-~----~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~- 104-contn TAKHLIYA(TUN) Nn.lnf. of the Vb. in the II form; Fem.Sing (vacating, eva cuation). KRALA(UN),Nn. Ini' of the Vb. in the primary form; Masc; Sing (Emptiness, vacuuity; empty space). 126 at the end but these have not been adopted in Hindi/ Urdu. KHABAR (105) (News; Story: affair) Nn.lnf; Nn;Fem;Sing; Masc;Plrl as per Sing; nat v form: KHABARON (Nom) ; KHABREN (Accus). Arabic Plrl AKHBAAR is also used in Hindi/ Urdu. KHIBRA(TUN), Nn. KIlABAR is FemjSing(Expe- used in rience, Know- several Perledge) sian combina KAK=ER; Adj; tions, such Mascj Singj as:khabar- (experienced) DAARjAdj; MUKHAABARA( TUN) (having know. Nn.lnf of the ledge of). Vb in III Form; This is also Femj Singj used as Inter (correspondence jection:khabar- Intelligence GIR (Adj)(an bureau) informer); IKHTIBAAR, Nn. BA-KIlABAR,Adj; Inf of the Vb (acquainted in 7th form. with or well informed) BE KHABAR, Adj j (Unacquainted witht insensible to) KHABAR & all its other de rived forms are freq. used in Arabic. KH.A.BAR is used with a variety of vbs. to express lit. & fig. Mgs: KHABAR KARNA (to inform); KHABAR RAKHNA (to be acquainted with) KHABAR LENA (to to serve one out, sett le account s with) KHABAR BASANT KI PUCHNA (to ask after the spring, i.e to be extremely ignorant of). As Interjection: KHABAR-DAAR (Beware, Be on your guard) This word has under gone Widening or Extension of Meaning (for which ref: Chapter on Semantic Changes)

127 ~ ~ ~-----~---~~ 2 g 2- ~ ~ Z ~ 2 1Q ~ 11 KHAALIS Noun (106) Agent; (clear, Act. exempt) Part.; Masc; Sing. ; Adj; unmarked - for gender and number. KHULOOS, Nn. KHULOOS, KHULAASA Inf; l'1~sc; IKHLAAS, TAKHALUS uncountable; and l"iukhlis are (clearness, all freq. used in purity; sincerity; can KHAALIS is freq. Urdu. dour; frankness). It is Urdu. used in Hindi/ the Inf of MUKHLIS is also the Vb. in used in the'adj. the primary form of Hindi/Urdu. form. l'1uklisaana (Mg: KHALAA$. ; Sincerely) Also Nn.lnf. KHALSA is a slightly distorted of the Vb in the primary form of KHALISA form; l'1asc; (TUN) which the uncountable; Fem of KHALIS. (Liberation, KHALSA is used deliverance, in the Mg. of riddance) ; exchequer or KHULAAJ?A( ~UN) lands und"er the Nn; FemjSlng; management of (excerpt; Extract, Essen KHAlSA is also government. ce, Quintessence t subs sect of Sikhs the name of a tance) of Punjab, TAKHLEE9, Nn. meaning the Inf of the Vb "Pure. in II form. (clearing, purifyin~, refining) IKHLAAS, Nn. Inf of the Vb. in the 4th form; (Sincere, devotion, loyal att achment, sinc-eri.t~). KHAALIS & all its derived forms are frequently used in Arabic in varying contexts. KHALIS is used as Adj. for in animate objects such as KHAAJJS GHEE (Pure ghee) MUKHLIS is used as an Adj. for :e;ender and No. It is Adj. for persons. MUKHLIS AADMI (Sincere person) TAKF.ALLUS is used in Urdu in very restricted context pertain ing to the world of poetry or literary pursuits. It means' the pen name of a poet or a writer.

128 128 -~ ~ ~ ~~ ' contn KHARAAB 107 (Buin, (;!:runk, reorobete) Nn. lni', Masc; Sing; Noun; Unmarked for gen. and No. THAKHALLUS, Nn. +nf of the Vb. in the 5th form (freedom; liberation; release) ISTIKHALLAAS, Nn. Inf of the' Vb. in the 10th form; (extraction; derivation, deduction) MUKHLIS, N. Agnt, of the Vb in the 4th form; Masc; Sing, (devoted, sincere, frank, candid) KHARAABA(TUN) Nn; Fem; Sing; (disintegrating structure) KHABBAAN, Nn; Mase; Sing;. (wrecked t demolished) T AKHEBEEB, Nn Inf of the Vb in the II form; (Devastation, destruction) ; MUKHARRIBj Nn.Agntj Masc; Sing (from the Vb in the II form) (Mg::Annihilator, destroyer) KHARABAAT, Plrl of KHARAABA(TUN) is used freq. in Hindi/Urdu (Ng: Ruins, de solate places etc) KHARAAB is also used in the form of Persian Rel. Nn KHARABI (.Mg: trouble, Difficult).. KHARAAB & all the. other derived forms are very frequently used in Arabic in varying eont ~exts KHARAAB is used with auxilary Vb. such as, KHARAAB KARNA (To spoil) It is also used as Adj. as in:kharaab HAAL (ruined, desolated) KHARAAB has undergone widening or extension of meaning (for which refer our chapter on Semantic Changes).

129 ~ ~ ' ~_Z KHAAS (1081 (special; aside; relent) Nn.lnf; Masc; Sing; Also Adj. Adj. Unmarked - for gender and,number K1IDSOOS, Vb 1- Nn", of-eraassa Masc; Uncounta bie; KlfUpOO ;r, Adj; of y... 'Y:USUS; Masc; Sing; TAKJiASSUS, Nn; lnf of the Vb. in 5th form; Masc; Sing; (Specialization) TAKRSEES, Nn. Inf of the v'b. in 2nd form; Masc; Sing; (Specification, apportionment, allocat ion, reservat ion) IKHTISAAS, Nn. Inf ot the Vb. in the 7th form Masc; Sing; (Jurisdiction, compet e nc e ; privileges, monopolies) KHAASIYYA(TUN) Nn; ~em; Sing; (Speciality, Particularity, Charact erist ic, pe cui iari ty ) M.A.KHSOOS, Nn. Obj;.. of I KH.A.A..Q. Masc; Sing (special) KHAAS is used very freq. in Hindi/Urdu as and Adj. and as combination,, as in KHAAS-TOR SE (especially) KHMS-O-AAi''l (Noble and plebian) KHAASIYA(TUN) pronounced as KHAASIYAT in Urdu is used very freq. in Urdu and its Plrl KIIDSOOSl YAAT is used both in Hindi/ Urdu KHAASSA(TUN) Fern of KHAAS is also used in Hindi/Urdu and is pronounced as KHAASA (Special, private, nice, pretty) ~ KHAAS and KHAAS is used KRAASSA is all the as an Adj. as fem in Arabic but : derived in KHAS KAM forms are HAl (A special Masc in freq. task) Hindi/Urdu. used in KHAS is also This change Arabic in an Advb as in of gen. is Varying KHAAS-TOR-SE perhaps on contexts. YEH KAl1 KARNA the analogy HAl (This has of native to be done especially) The change \ lords. KHUSOOS, of ca-t ego ry KHUSOOSI and from Adj to KHUSOOSIYAT Advb. is to and KHUSOOSIYAAT be noted. (Plrl) are all freq. used in Rindi/Urdu in varying con-. texts. MAIiliSOOS is also freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu.

130 _._ ~-~ ~ ~ 108 contn KHAREEF (109) (Autumn Fall) JUIATM (110) Adj; Masc; Sing; Nn, Unmarked for gender and Number Nn.Inf; Nn.Unmarked Sing; for gedder (seal..;. Masc; and number ing; imprint) MUKHASAAS, Nn. Obj of KHAAS SASA; Masc; Sing; (chosen, earmarked, apport ioned) KHURAAF A (TUN) ~ Nn.Inf; Fem; S'ing (Superstit ion, fable, fairy tale); KHURAAFI, Adj, from the above Masc; Si ng; Fabulous, fictitious, legen dary). KHAATAM, Nn.; Masc; Sing (seal ring, signet ring; ring; seal;. stamp) KHITAAM, Nn. In!. synonymous to KHATM (close, end t termination) KHITAAMI"Adj; from KHITAAM; Masc; Sing; (final, concluding) IKHT ITAAM, Nn. In! of the Vb. in 8th form; Masc; Sing (end, close, conclusion) KHURAAFA(TUN) pronounced as KHURAF AAT in the Flrl form is freq. used in Hindi/Urdu KHAATIMA (TUN), pronounced as KHATlMA in Hindi/ Urdu are freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. KHITAAM & IKHTI TAAM are used only in Urdu. KHAREEF is KHAREEF is used in a used as an limited agricultural context in "term pertaining Arabic. to the harvest KHURAAFA..during autumn. (TUN) is " used freq. in varying contexts in Arabic. KHATM & its KHATM is derived forms used with are all used auxilary Vbs. in Arabic in such as varying KHATM KARNA context s. (to finish)

131 ~-~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ contn KHAATH1A(TUN) Nn; Femj Singj (end, close, conclusion, etc) 131 KRATT Nn Inf; (111) Masc; (Line Sing; Furrow Letter) Nn; Masc; Sing; PIr; as per Arabic &. Natv form: Arabic: KHUTOOTj Native: KHATTON (Nom) & KHATTEN (Accus) KJ.IA'rTI, Adj l l"lase; Sing; (hand\"iritten, linear) KHU'.J:TA( TUN) Nn; ":Fernj Sing; (matter, affair; cond it ion, office, function) KHIT'rA(TUN) Nn. 1em';. Sing (a piece of land, or real est ate, lot, dist; layout; plan; project) KHATTAAT, Nn. e a.f C exaggera.tion) Masc; Sing; (Calligrapher) ; MA.KHTOOT, Nn. ObJ", "M Fern'., Sing; (Manuscript) ; MUKHATTAT, Nn. Obj from"the Vb. in the II form; Masc; Sing; (striped Streaked,ruled planned, sket-' eh, layout). KHAT~rr is used in Hindi/ Urdu frequently. KEnlTA And MA.KH'l'U'l'A are used freo.. in Urdu. KliATI.l.' A'r is also used in Urdu only... KRATT and Kf~TT is all its used with auderivatives xilary vbs. are used in.such as KRATT Arabic in LIKHlifA (to varying write letter) contexts. This word has under gone widening or extension of meaning (for which refer our chapter on.semantic Changes)

132 KHAATIR ( 113; (Idea; Pleasure; voluntary) N.Agnt j Act. Part;,Mascj Sing/ NnjUnmarked' - for gender and number ~ ~ , 4 56? ~ ~~ KHATAR Nn.Inf,j Nnj Masc; KllAArpIR; Adj; KlLI\.TRA & KHATAR and KHATRA is (112) Mascj Sing; Plrl. Masc; Sing KlU\.ATIR are all its used in In Sing. as per natv (idea, desire, used most derived Hindi/Urdu U4,...,~.; I... ~-... I inclinat ion, freq. in forms are with various Urdu KHA TR ON etc) (this Hindi/Urdu. used freq. verbs: e.g. KHATRA (Nom) and..-.lord is included in this KH.A'rAR is DAL DENA (to' The ','lord in Arabic.KHATRE MEN (weighti- KHATRE ness; (Accus) list separately) in one danger) used only be put to risk; hazard) KHATRA(TUN), phrase which Nnj'Fem; Sing; is a persianised com (Pompous walk; gait; idea; bination: thought; notion) (dangerous, KHATAR-NAAK KHATEER, Adj; perilous, Masc; Sing; hazarduous, (weighty, sig etc). nifica~t, ~rave serlous) KHUTOORA( TUN) Nnj'Femj Singj (ImPortance., C-ravity) Il{WPAAR, Nn. Inf. of the Vb. in 4th form; (Notification, Information) Refer the previous word KHATAR (112) for J the derived forms of this word. KHAATIR is used freq. in Hindi/ Urdu Refer the previous word (112) for derived forms. KHATIR is used freq. in varying contexts in Arabic. 132 KHAATIR us used This word with a variety of has under-. vbs, such as: gone wide.n- K1IATIR K1I.RNA (to iug or. desire to please; extension to sooth; confort, of meaning encourage) KHATIR for which MEN RMGiNA (to bear ref: our in mind) KHAATIR Chapter DAARI KARNA (to show on Seconsideration for) mantic Changes)

133 ."".1~3"...;'"', ~ ~~----~---~~~----~~-----.~-~-~-~--~~----~~- 1" 2 "~.. 4 c:, 6". 2 " " 11 ".~ ~ ~ '-~---~ ~------~.'. 11~ contn. It is also used in phrases like:. AAP KE KHAATIR (J'or your sake) I:BAYUL Nn.~ (114) l'1ascj " (Dis- Sing; embodied; Spirit;. Dim; Reflection) In; l'1asc; Sing; - FIrl as per natv forms and Arabie.. Nat i ve: KRAYll LON (Nom) add KRAYAALEN (.leeus) KHAYULI," " KHAYAALI, Adj; Masc; TAKHATIAL Sing; (Ima- & TAKHAIYginery, un- ULI are real, ideal used more conceptual) in Urdu KHOYALAA, than in Nn; Fem; Hindi. Sing (concert, conceitedness" ) (haughtiness) TAKHYEEL, Nn.ln! of the Vb. in 2nd form; l'1asc; Sing; TAKHAYYUL, )I.In! of Vb in 5th form (Imagination~ l'1asc; Sing; TAKRAYYULI; Adj; of the above. - KHAYAAL and "its derived forms are used in Arabie in varying contexts. XHAYllL is used with a veri ety of Vbs. in Hindi! Urdu. KHAYAAL KARNA (to think of). KHAYAAL RAKHNA (to bear in mind) KHA. YAAL BAANDHNA (to form a concep- " tion) " KHAYAALloccurs mo st 1) in figurativephrases: XHAYAALI PULAO PAKANA (to indulge in vain speculations or absurd fancies) TAKHAYYUL & TAKRAY- YULI are used only inthe context ot poetry in Urdu. KHAYAAL is also the name of a Raga or melody in Indian classical music.. KHAYllL has ac"; quiz-ed widening or extension of meaning,.' sfor whioli refer out' chapter on Seman. tic Chan~ ges!

134 ~ " 3" " " ~ KRAYR N.Inf; (115) Masc; - (-go od; Sing; Admirable) Nn; Fem; Unmarked"for number.. -. KHAYRI; Adj; KHAYRIYA(TUN) - Masc; Sing;" is used in (Charitable; Urdu and is beneficientj pronounced as benevolent) KHARIYAT (Mg: KHARIYA(TUN) _Welfare, well Adj and Nn; -being, etc) Femj Sing & IKHTIYAR is Plrl (charity, used freq. in charit ableness) Hindi/Urduj KHAYYIR, Adj; 11UKHTAAR and Mascj Singj MUKAYYAR are (liberal, openhanded, munifi only; used in Urdu cent) KHAYR is used KHEERA(TUN), Nnj in combination Femj Plrl (the with Arabic & best, elite) Persian words, KRIYAR, Nn; such as: KHAYR Masc; Sing KHWAH (Well (choice, Option) wisher) ; IKHTIYAR, Nn. KHAYR BAD (May In! of the Vb _ he prosper; in 7th form;" Farewell). (choice, selection, preferen (Health and KHAYR-O-AAFIYA'f ce) Prosperity) IKHTIYARI; Adj; Masc; Sing (vo- lunta~; elective); MtnrnA YY AR, Nn. Obj; Masc; Sing; (having the ehoice or optio~. MUKHTAR, N.Agnt, Masc; Sing (tree to choose, i-~~,en, prefer- KHAYR and KHAYR is used - its deri- with a variety ved forms of Vbs and are very also as Adj; frequently Ad-vb; and used in Interjection: Arabdic in with Vbs. varying KHAYR MANAANA contexts. (To pray for Qr to desire the good of) As Adj: KHAYR KHWAH (Well wisher) ; As Advb: KHAIR SE (In good condition; Well-in safety) As Interjec.tion: KHAYR (Indeed) KHAYR has acquired widening or extension of meaning for which refer our Chapter on Semantic changes-.

135 ..' _ :. ".:.._'---- :.. :.. ~l ~------~------~ ~ '--~...;.;.;...;.: ; : L :t.. :!2..:.:..::...:.:!L.::...t KHAZliNA Noun; (TUN) Fem; (116) Sing; (treasury; wardrobe) JRILAAF Nn. '(117). Int;,tdilli- Masc; ~ence; Sing;,ontro Vversy) Noun; Masc; Sing. Nn; Masc; Unmarked for gen. number. KHAZAN, Nn.lnf; 'KHAZINA(TUN) Masc; Uncounta- is used in ble (accumula-' Urdu and is tion, hoarding) pronounced KHAZINA(TUN)Nn; as KHAZINA; Fero; Sing (trea..., I1A.KHZ.A.N and su,re house; :pub~. KHAZINDAR lic treasury);.. are also KHAZZAAN, Nn; used in Urdu. Masci Sing (Dam;_ reservoir; basin;" sump). ~ MAKHZAN, 'Nn;Masc; Sing (storeroom, storehouse, sto~k room t storage. room) TAXH ZEEN, Nn.TM, of the Vb in the- 2nd Form (storage, Storing. Warehousing3- MUKHAALAF A( TUN} Nn.lnf of the Vb in'3rd form;fem; Singe Contrast, Contr]ety; contradi-c-tion) TAKHALLUF,Nn. In! of Vb in 5th form; Masc;Sing; (difference, dis similarity, disparity, diversity, variety) MUKHAALIF; Nn. Agnt. of Vb in 3rd form; Masc; Sing, (diyergent; '\J,~l,..~~. l.ncon- IKHTlLAAF; _~ MUKHTALIF & MUKHALIF are all used freq. in Hindi/Urdu. IKHTlLAAF is used as Nn. unmarked for Gen & No. in Hindi/Urdu. MUKHTALIF & MUKHAALIF are used as Adj. unmarked for Gen & No. in Hi.ndi/Urdu KHAZAANA and all its derived forms are used freq. in Arabic. KHlLAAF and all. its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic. Used only in a restricted context. KHlLAA:F is used as the first member of compounds that areequiva-. lent to the English prefl,!"xes un-; mis... ~ etc. KRIUAli' HUKM (Co:Q.trary to orders) KHlLAAF-E-I1.A.RZI KARl'fA (to do against Bhe wishes Of).

136 g --~------~ ~ ~-----~ ~ ~-~ ~ ~ 2 ---Z ~ 2 ~!2!! 117 contn. KHIYAANA N. In.! ;,(TUN) Sing; (118) Fem. KHIYAANAT & KHAYAANAT' in Hindi/ Urdu. (Perjudy;, treason) KlIL Advbl. (UN) Pai-t. ( 119) unmark KUL ed for in Gen &, lundi No. and Always Urdu follo (To- wed by tali- a N. - ty; either enti- Sing; '('et.y) Qr Nn;FemiSing; - Plrl as per ntv. forms: KHAYAANATON (Nom) KHAYAANATEN (Accus) Advbi Always followed by a Noun in the Plrl form: sistent, conflicting) MUTAKHALLIF, Nn. Agnt of the Vb. in 5th form; Masc; Sing (residual, leftover, retarded, Backward). MUKHTALIF, Nn. Agnt, of the Vb in 6th form, Masc, Sing (different, varying, divergent, various,having a different opinion) KHAAYIN, Nn.Agnt, Masc, Sing (disloyal\ faithless, false) KULLI, Adj;Masc; Sing;. KULLIYA(TUN) ; Adj & Nn; Fem; Sing (totality, entirety); BILKUL; Adv;, (on the whole, in the aggregate) KHAAYIN is used as an Adj in Urdu more than in Hindi. It is unmarked for gen & No. KUL & BILKUL _ are very freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. KULLI is used more in Urdu than in Hindi. It is used mostly in the following phrase: KULLI TOR SE (totally) KHIYAANA(TUN) and its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic in varying contexib KULL and all the other forms are very freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts KHlYAANAT is used with auxilary vbs such as KHAIAANAT HOGAYI (Betrayal has.taken place) KULL & BlL KUL are used in Hindi/Urdu in a variety of sentences. This is a rare instance of borrowing a a grammatical element from Arabic into Hindi/' Urdu

137 ~----~----~ ~ ~~----~----~-~~ LA (120) (no; without) Neg.Advb1. Neg. advb1. - Part; Also Particle; used as an Also used Adj, as an Adj. It is used Used only in com- - Thrs i8 separately binations consis- another & in combi ting of either Nns example nation with or Vbs from Arabic or bor- Nns.e.g.LA- these are used with- rowing. No (in ans- out the grammatical a parti* wer to ques changes required in c1e - a tion) Arabic. LAAUBALI gramma- LA'SHAKKA (Fearless, insolent, tical (No doubt) careless) In Arabic element As ADJ: LA it is I dare not; but from DEENI (ir- in Hindi/Urdu it is Arabdic religious, considered as an Adj. to Hindi/ anti-reli- phrasel. LA JAWAAB Urdu.' gious) A Phrase borrowed from Arabie in a turncated manner because in Arabic it has to have a compliment like LAHU after which the whole phrase would mean It or He has no answer., the vord LAHU change s in Arabic according to the.context. But in Hindi/Urdu the rest of the phrase is used as one unit. LADHEEDH Adj; (121) Masc; UZEEZ Sing in Hindi/ Urdu (Delicious; magniriciem; ) Adj unmarked for gen and number. LADHDHA( 'ron) LADHDHATUN; NnInf, Fem; pronounced as Sing (rapture LAZZAT i.8 com bliss, p1ea- monly1used in sure enjoy- these two 1an ment) guages. LAZEEZ MALADHDHA(TUN)is also very Nn.In!;Fem; caluoon1y used (joy, pl~1a- in Hindi/Urdu sure, PC% ",:d.'t7, comfc:2t. (~ e- LADHEEDli & LAZEEZ is used in LADHDHAT & Hindi/Urdu as Adj. its derived for concrete & absforms are - tract things: all freq,. LAZEEZ KHAANA (deused in 11cious food) Arabie. LAZEEZ BllTEN (Interesting talk)

138 j ~--- g 2 ~ 2 ~ Z ~ 2_~~ 1Q 11 ~,.138. LAFZ Nn.lnfj (12~) Masc; LAFAZ Sing & LAFZ in Hindi and Urdu. '(sound group) (enun-. ciation) Nn; Masc;,Sing; - Plrl as per native and Arabic forms: Native: LAFZON (Nom) j LAFZEN. (Accus) Arabic: ALF AAZ LAFZI; Adjj TALAFFUZ Masc; (pertai- is used ning to words, freq. in Verbal, lite- Hindi/Urdu. ral, pronounced) I'iALFUZ is LAFZA(TUN),Nn. used more Fem'; Sing (\.]ord, in Urdu utterance, say- than in ing) Hindi. LAFEEZ, Adj~ Masc; Sing \em-- itted, pronounced, uttered) TALAFFU~, Nn. Inf of the Vb in 5th form; Masc; Sing (Pronunciation, enunciation, art iculation) MALFUZ, Nn.Obj, Masc; Sing (emitted, pronounced. uttered) LAFZ and LAFZ als pronounits deri- c~das LAFAZ is ved forms usually used with are very the vb. BOLNA - freq.,lafz BOLNA (to used in utter or say a Arabdic word) in vary- Tl\.LAFFUZ or TALAing coh- FFUJ is usually. texts. used with the Vb. KARNA - TALAFFUJ KARNA (to pronounce), LAFZ-BA-LAFZ is a Persianised phrase (Mg: word by word) This phrase is commonly used in Hindi/Urdu. ~ ~123~ (qui-. ck; light) Noun of Unit; Fe~; Sing. Nn; Mascj Sing; - Plrl as per natv forms: LA11HON (Nom) & LAMHE (Accus), LAMH(UN), Nn.lnf Mascj Sing (quick look, glance moment, inst ant ~ LAl'lI"'lAH (Shimmering, gleaming); Adjj Masc; Sing; MALA.iMIH, NnjPl. (Sing is MAIl1AH But it is hard ly used); {feature s, lineaments;traits outward,.f.lppearaneel'". l;o k,&},_ LAI1IiA, LAMH & all its derived forms are freq. used'in Arabic. LAMHA only is used - frequently in Hindi/ Urdu. EK LAI1HE MEN HO GAYA (It happened within the fraction of a second) The change of gen. ot the word LAMH is perhaps on the analogy of native words.

139 ~ ~ ~--~-~ ~ ~3_contn TALMEEH, Nn. Inf, M.asc; Sing (allusion, intimation, insinuat ion, 'hint, refe"'; rence).. LI-ANA (TUN) LANAT Nn. of Unit; Fem; Sing; Nn;FemiSingj Flrl as per natv forms: LANATON (Nom) LANATEN(Accs) in Hindi/ Urdu (124), (Curse; excreation; implication) LAQWA Noun; Nn; Masc jun- (TUN) Fem; marked for (125) Sing. number. (Spasmodic distortion; of face or mouth;paralysis) LAN, Nn. Inf. - Masc; Sing (cursing, maleqiction) (~. LAEEN & MALU.N, Adjs, Masc, Sing, (Cursed t damned, Outcast) LAN and all its derived forms are freq.used in Arabic LANAT is used with auxilafy vbs like:. LANAT 'BHEJNA (to curse, to abjure) \ Used in res- Used al~o in a tricted con- restricted context of para a~ext as in lysis as a Arabic. disease. 4A'J$EFA ~(TUN) (126). LATEEFA in fiindi/ Urdu. (Thin; civil; ~raceful) Adj; Fem; Sing; Nn;Masc;Sing; Flrl as per natv forms: LATEEFON (Nom) LATEEFE (-Acc s) LUTF, Nn.luf, Masc; Sing (kindness, be nevolence) LATAAFA(TUN), Nn. LUTF and - LATEEF are used more in In!; Fem; Singe thin Urdu ness, fineness,deli than in cateness) Hindi. LAr,EEF, Adj, Masc; Sing (thin, fine, delicate, friendly, kind, nice) MULATAFA(TUN)Nn.lnf of the Vb in III form; Fem; Sing ~Amiablef" tr,eatment} LATEEFA,LUTF & its derived forms are all used freq. in Arabic in varying context s LATEEF AI and - LATEEF are used in entitely dif ferent contexts in UrduJ LATEEFA lis a word common in Hindi/Urdu and is used in the Mg:Jest,Joke, Wi tfliicism ;etc. LATEEF is used as an Adj.Mg; fine, delicate, etc., ' ' LATEEFA has become Masc gen. in Hindi/Urdu perhaps on the analogy of native words. LATEEFA has undergone widening or extension of meaning. for which ref: our.~

140 ~ ~ ~ 2 ~ ~ 2 Z ~~ 2~ lQ------l1i~ contn LAAYIQ N.Agnt. (UN) Act. (127) Part. (suita-. Masc; ble; Sing. worthy; deserving) Adj ; Unmarked for genq,er and" number. LAAZIM N.Agnt; (128) Act Part; Nn.Unmarked for gen. & Masc; No. (Inse- Sing. perable;, irrevocable) TALATTUF, Nn. Inf of the Vb. in 5th form; Masc; Sing; (Friendliness, Amiability) MULATTIFAAT, Nn.Agent;Fem; Plrl (Sedatives) LIYAAQA.( TUN) Nn. Intj Fem; Sing; (Property, decorum, decency) ALYAQ, Nn. of comparisonj unmarked for gen. & No. (more suitable) LUZOOM, Nn.Inf.; Masc,uncountable; (Necessity, exigency, requirement); LIZAAM, Nn.Masc j Unmarked fo+ Nos ALZAM, Nn.of com parison, Unmarked for Gen & No. (More/Most necessary) NALAAYIQ, Adj in the Negative sense is a most freq. used word in Hindi/Urdu. It is unmarked for Gen & No. couth (Mg: Unfit junnered) t ill-man LAAYIQ is also used in combinations like:laayiq WABLA (These are pleonastic forms for LAYIQ) LAAYIQ. LIYYAQAT & the other de rived fonns freq. used in Arabic. LAAZIM is used with auxilary vbs. such as: LAAZIMAANA or LAAZIM PARNA LAAYIQ is used as an Adj and with Vbs. As Adj: LAAYIQ are AADMI, (a deserving person) With Vbs: LAAYIQ HONA (to be deserving) LAAZOOM, MULAAZA- LAAZIM, MA, MULAAZIM, LAWA LUZUl'1. AZIM and ILZAM are and all used freq. in all Hindi/Urdu. the They are used as deri- Nns unmarked for ved Gen & No. (For fonns the word MULAAZIM are & MULAAZAl'1A refer freq. this list aplpha- used betically) in (to be o~ become necessary) LAAZIM KARNA (to render obligatory on) ILZAAM is used in an ent ire ly chapter on semantic changes. -- ILZAAM has undergone widening or extension of meaning, for which refer our chapter on Semantic Changes

141 ~ ',6 7 ' ~ contn l"1alzam.a(tun) Nn; Femj Sing (sect ion of a book) l"1ulaa ZAl"lA ( JUN) ; Nn.lnf of the Vb in III Form (Adhesion, clinging sticking, perseverance, assiduity, zeal); I LZAA11, N.lnf of the Vb in 4th form (coercion, compulsion) IZAA11I, Adj. of 'ILZAl"l, Masc;Sing (Forced, compulsory, Obliga tory) ILTIZAAM,N.Inf of the Vb in 8th form (necessity, duty, obli~ation commitment) LAAZIMA(JUN),Fem of LAZIM but having the connota tion:fixed attri butive, inherent property; LAWAAZIm, Plrl of LAZIMATUN MALZOOM,Nn.Obj. Masc;Sing (clinging, keep ing, sticking, attending, accom parrying, II LeutJ MULTAZIM,Nn.Agnt. of the Vb in 8th form; (Committed, under obligation) LAAZIM is also used in the idiom: LAAZIM MALZUM (Necessary, inseperable) Arabic in varying contexts different Mg. in Hindi/Urdu It,is used in the Meaning of change or accusation; ILZAAM LAGAANA (to accuse someone) 141

142 j ~ 2 ~ ~ -~ ~ ~ 128 contn MUSTALZAAMATUN Nn.Obj. of Vb. in 10th form; Fem; P1r1;(Pre requisites, necessary or inevitable con sequences).... LIHAADHA Pre- Adverb (129) posi- (Therefore; Demon tion+ consequentlystrative pronoun Used freq. Used more in in varying Urdu than contexts. in Hindi. This is another instance of borrowing an ele ment of grammar fro'" Arabic intd Hindi/Urd-ti LIBAS Nnj (130) Hasc; (Clothes; Sing; Apparel) Nn;Masc; Sing; Plr1. as per natv forms: LIBAASON (Nom) LIBAASEN (Accus) -. LIBS,N.lnfjMasc; ILTIBAAS is - Unmarked for No. very commonly (clothing,dress) used word in LABS & LUBS,Nns. 'Urdu. Masc;uncountab1e LIBAAS is (tang1e,mudd1e, also used confusion) in the Per- LABOOS,Nn.I1ascj sian rel. Sing (~lothing, Nn L,IBAASI clothes) in Hindi/ MALBAS,Nn.Masc; Urduj(Mg: Sing (garment, veiled; dress, etc) formal; TALBEES,Nn.Inf. fictitious; of the Vb in 4th forged; form, Masc.Singj counterfeit; (Confusion,tangle shamj) Intricacy, obscurity, ambiguit~ MALBOOS,Nn.Obj; Prima~ formjmasc Sing (wqrn,used clothes) LIBAAS and all the other deri ved forms are very' freq. used Arabic LIBAAS is used with auxilary Vbs in. Hindi/Urdu. '

143 ~ ~---~ ~,' contn possessed, in a state of frenzy or religious ecstasy) MULABBAS, N.Obj (II Form) Masc;' Sing (involved, Intricate, obscure, dubious) MUTALABBIS, Nn. Agnt, Masc, Sing; (V form) (caught redhanded in the act, involved in a crime), MULTABIS, Nn. Agent (8th form) Masc, Sing (involved, intricate, 'ambiguous, equivocal, dubious) (d.oubtful, Uncertain). ILBAAS, N. In of the Vb in 4th form; Masc' uncountable ~dressing, garbing) ILTIBAAZ, N.ln, of the Vb in the 8th form; Ma,sc; Sing (confusion, tangle, intricacy, obscurity,amb i guity. )

144 ~ ~ ~ ~- ~ 2 ~ 2..:. Z ~ 2 ':"---..:.-::!.Q------::!.::! LIFAAFA Verbal (TUN) Noun'., (131) Fem; (Wrap. Sing'- ping; bandage; cigarette) LIJiAAF Noun; (132) Masc; (Cover; Sing; Comfor-,.ter) Noun; Masc; Sing; Plrl. as per natv -.. forms: LIFAAFON (Nom) and LIFAAFE (Accus) Nn; Masc; Sing, Plrl as per natv forms: LIHAAFON (Nom) LIHAAFEN(Accs). LAAF, Nn.Ini'; Masc; Sing (wra~ping, rolling) LIFF; Nn. Masc; Sing (thicket, scrub) LAFEEF, Adj; Masc; Sing; (group, cluster, crowded, assembled); MILAAF, Nn. of Instrument; Masc Sing (real, spool casing, envelope file,,dossier) MALOOF, Nn Obj, Masc; Sing (wound coiled, wrapped, rolled up) ILTIFAAF, Nn.In! of the Vb in the 8th form; Masc; Sing (turn; by passing, etc) - LAHF', Nn.In!;Masc; Sing (to cover,s wrap etc) LIHF, Nn. Masc; Sing (foot of a Mountain) ILHAAF t Nn.In!. 'of. the Vb in the 4th form; (Importunity) LIFAAFA and LIFAAFA is used - its derived most commonly in forms are all Hindi/Urdu. It freq. used in is used with au Arabic in xilary vbs. such varying con- as KHOLNA (to text s open); BAND KARNA (to close) etc. Used in very restricted contexts in Arabic - LlHAAF is a. very, commonly used, word in Hindi and I Urdu.

145 145 w ~_~_~_ ~ g 2~ ~ ~ Z ~ L1HAAZ Nn.1M; (133)' Masc; L1HAAJ Unmark..;.. in ed for Hindi No. and Urdu. (to regard; to supervise) Nn; Masc; Un- - marked for Number. LARZA(TUN),Nn. Fern; Sing (Quick or casual look, glance, glimpse) Moment, Instant) MULAAHAZA(TUN)Nn Inf of the Vb in 3rd form; Fern; Sing; (seeing, noticing; percep tion~ observation) LAAHIZA(TUN) Nn; Obj; Mascj Sing; (noted, noteworthy) MALHOOZA(TUN),Nn Obj; Fem; Sing; Observation, remark; note) MULAAHIZ, N.Agnt or Act. Pa-rt; ~ Masc; Sing (director, Superin- - tendent, overseer) MULAAHAZ, N.Obj; Adv. Masc (obviously, evidently) L lhaaz, LAHZA - & MULARAZA are all used freq. in Hindi/Urdu. MALHOOZ and l'1aij1uza are used only in Urdu. LlHAAZ is used in Persianised combinations such as:ballhaz Advb (in consideration of) BELlHAAZ, Advb. (Disregarding) BEL1HAAZI (headlessness) LlHAAZ and L1HAAZ is used. all its de with a variety rived forms of Vbs such as are freq. L1HAAZ KARNA used in (To pral attention to) Arabic. LlHAAZ UTHA DENA (to abandon shame, to to become shameless) LUBB (134) (Kernels;. core; understanding) Nn; Masc; Sing; Nn;Masc;Unmarked for Number. LABAB, Nn; Masc; LUBAAB is used Sing (upper part in Hindi/Urdu in of the chest, the combination: throat of animal) LUBB-E-LUBAABo LUBAAB,NnjMascjUn (pith or quintecountablej(marrow, ssence of a sub- Pith, core, quinte ject). ssence).labeeb, Nn & Adjj Masc Sing (understanding, reasonable, sensible) TALBEEB,Nn:masc; Sing (collar). 'l<"'-~~~ '_-:T~'''''''''''.~. LUBB and all the derived forms are used freq. in. Arabic. 'LUBB-E-LukAAB is the mo.,t freq. used expression in Hindi/Urdu.

146 MADD Nn. Inf ; (135) Masc; (Exten Sing. sion; ;rise;!l!upply) Nn;FemjSingj Plrl as per natv. forms: MADDON (Nom) MADDEN (Acs) 11ADDA( TUN); N; MADAD, MAAD Fern; Sing (an DA(TUN) Pronounced as orthographieal sign denoting MADDA in initial long a Hindi/Urdu; on alif) IMDAAD and MUDDA(TUN); I'In; i1aaddiyat FemjSinc(Period are freq. of time, space used in of time) Hindi/Urdu. l"ladad, Nn.lnf Note:MADDA (ref. this list is mase. gen. alph. for a de- in Hindi/Urdu. tailed analysis) MAADA(TUN) 'Nn. Fem; Sing (stuff, matter, materi~l posession; substance, field of study, sub~ect, discipline) IMDAAD, Nn.lnf of the Vb in 4th form; (help, aid, assistance, support) TAMDEED, Nn.lnf. of the Vb in the 2nd form (lengthening, elougation) TAMADDUD,Nn, Iuf of the Vb in5th form; Masc; Sing (Stretching, stretch, extension) MAADDI, Adj. from MAADDATUN, Masc; Sing (materials, co;r.poral, ph:vsiecal, m.aterl.alistic:.), l"ladd and all its derived forms are frea. used in A-rabic MADD is put to a v"a-riety of uses: As Adj: M.AADD E- NAZAR or MADD -- E-NIGAAH (Limit of vision, strength -of sight) As Adv: l"ladd-e MUQAABIL (per -contra) It is also used as in combina- tion, like: MADD-E--AMAANAT (Head of Depptt) MADD-O-JAZR (Flux and reflux) The change of gen. of 11ADD in Hindi/Urdu is perhaps on the bas- is of back formation; i.e it may be traced to the word MAAD DIYAT which is fem.; MAADDA is Masc in Hindi/Urdu perhaps on the analogi of native words; MADD has undergone widening or extension of meaning, for which refer our chapter on Semantic Changes.

147 14? " ~ ~ ~- 135 contn HADAD Nn.Inf;' Nn;Fem; Sing; - (136) Masc; Plrl. ;as per (Help Sing. Natv forms: Rein MADADON (Nom) force- MADADEN (Aces) ment; resources;) MADBUT Nn.Obj; (13?)' Masc; MAZBUT Sing. in Hindi/ Urdu. (Accurate; exact;. precise) Nn. Ad j & Advb; unmarked for gen. and No. HAADIYA(TUN); Adj; Fem; Sing (materia lism) MAI1DOOD, Nn. Obj; Masc; Sing (spread) ISTIMDAAD, Nn. Inf. of the Vb in 10th form; (procurement of support) MIDAAD, Nn; Masc; Uncoutable (Ink; lamp oil; manure) Refer the previous word f'1add (135) for derived forms: HADAD is con verted into -.!lll Adj thro I the follo'..:ing combination: HADAD GAAR (assistant; helper) unmarked for, gender. Used very freq. in Arabic in different contexts. pab~, Nn.lnf;Masc; HAZBOOT is also - MADBOOT, Sing; (Capture, ap used in the Per DABT and prehension, arrest sian form of rei. all the (ing); restraint; Nn. ~~ZBUTI derived seizure; impoundage) Firmness; solidity, freq. (Strength, force, forms are IN~IBAA~, Nn.Inf. durability, etc) used in of the Vb in 7th DABT pronounced as Arabic. form; Masc; Sing; ZABT is also very (Discipline) freq. used in DAABIT, Nn.Agnt;, Hindi/Urdu. Masc;'Sing (controlling device, control, governor) U sed with au-. xilary vbs. such as:madad KARNA (to help) MADAD BANTNA (to distribute wages to labourers), \\ \ MAZBOOT I s used _ as Adj &. Advb. As Adj: MAZBOOT GARBI (A sturdy vehicle); Advb: MAZBOOTI-S~ PAKARNA (to hold firmll,.ras~:t tight ); MAZBOOT is a!l.so used with Vbl?: like: APNI BUT MAZBOOT KARLEJIYE (make your statement firm.-). ZABT is used as a legal sterlft. for seizur~ or confiscation;.in Hindi/Urdu and Tamil. In Tamil it is pronoun... ced as JAPTI. Ref'. our chapter on Semantic Changes - Widening or Extension of Meani-D.g.

148 ~~ ~ M.A.DHAAQ Nn.ln!; (138) Masc; M.A.ZAAQ Sing. in Hindi/ Urdu. (taste) MAAHIR Nn.A.gnt; (139) Act.Part (skil- Masc; ful; Sing. Experienced),~dwLA Re-l. (140) pro MAHOWL noun in plus llindi/ Advbl Urdu. Part. (what is around; surroundings) Nn; Masc; Sing; - Plrl as per Native forms: MAAZAAQON (Nom) MAZAAQEN (Acc s) Adj; Unmarked - for gen & No. But the Arabic Accus. Plrl. HAHlREEN is used in Hindi/ Urdu occassionally. Nn; Hase; Un- - marked for number. DHOWQ Nn; Masc; MAZAAQ is - Sing ~Ghustatory also used sense, taste - 'in the also for litera- form: ry taste);percep MAZAAQIYA tivity; sensiti- (IYA is vity) a Persian DHAWWAAQ, Nn; Prakrit & Masc; Sing (epic Sanskrit. ture, connoiss- suffix) eur; gourmet), DHAAYlQA(TUN), Nn; Fem; Sing; (Sense of taste) MAHAARA(TUN);Nn; In!; Fem; Sisng; (skillfulness; adroitness; dexterity) MAHRj Nn; Masc; Sing (bridal money) MUHR, Nn; Masc; Sing (foal,colt, signet, seal) In the Mg 'Seal or Singet',,MUHR is a word borrowed from Persian. MADHAAQ, MAZAAQ is used - DHOWQ and the as Advb in the derived forms-ar.abic and Naof DHOWQ are tive forms of all used freq Advb: Arabic: in Arabic. MAZAAQANHUM NE KAHA (I. said humorously) Natv: MAZAAQ BE (wittilyt humourously) MAliAARAT & - MAHIR,MAHAA MUHR are RAT & MAHR both freq.. are all 'used in freq. used Hindi/Urdu. in Arabic. MAHR is used MUHR in the only in Urdu Mg: of Seal and mostly or Signet by the Muslim is rarely community. used in Arabi-c. Used freq. in Arabic in varying contexts. MAAHI-R as Adj is used in Hindi/Urdu in the literal & fig. meanings, e.g MAAHIR AADMI can :q.tean a skilful I\e~ son and also a cunning perso,n. Used freq. in \ Hindi/Urdu in I the context of Surroundings o~ Environment, Ref our Chapter, on Semantic Changes - Widening or Extension of. Meaning re: this word. This is ano.. ther instance of borrowing Arabic gram.matie element into Hindi/Urdu. Ref.our chapter Semantic changes - Wideni~ or Extension ot

149 149...: ; ;.~ ~--~ , : :L.::.~~g_.; :. ~ Z..:. ~ 2.:...:._... 1Q ~_ contn' HAJAL Advb of (141) Place; (Room- Sing ; space; Masc. Domain; Scope, etc) MAJBUR ljn.obj; (142) Masc; (For-. Sing. cedi Consolidated) Nn o UDmarked for No. Masc'-"-- ", Nn;Unmarked for gender and number. JOWLA(TUN)jNn. - Inf; FemjSingj TAJAWWUL; Nn. ' Inf; of the Vb in 5th form; Masc; Sing (roaming; roving) JOWLAN, Nn.Inf synoiiymous to JOWLA; Masc; uncount able; JA'vIAAL,Nn.of exaggeration; Adj ; Masc ; Sing' ( wandering, imigrant) JABR;N.InfjMasc; Uncountable; (force; compulsion; coercion; duress) JABRI Adj;Masc; Sing (algebraic compulsory,force~ IABARI; Adj;Masc; Sing(an adherent MAJAL,JOWLA & the d'eri- 'ved.t;'orms of Jowla are all freq. used in Arabic. Used as an Interjection UNKA KIY!: MAJAL HAl KE 'vior ASIA KAREN (How -dare he do like this) MAJEURI Per- -MAJEUR, MAJBUR is us~d sian form of JABR and with auxilar;y ReI. Nn is the deri vbs. such as \ also used in ved forms MAJBUR KARNA (to' Hindi/Urdu as of JABR compel); Ad Atlvb:' Advb: The are freq. Majburi is us~d Arabic form used in ' with SEt e.g MAJEURAN is Arabic in KISI MAJBIRI BE 1 d varying UNKO JANA P.ARA a so use lon con-texts. (He had to go. Hind/Urdu. under some compulsion) Meaning of this word'. The change' of categort from Adv. to Nn is also. significant. I, t MAJAAL is ~ also ano-, ther exampl.1 of borrowin4l an Advb-a\1, grammatical I) / eleulent fro. Arabic into : Rindi/Urdu " This word,' 1 has narrowed or restrict'" ed.meaning,, for which ref: our chapter - Semantic Changes -, Narrowing ot, Restriction ot Mean,ing~

150 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g ~--~ ~-~ L ~ ~ 1Q 11_ contn MilL Noun; (14;) Masc; (property; Sing; income; assets;" tax; especially land tax) Noun;. Masc; Plrl as per natv fonns: but mostly the form: MAALEN; the other form: MAALON is rarely used. of the doctrine of predestination and the in escapability of the fate; fatalist) JABBAAR, Nn. of exaggeration;. Masc; Sing (giant, co 10 S sus; tyrant;" oopressor) JIBAARA(TUN) inn." In!. Fem; Sing;. (bonesetting). IJBAAR, Nn. In!. of the Vb. in 4th form; Masc;" sing; (compulsion,. coercion) IJBAARI, Adj. of IJBAAR; Masc;Sing; (forced, forcible, compulsory, obligatory) MAALI, Adj. Masc; sing; (monetary, pecuniary, financial) I1AALTYA(TUN); Fem of MAALI; used as a term for finan~ cial affairs; MAWAAL,Nn of exag geration; Masc; Sing; (Financier) TAMVEEL, Nn.In! of the Vb" in 2nd form Masc; Sing (finaneing) MUMAAVIL, Nn.Agnt. Masc;Sing(tax payer) Used as Adj. - in Persianised combinat ions, such as: MAAL GUZAAR (one who pays revenue to govt) ; I1AAL DAAR, Adj. (wealthy, rich, moneyed) l"laal-aa-l"laal (heaped,brimful, full) MAAL GARI (goods van) MAAL is used very freq.in Arabic with "all other derived forms. MAAL is used with a variety of Ths. e.g. l"laal URAANA (to squander wealth) MAAL-A-MAALI KARNA (to. heap up) t l"laal BARA.AMAD t KARNA (to, export). Ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes - Catewgor;y Shift or Transfer of Meaning. re: the shift in the meaning of "this word.

151 _... -,..,._ ~_------g---: :..----~ Z ~ '_~ 2 '_12 11 MALIK '('144) (:reign- ~p.t?; pr9pr~etor ) Nn.Agnt; Noun; Masc; - Act Part; Sing; Fero: Masc; MAALKIN; Sing; Plrl as per native forms: MAALIKON (Nom) I-lAALlKEN (Ace s) MAALIK LOG, Compound Plrl. :MULK,Nn.Inf,Masc; MULK & MIL- - Singe Dominion, po- KIYAT are ssessory right, very common ownership) ly U8e~ in MILK, Nn. Inf ;Masc; Hi~; ~ /ll" ;.:.:.. Sing (property, f'la.:ka, possessions); YlAL1K,I'lALA- MALIK, A6.j; Masc;, KI and Y1Af:'- Sing (King, go'v ern UJK are roent; sovereign) used freq. MALIKA; Fero of in Urdu. the above (queen) I1ALAK.A(,rml') MALAAKI; Adj. of is also YVLLIK, I1asc;Sing; used in (Royal); Hindi/ MILKIYA(Tu~)Nn.Inf Urdu and Fem;Sing(~roperty; it is ownership) Jl):,O!'0un- MALAKA(TUN)Nn.lnfj i,;~~d as: F'em;Sing (trait of l'jalka character, natural (Natural disposition); MALAKUT, Nn. Inf; H.as9; uncount able; (re~lmt kingdom; / emp~re);. MALAAK,Nn.InfiMasc uncountable (foundatidn, basis, essential,prerequisit) MULUKI; Adj; Masc; Sing (royal, kingly, regal) MAMLAKA(TUN) Nn, Fem; Sing (kingdom empire) ; MAMLUK,Nn.Obj;Masc Sing (owned, belonging to) disposit ion) l'1aalik,mulk MAALIK is used - and all the with Vbs like derived HONA; MALIK forms are HONA (to own, very freq. to have a used in'- title) Arabic in MAALIK is also varying used as Adj, in contexts. combination with other Nns such as: I1A..ALIK MA.K.A.AN or r1aka.an MAALIK (landlord; house owner) MAALKIN is one of the rare words - ex9jd.ples of a loanword being changed in gen on the pattern of gen in Hindi/Urdu. MALIKA (Mg:. Queen) is fem in Gen. but l'1alka (Mg: natural disposition) is Masc in Hindi/Urdu whereas it is Fem in Arabic. The change of gen,der is perhaps on the analogy of native words.

152 _ _ _... _ ~ ~ ~----~ cntn. m.mul Nn.Obj; Noun; (145) Masci; Masc; (in Sing; use; effective) MANZUR Nn. Obj ; (146) Masc; (Seen S"ing; Supervised; Pending - complaint; law suit) Adj. Unmarked for gender & number IMTILAAK,Nn.lnf; of the Vb in 7th form; Masc; Sing; (taking posses- sion; occupancy; seizure; possession) MUMTALAK, Nn.Obj; Masc; Sing; (owned;in posses~ sion) AMAL, Nn.lnf - Ref this list alphabetical ely for the other derived forms of AMAL. NAZAR,Nn.lnf - Ref. this list alphabet"ically under the word INTIZAR for derived forms of NAZAR. MAMULI Persian form of ReI. Nn. is also used in Hindi/Urdu very freq. MANZURI Persian - form of ReI Nn. is also used in Hindi/Urdu very frequently. Used in MAMULI is used ~ very limi- more fraq. than ted conte- the word MAMUL. xts. MAMULI is always used af3 Adj: e.g MAMULI KAAM (very oroi nary work); MAMULI BUT (a very oroinatv thing) \ WOH EK HAMULI AADMI (He is. an ordinary run of the mill personll) Used very freq. in Arabic. 152 MANZUR is used I with Vbs. like; MANZUR KAliNA (to approve). It is also used in phrases like:manzur -E-KUDHA (Approval IliN~t}~i ~d~~e~ill) only with Vbs.e.g rlanzuri IULGAYEE (a:ntji~~~~~ hasbeenl MAMUL has undergone major chang~ - ref: Our chapter on Semantic Changes - Widening or.extension of Meaning. MAi'1UL is also used in Tamil in the Mg. of habitual or customary. It is used in limited contexts. MANZUR has undergone major shift in Kg: Ref. our Chapter on Semantic Changes.. Widening or Extension of Meaning.

153 ~ ~ ~ MARAMMA Nn.lnf;Nn;Fem; (TUN) Fem;" Sing; Plrl. (147) Sing. as per n~- MARAMMAT tv forms: in but mostly Hindi/ in one Ur~u and form only: MARA.Mr1ATU l'1ara1'it1aten in Tamii. (Accus). (Repair; overhaul) MARllI (148) HARZI and MARJI in Hindi and Urdu (satisfied; Adjj Masc; Sing;. contented;. pleased) NnjUrunarked for gender; singj Plrl. as per natv forms: MAREEZON (Nom) MAREEZEN (Accus) RAMEEM;AdjjMasc; Sing (decayed, rotten) TARI'1EEM, Nn. Inf of the vb in 2nd FormjM.asciSingj (overhaulin~, restoration) MARAD, Nn.lnf.; MascjSing (disease, malady, ailment) j MARADI, Ad.).; Masc;Sing (relating to disease) TAMRID, Nn.lnfj of Vb in 2nd form (Masc; Sing)(sicknursing) MUl'1ARRID, Nn. Agnt; Masc; Sing (Male Nurse) " T AR1'1EEM is very freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu besides MABAMI'1AT. TARMIM is also used in Urdu in literary contexts in the Mg of amen. ding or changing a sentence or a phrase. e.g IS IBARAT MEN KUCH TARM EM KE ZARURAT HAl (This expression or this phrase needs some amendments) I1AREES & MARAZ - are both freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. ' f1arai1i1at, TARMIM and other deri ved forms are all obsolete in present day Arabic. MARID, MARAD & the derived forms of MARAD are all freq. used in Arabic MARAl"U1AT & TAR- - MIM are used with auxilary vbs. e.g MARAM MAT KARNA (to repair) \,I MAREEZ and MARAZ are used in "all types of sentences. MARAMI1A':f &. TARMIM are examples of wmrds that are obsolete in the donor 1 anguage but freq. used in receipient languageslti' TARMIM has" undergone a major shift ' in Meaning "ii. for which;\ ref: our chapter on Semantic Changes - Shift 'or Transfer of Meamng.

154 j ~ ~ ~ g 2._~ Z. ;;.;. 2, J~1D.;;.;'. _. "1t.;,;,1 ~i1 148 contn' MAREED Adj; (149) Masc; MAREEZ Sing; in Hindi/ Urdu. (sick; patient) mrifa ~; g~.. Noun F;~j tlaarifat Singj in Hindi &nd Urdu (Knowledge; An acouaintence). Nnj Unmarked for genderj Singj PIrl. as per natv. forms: MAREEZON (Nom); MAREEZEN (Accus). NnjFemjSingj PIrl as per natv forms: MAARIFATON (Nom) MAARIFATEN (Accus) RAADI(N)jNn.Agnt; Adjj Mascj Sing; (satisfied, contentj agreeing; consenting; willing). MARAD,Nn.lnfjMasc; Sing (disease, malaldy, ailment) MARADIj Adjj Mascj Si ng (relating to disease); TAMRID;NnjInf of the Vb in 2nd form Masc; Sing (sicknursing) MUMARRID, Nn.Agnt; Masc; Sing (Male Nurse) ~URFjNn.InfjMascj Sing (beneficencej kindnessj tradition; habit) 'URFI j Adj ; Masc; Sing (traditional,conventional) AREEF Adj j Masc;. Sing (knowing cognizant,etc) ~RAAF,Nn ofexaggeration,masc; Sing (diviner fortuneteller) t :c.irfan,nn.lnf; Masc junc,ountable; (Cogni ti'on, knowledgejperce~tion recognition) ; MAREEZ & MARAZ are both used in Hindi/ Urdu freq. MARUF, TAREEF TARUF & ITI RAAF are all used in Hindi/ Urdu frequently. TAREEF is used as a Fem.Nnj SingjPlrl. as per Natv.forms:' TABEEFON (Nom) TAREEFEN( Accs) j It is used in an entirely dif ferent Mgj to praisejcommend) I1ARUF is used as an Adj:j unmar ked or gen and No. MARID, MARAD & the derived forms of MARAD are all fraq. used in Arabic. MARIFAT & its derivatives are very frequently used in Arabic in varying con':". texts. MAREEZ and MARAZ are used in all types of sentences. MARIFAT i.s a).ways pre."c:eded by the \ word KI as±n:,'\ UN KI MARIF.A:r,\ YEH KA.AM MILA (This work was got thro' him) TAREEF is mostly used with the Vb: KARNA TAREEF KARNA..(to praise) TARUF & ITJRAAF I are alsomo.stly used wi ththe t.wtb.. XARNA ; I1.ARJ3r1lAID. 3imB unde~ wide~<d:r". f.ext:edscldll crt:fr;liisrnj~.;r-ar~ re:f,: cour chapter on Semantic Changes & TABEEF has undergone a m~jor. shift.- ::md'::: Semaltt:li,-c 'Oha~ ;Shim;t car ~aj:! ~'Bnlirq&.

155 ~ ~ 2 ~ --2 Z ~ contn TA.REEF, N. Inf of the Vb in II formi Masc; Sing (announcement, notification, information, characterization) ruruf,n.inf of the Vb in 6th form; Masc; Sing (acquaintance, explora tion) ITIRAAF, N. Inf; of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sing (recognition; admission, confession) ~UF, N.Obj of the Vb in primary form; Masc; Sing (known; wellknown, ~enerally recognized;) MUTkARIF,N.Obj of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sing (confessor) MUTiRAF,N.Obj of the above 8th form; Masci Sing; always followed by a preposition and a pro~ noun; such as BIRI. This pronoun varies according to the context (Mg:recogni. zed,acce:pted, approved of) The expression MUTAARAF BIRI is used in Urdu only as one unit whereas in Arabic the 2nd word BIRI varies according to the context. MUTARIF is also used in Urdu freq~ The change of g~n. in the word,tareef is perhaps on the analogy of native words.

156 ~ MA~LAB N. In! ; (151) Masc; (Seer- Sing. cb; }?rcblem; issue) Nn; Masc; Sing;, Plrl as per na tv forms:matla BON (Nom)' tlat LABEN (Accus). Arabic Plrl: l"'.a.tlaabi is also occasionally used in Urdu. ralab; N. Inf ; l"iatlub and Masc; Sing MUTAALABA (pro (demand, claim, nounced as MUTALBA wisb, desire, in Hindi/Urdu) entreaty, re- are frequent ly quest); used in Hindi/ MUTAALABA(TUN) Urdu. Nn:1nfiFem; TALAB, TAALIB Sing (demand t and TULBA are call, appeal) used only in Y~TLUB, N.Obj; Urdu. of the Vb in TALAB is used primary form; in combinations!"lasc i Sing; like GFIOWR (wanted in cla- TALAB (a matter sified ads, due that needs deep (owed) mnney) consideratinn)' MU TA'TALLABA DER TALAB (a (TDN; Nn.Obj; matter that is of tbe Vb in time consuming) 5th form; Fel1l; Plrl. (requirements) TALIB, Nn.Agnt; Masc; Sing - (seeker, pursuer) TALABA (Plrl. of TALIB). MAT LAB, TALAB and all their derived forms are very freq. used in Arabic MATLAB is used with - R(')f our a variety of vbs. chapter e.g MATLAB BAR LAANA on semantic (to give e~ ect to changes one's wish or intent ion); category under the tlatlab RAKHNA (to have Widening some motive) orexten-. MATLAB N1KAJ.LNA (to sion ot effect one's purpose) Meaning MAT LAB is also used as a conjunction in everyday speechje.g. MATLAB YEH HAl \. the purport is thisi in brief; in short) - In this context it may also be described as an 'expletive' brought needlessly as a matter of habit. In this category, it is used in any and every situation without reference to gen; No.; place and person. MATLAB is also used in the adjvl forms of Hindi/Urdu; viz.matlabl and MATLABlYA (having and object or purpose to serve;self seeking) Both sords are unmarked for gender and number. TALAB & MUTALABA are also freq. used in Hindi/Urdu mostly with the vo. KARNA; e.g. TALAB KARNA (to ask for);mutalba KAHNA (to demand) re: MATLAB., I

157 ~ ~-~~--.:...: ~ , j g~ :-'r"--~ ~ Z,:-!? 2 ~22.:!:!..., MERNA Nn; In! ; (TtrN) Pemj (152) Sing. (Severe trial; suffering; misfortune) MINNA (TUN) (153) (grace; benevolence; gift) NnjFem;Plrl. as per local fonns: MEHNATON (Nom) MEHNATEN (Accus) Nn; Inf; Nn j Fein; Si~ng; Femj. Plrl as per Sing. natv. forms: MINNATON (Nom) ; MINNA'l!EN (Aces) IMTIHAAN, Nn; MEHNAT & IMTI- - In! of the Vb. HAN are used in 8th form; freq. in Hindi Masc; Sing - and Urdu; Ref. this list MEHNAT is also alph. for a used in idioms detailed analysis of this -PHAL (the fruits like: MEHNAT-KAword. of labour) MANN,N.Inf; Masc; Sing; (gracious, bestowal, favour) MUNNA(TUN) N.Fem;Sing; (~tre~th, v~gour) MANNAN,Adjj Sing; (kind; kindlyt benign; MANUN,NjMasc; Uncountablej (fate, destiny, fate of _ death) MAMNUN, N.Obj Masc, Sing; (indebted, obligated, grateful t thankful;. IMl'INAAN, Nn. In.t of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sing (grateful, obligation, indebtedness) l'1anun is used frequently in Hindi/Urdu. MElINA ( TUN) MEHNAT is most - is used in commonly used very limited con with '\lbs. in Hindi/Urdu. texts. like:r1ehnat UTHANA (to undergo labour or trouble); MEHNAT KARNA; (to toil) MINNA(TUN) and all the derived forms are freq. :used in Arabic. MINNAT is used with auxiliary vbs like KARNA It -is also as Adj. in the expression: MINNAT KASHj (under obligation Obliged) Refe:_' our Chapter on Semantic Changes under Narrowing or Restriction of Meaning re: semant ic change in MEHNAT

158 ~ ~ HIZAAJ Nn Int; (154) Hasc; (Mix- Sing. ture; teiliperalilent; pnysical vonstitutiop; llumor) )"i: -.. Nn; Masc; Singj Plr!. as per.natv forms: MIZAAJON (Nom) ; MIZAAJEN (Accus) MAZEEJj Adjj Masc; Sing (Compounded, 1iended t mixture, medley) TAMAAZUJ,Nn.lnf, of the Vb in 6th form; Masc; Sing (intermixing) IMTIZAAJ,Nn.lnf of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sin{Sj (m±xture, blend) MIZAAJ and all MIZAAT' is used its derived with a variety forms are used of Vbs such as: very freq. in MIZAAJ PUCHNA Arabic MIZAAJ has undergone semantic change (~o enquire under the category widening or exten-. after the health of); MIZAAJ PAANAA (to find one in the humour for) MIZAAJ BIGAARNAA (t/he temper to be spoiled) MIZUJ-MEN-AaNAA (to suit the tem- per or humour) MIZAAJ is also u used in a variety of Adjvl expressions in Hindi/ Urdu, e.g NEK MIZAAJ (good tempered);. BUD MIZAAJ (ill tempered); MIZAAJ DAAR (Proud, haughty, conceited) HIZAAJ-DAAN (knowing or one who knows the temperament) MlZAAJ is also used in intertogatives such as: MIZAAJ-E-SHAREEF1 (How do you do? How is your noble or exalted disposition,). sion of meaning for which refer our chapter on Semantic Changes~

159 ~------~ ~ 159 MOWJ Nn.lnfj Nn; l-asc; (155) Masci (Billoy,!sj Sing. Oscillation j forms: undulation) SingjPlrl as :per native I'lOWJON (Nom) MOWJEN( Acc us) 110WJUD Nn.Obj; Nn & Adj; '(156) Masc; Unmarked (Found; Sing. for No. &' Existent; gender. Stock; It is how Supply) ever marked,for gender when used as Adj. TAtlA\/WUJ,Nn.lnf - of the Vb in the 5th form; r1as~; Sing; (vibration, undulat ion) YiAAYIG; Adj, Masc; Sing (surging, Swelling) WUJUD,Nn.lr1; EEJAAD is Masc;Uncoun- used very table (find- commonly ing; discovery;, in Hindi beingj existen- and Urdu. ce) 'vjajd, Nn.Masc; Uncountable (strong, emotion, ecstasy of love) WIJDAAN, Nn; Masc; Uncountable; (passion, ate,.excitement ecstasy) EEJAAD,Nn.lnf; of the Vb in the 4th fo:r;rn' M9Qc' Sing; ~(jreatl.ob produetion,pro- "., t t'em:@ttf1i.. ~:n,:1.:"'''-;c, ' ~ ~.,...,~y" ~.. '1fr... Used in very llmted contexts. - r-lowjud w'ujd & allthe derived forms are freq. llsed in Arabic in dif ferent contexts. Used very..t'req. in fig. meaning. It is used with a variety of Vbs. e.g MOUJ KARNA or MOUJ URANA (to billow, to fluctuate, to enjoy oneself without restraint) MAUJ l'1enaana (to rise 'in billows; to get into a state of ecstasy) MAUJ is also used as Adj. as in the following combinations: MAUJ ZAN (wavy, billowy, agitated, boisterous) As a Nn MOWJUD remains unmarked for gen &'No. e.g YER LOG MOWJUD RAIN (These people are present) YER AWRAT l'10wjud HAl (This lady is present) But as an Adj. it is always used in the Fem gen. irrespective of the fact whether the Nn following is Mase or Fem:- e.g. MOWJUDA MAKAAN (the present house;) MOUJUDA HAALAAT (The present conditions) Ref our chapter on semantic changes re: Semantic ' Change in this word in Hindi/ Urdu in the category of Shift or -Transfer, of, Meaning. The use or MO\YJUD.A as an Adj in Fem. irrespective of the Nn. that. follows it, is significant.

160 ~ =====g=======~=============~======---2 = L ~ ~ ~ , MOWQ':r Advb. (UN) of 157 Place; MOWQA Masc; and Sing. MOKA. :Hindi and Urdu. (PLACE WHERE PROPS OR falls DOWN: pituation) Noun; Masc; Sing; also as Advb. WAQ~U\N) Nn.lnf; Masc; Sing; (dropping, fall; falling; tumble) WAQ1t(TUN), Nn.Fem; Sing (fall, drop; coluuat; battle; meal' repast) WAQQi.Aj Adj; N of ExaggerationjMasc Sing (taslebearer scandlemonger, sl~nderer ) WU~'1JU(N), Nn. Inf; Masc; Sing (falling; fall; occurrence, happening) WAQEEA(TUN), Nn; Fem; Sing (incident, event) TOWQEE'U(N), Nn. Inf of the Vb in II form; Masc; Sing (dropping, inflictidn of a punishment, recording, registra tion, signature) TAWAQQU(N),Nn.lnf of ~he Vb in 5th form; Ma~c;Si-ng; (expectation, anticipation). WAAQI(UN);Nn.Agnt Adj; Masc; Sing; (falling, tumbling, actual, real factual) WAAQIA(TUN) Fem of the above; '..iqzu & HAQIA - are very frequently used in Hindi and Urdu; TA\/AQ'~U and I1U'I'AvJ"Qfl. are used.only in Urdu., MOWQIA and ~ouga is us~d Ref. our chap~,. WUOl, and ':ii th a variety. ter on Seman-. all the de of vbs. such as; t:icchanges re~ rived forms MOQA HAATH LAGNA this word. of WUQU are (an opportunity. WAQIA,ltlAQAT & all freq. to occu~ or to MOWQA has unused in present itself); dergone narro~~ Arabic in i10qa PAKARNA (to. ing or restrid~ varying to se:t7e the oc- tion of meancontexts. casion; not to ing whereas slip an opportunity);waqia has MOUQA NIKAL JAANAA undergone (An opportunity to Widening or pass avlay or escape Extension or be lost) of Meaning, MOUQA Is also used and WAQAT as Advb: BE MOWQA has had a (Also Adj); (out shift 0:1:' of place, misplaced, transfer of untimely, unseaso- meaning. nable) MOUQA PAR; Advb - The change In the right place; of categoat the proper time) ries from TAWAQQU & MUTAWAQQA Nn to Advb/ are used only in Adj is al~o J Urdu in the follow- significant_ ing contexts: TAWA- QQU KARNA ~ To expect to anticipate, to predict) MUTAWAQQA is mostly preceded by the Arabic particle of exceptio~ GHAYR. Thus GHAYR MUTAWAQQA ~ u.n expected). It is used, as an Adj unmarked for Gender and Number.

161 j g 2 ~ 2 -~---_Z ~ ~----~ '157 contn: MOWSIM Advb of Advb;Masc; (158) time; Sing; Plrl MOWSAM Hasc; as per nain Sing. tv forms: Hindi/ MOWSAMON Urdu. (Nom) and (Time of MOWSAMEN year; (Accus) feast day; har-vest) rnfaf( AN) -Nn; - {!lnd Obj; J1AFIYY(UN)Masc; (159) Sisng in Hindi, and Urdu MAAF (Exempted; healthy) Nn.Unmarked for gen and No; Also MAAFI, Nn. Fem; Unmark ed for No.,(Event, happening;, fact; accident ;mis hap) MUTAWAQQ,AU(N): Nn~ Obj of the Vb in 5th form; Masc; Sing (expected,anticipated) WASM,Nn.Inf;Masc; Sing (to break, mark, etc) MISAM, Nn of Inst; Masc; Sing (Branding Iron, brand) WISA.A11,Nn,Masc; Sing (badge,decoration) ; MOWSIMI, Adj;Masc t Sing (the monsoon) BIM.A( TUN) ; Nn, 1!;emj Sing (sign, mark, Charact erist ic, stam:p; impress; Visa) - Refer this list alphabetically under the word: ISTIFA (82) for the derived forms of MUAAF(AN) MOWSAMBI is - MOWSIM is used a word used freq. in the for Orange; context of It is most weather or sea... probably son of the year connected WASM & other with the derived forms Arabic word: are used in MOWSIMI. limited contexts 161 lq 11 MOWSAMis a' most freq. used word It is used with Vbs as well as in Persianised combinations ind~cating the '\names ot: seasons : MOW SAM-E-BAHAAR (Spring season),mowsam E-KlSAAN (Autupm season) MAAFI is MUAFAN and other'maafl\is used - used as an derived forms with auxiliary Adj in combi- are freq. used Vbs L~ke: nations; such in Arabic. MAAFl l1aangna as :MAAFI~'ZAM- (to seek pardon E:J1:N (rentfree or forgiveness) land) l'1a:afi- NAAI"lA'(Adeed Of imm\lnity or exemdption.. front t axe s),;';" MAUl is Fem in gen. -in Hindi/ Urdu pe'r-: haps on the analo~ of native words. _ I

162 ~ ~ ~ 'I ' ~ ~~ I1UBAARAK 160 Nn.Obj; (bles- Masc; sed', Sing. forttjrre j luckly) Adj;unmarked for gen and No. HUDD~ Nn.lnf Nn;Fem;Sing; (TUN) Fem; Plrl as per (161) Bing. Natv forms: (Period MUDDATON of time; (Nom); limited or I1UDDATEN appointed (Ac~us) time) MUJRA Nn.Obj (N) flasc;' (162) Sing; In It if: Hindi Nn.Obj and of the Urdu Vb in MUJRA 4th (Made form; to flow; performed) Nn; Masc; un- - marked for number BARAKA(TUN) Nn. Inf. Fem; Sing; (Blessing, benediction) TAB REEK, Nn.Inf of the Vb in II ' form; Masc;Sing (Good wish;bles sing);, TABARRUK, Nn.ln! of the Vb in V. form; Masc;Sing (to be blessed) Refer the word MADD (134) in this list for derived forms of this word. JARY(UN),Nn.lnf. Masc; Si~( to flow; stream water; to run; to rush; hurry) J ARAYAAN, Nn. In! Masc;. Uncountable (f 10 "1,flux, course, stream) MAJRA(N),Nn.Inf Masc;Sing(water course, sewer, course of events progress,passag~ MUJAARAA(TUN),Nn In! of the Vb in III form; Masc; BARAKAT & TABA - RUK, are used' more in Urdu than in Hindi. BARAKAT is mostly pronoun. ced as BARKAT. IJRA is used in Hindi/Urdu quite often in the Mg. of executing something; MUJRA is also used in Hindi/ Urdu in Adjvl. form; MUJRAAEE, i.e MJURA+i= Prakrit (one who pays his respec-' ts, one who wants upon; one who is presented(to); a servant; minister, visitor; one who MUBAARAK,BA- MUBAARAK is mos- RAKAT & all t ly used in the the derived combination: forms are MUBAARAK-BAAD freq. used or MUBAARA K - in A-rabic. BAADI (Wishing blessine;s to oomeone) and it is used with such auxilalry Vbs: DENA (to' give or convey) and KAHNA (to convey) Used very frea. in varying contex: ts. Used with auxilary vbs. such as UNSE MULAAQAAT KARKE EK MUDDAT HOGAYEE HAl (It is a long time since I met him/ her) MUJRA,JARY MUJRA is used (N) & all in very restricthe derived ted contexts. forms of It is used with JARY(UN) are the follotdng frq. used in Vbs: MUJRAA Arabic in PAANA (to redifferent ceive credit contexts.' for a sum) MUJRA ICARNA (To have a trial of profes~ional singing) Ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes - Widening or Extension of Meaning fof semantic, changes of this word.

163 ~ '}O ~ '162 contn MUJRIM {163) (cririd. rial; g~linq1jent ) tv,. N.Agnt l1asc j Sing. Nnjl1asc jsingj Plrl as per native forms: MUJRII"10N (Nom) MUJRIl'1EEN (Accus) FemjSing (keeping up withj conformi ty 'tfith) IJRAA(UN),Nn.lnfj of the Vb in 4 th form j. Masc j Sing j (performance, exe cutionj enforce- ment; measure, stepj proceeding) JAAYRIYAVfUN), Nn. Agnt. Fem; Sing; (Slave-girl;. servant maidj ship) recites an elegy) It is also used in the expression: l'iu JRAA li-aah (place of visiting, audience) JARM,Nn,InfjMascj JURM is used - Sing (to commit freq. in an offence); Hindl/Urdu. JURH, Nn.l'1asc; JUR1'1AANA 'a Sing (offence, Persian form crime, sin)~ of ReI. Nn. JAHEEl'1A(TUNj Nn. l'1g: Fine or j<'emj Sing ( offen- penalty is se, sin) al~o very freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. l'1u JRIl'1AANA is also another Persian ReI. Nn. l'1g:criminal which is freq. used in Hindi & Urdu. MUJRIM, JARM MUJRIM is & all the de- used with aurived forms xilary Vbs. of JARM are like:mujrim frequently TAHRAANA (to used in prove one an Arabic. offender); JUlli1AANA is mostly used with the Vb. LAGAANAA - JURMAANA LAGAANA (to impose a penalty or fine) ;. ~ '163 JURMAANA has undergone Widening or Extension ot Meaning for which refer our chapter On Semantic Changes.

164 , '164 "--_.:-_ '---,, ? 8 9 ',0 11 MULARIM (164) N.Agnt; (sdap- Adj j ted' Masc;, S cons is l.ng. tent) l'1olaaqaa. Nn; (TUN) In:!; (165) It l'1ulaakaat is and In:! l"iulaqaat of in Hindi/ Vb. UrdU. in (Encoun- 3rd ter; Form; reunion Hasc; recep- Sisng; tion) Adj; unmarked - for gen & No. Nn. In:!; Fem; - Sing. Plrl. as per Natv forms: MULAAKAATON (Nom) and MULAAKATEN (Accus) LAM,Nn.In:!;Masc; Uncountable; LUM,Nn.Inf;Masc; Uncount ab Ie (to be igno ble) ; LAIMjAdj;Masc; Sing; (ignoble; lowly) MULAAMA( TUN) NIi. In:! of the Vb in 3rd formjfem; sing (adequacy, fitness) ; MULAAIM,Adj;Masc; Sing (adapsted, suited,appropriate), LIQAA(UN) Nn.In:!; Masc;Sing (to encount er, meet with) ; ILQAA(UN),Nn.Inf. of the Vb in 4th form; Masc; Sing; (throwing,,casting delivery, dictation) ; TALAQQIN,Nn.Inf of the Vb in 5th form; Masc; Uncountable; ILTIQAA(UN'Nn.Inf of the Vb in, the 8th form; Mase; Si-ng; (meeting, reunion) -ILQA is used only in Urdu in limited contexts. Only the word MULAAIM is MULAIM is used'used as Adj.' freq. in & with' Vbs: Arabic. MULAAYIM CHEEZ (Tender SUbstance) MULAAYIM KARNA (To make soft, to soften, to _ mitigate) MULAAQA(TUN)MULAAQAT is used LIQA and all with a varie-ty the derived of Ths, such a~ forms ot KARNA, RAKliNA,ete. LIQA are used in Arabic in different contexts.

165 ~ , 11 ~ ~ MULAAZIM (166) Nn.Agnt;Nnj Masc; Sing (tena- Masci Plrl as per na cious Sing. tv forms: 'follo I1ULAAZIMON(Nom) " ~; WJLAAZII1EEN partisan! (Accus) IJUZUM, Nn. In.f jr-ia?c j Uncountable (refer this word LAAZH1 (127) in this list for all the derived forms of LUZUM). f'wlaazm-ia( TUN), Nn. Inf of the Vb in II formj from which MULAAZIN is derived ]'emj Sing (adhesion Clinging, sticking to) I'1ULAAZIMA(TUN),Nn. Agnt; Fem of I'IDLAA ZII'1, Si~ng (abiding adherent, flower) NULAAZM1AT - & l'1ulaazlf'la are fraq. used in Hindi/Urdu besides l'1ulaaz TIl. Freq. lused in MULAAZIM and Arabic in vary MULAAZlMA are ing contexts. used only in,the Mgs of Male & Female servant respectively. MULAZAMAT is used in the.mg of employment and is used with a variety of ' verbs. 16? MULAAZII1 has undergone Restriction of meaning for which ref: our chapter on Semantic Changes,VMKIN Nn.Agnt; \~67) Masc; Sing. (ros- ~:lblej llllnkable j,~oncievable ),,~ Adji unmarked - for gen. & No. MAKAANA(TUN),Nn.lnf FemjSing (to be or become strong, to become influential, gain, influence, have influence) TAMKEEN, Nn.lnf of the Vb in the 4th form; Nasc; Sing; (to st rengthen,to enable) II'1KAAN, Nn.lnf of the Vb in 4th form; Masc; Sing (to enable, to make possible) TAMAKKUN,Nn.lnf of the Vb in 5th formi Masci Sing \to have or gain influence; to have command or. 1lf~~ 6~.~A~c. ",. 0> ~ IMKAAN is - MUMKIN,MAKAAused in NA and all Hindi/Urdu the derived ",;ery fr~q. forms of MAKA ~n vary~ng ANATUN are contexts. usedfreq. l'1alkaana(tun) in Arabic is used only in varying in Urdu and contexts. is:p ronounced as l'i1l..kaanat; MUTAl'1AKKIN is also used in Urdu only MUMKIN is used in a variety of sentencesj expressions It is also used in 1;he neg. form by adding one of the follow ing two prefixes: NA bumkin or GRAYR MUMKIN (impossible)

166 ~~ '167 contn MUNEEB Nn.Agnt; ('168) Masc; MUNEEM Sing. and MUNIMJI in Hindi/ Urdu. (One who deputes or delegates or acts in behalf Repetant) Nn; Masc; Singj Plrl. as per natv forms: MUNU'l LOG or MUNIM HAZARAAT O f' ~, MUTAMAKKIN,Nn. Agnt of the Vb in 5th form; Mascj Sing (an adept, a proficient, firmly seated, deeprooted) NAUB,MANAAB & NIYA- NAAYIB, MUNIB, MUNEEM & MUNE- ABA(TUN) are all IrLf. NAAYIBA(TUN) NAUB. and EMJI are very Nns; l~aub; I1ascjSingj and NIYABA(TUN) the deri commonly used' MANAABj I1asc j Sing; are all used ved words terms in Hindi/ NIYAABA(TUN);Fem; freq. in Hindi/ are all -Urdu in the Mg: Sing (to r~present, Urdu. The lat- freq. of Accountant. act as representative ter two words used in or a Clerk to perform someone's are pronounced Hindi/ concerned with Office, to afflict, as NAUBAT & NI- Urdu. financial mathit strike, befall); YAABAT. terse NAUBA(TUN),Nn.Fem, Sing (misfortune, calam~ity, mishap, accident) INAABA(TUN),Nn.lnfj of the Vb in V form; Masc; Sing (to alter nate, rot ate) ; NAA~YIB, Nn.Agnt, Masc, Sing (represen tative, agent, proxy substitute, delegate deputy) ; NAAYIBA(TUN),Fem of NAAYIB, Sing, It also has the Mgs:Vicissitudes, ups and downs, of luck, of a battle, Inthis Mg: the Plrl of this word is NAAYIBAAT - MUNEEM has undergone a, major change (phonetic change) in the category of Assimilation for.which refer 'our chapter on Phonetic Changes. The Plrls. MUNIH LOG & MUNIM. HAZARA'i are exceptional formt.of Plurals.

167 167.' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ MUNSHI Nn. Agnt NnjMasc;Sing; - l'i'ushu ~. NASH, Nn. NASH pronoun- - MUNSHI, NASH MUNSHI is used - MUNSHI & MAN (169) Masc; Flrl in two Inf; Masci Si-ng; ced as NASHWU and all the only in a limi SRA.. have h8tl (Crea- Sing. exceptional (to rise, rise & MANSHA in derived forms ted context in undergone tivej natv-forms: aloftj emergej Urdu are freq are freq.l Hindi/Urdu; \Olidening oi't Author; MUNSEI LOG & appear; loom up; used in Urdu. used in MANSHA'is a Extension of Writer; MUNSEI HAZA to come into be- INSHA is also Arabic. very freq. used Mean-ing, 1'('l1 organizer) RAAT. ing)j used in Urdu word in Hindi/ whieh ref:!1anshaj Advjf'lasc; as Lit. term: Urdu. It is always preceded on Semantic our chapter Sing (place of Mg:Literary origin or upgrm'i- composition; th~ganitive KE Changes. th; birth place;. MANSHA is a orkaa; AJJ? ICE origin, genesis; freq. used!1ansha ICE MUTA"; beginning j onset) word in Hindi/ BIQ (According INSHA,Nn.lnfjMasc Urdu; NASHW-O to your desire) Sing (to create; NUMK (both, to originate; to Arabic words) set Upj to manu- is a freq. facture, towritej used idiom in style) Urdu (Mg:early upbringing),unsif Nn.Agnt 170). 'Masc;,lUNSEEPPU Sing i.n llam""il. (Righteous just man) Nn;MascjSing Flrl as per Natv forms: MUNSIFON (Nom} MUNSIFEN (Aces) - NA9F,Nn.InfjMasc Uncountable (to reach its midst (day) ; NISF,Nn;Mascj Sing; (Half, moiety, middle) INSAAF,Nn. Inf of ' the Vb in the 4th formj Masc; Uncountable (to be just, to treat with justice; j istice equity; fairness) I NSAAFis used - very commonly in Hindi/Urdu; MUNSIF UNA, the Persian Adjvl. form is also used in Hindi/Urdu. MUNSIF, MUNSIF is used NASF and only in a legal all ~he con~ext; Mg: a derived Judge, a dist. forms are or village judge. freq.used MUNSIF is also in Arabic used as Adjjin in varying ~he combination: contexts. MUNSIF-MlZAJ. (Just minded, just in t emperament) Ref our chapte: on semantic changes - Ne~.l:. rowing or Rer,- triction of Mean"ing reg! this word. 'MUNSIF is a18i:' used in TAM) 1, as a legal term as in Hindi/Urdu & it is pronoun ced as MUNSEEPPU. No other derived form of NASF is used in Tamil.

168 ' ' _\_~ ~ ~ , t1uqa - Nn I nf ABALA of the (TUN) Vb.' in (171) 3rd Form; (En- Fem; coun Sin :;. ter; Interviewj Talk; qollation) NN; Masc; Sing Plrl as per na tive forms: I1UQ,AABALON (Nom) and 'f'iuq,abale (Acs) - QABUL,Nn InfjI1as.c; Uncountable (to accept; acceptance;to receive kindly; con currence, consent; approval) ; TAQBEZL, Nil.lnf of the Vb in 'II form; Masc; Singj (to. Kiss, to go south) IQBAAL,Nn.Inf of Vb in 4th form;uncountablej Mascj(to draw near, to advance approach; arrival; advent; application attention; response) TAQABBUL,Nn.lnf of Vb in 5th formjmasc Uncountable (to accept, to grant) TAQAABUL,Nn.Inf of Vb in 6th formjmasc Uncountable (to be opposite to each other) ISTIQBAAL,Nn.Inf of the vb. in 10th form; Mascj sing(to go to meetj to receive a guest) QABLU, Advb (previously, eainer,before) ~IBLA(TUN),Nn;Fem; Si-ng (direction to which Muslims turn in praying toward the Kaaba) QAABILIYA(TUN)jNn. Fem;Sing(faculty power, capaci~ty., abi.~~.t~j QABUL, IQBAL - QAABIL,I1UQ,A BIL,MAQBUL & ISTIQBAAIJ are used in Hindi/Urdu. QIBLA is used as an honorific in Urdu only. QAABILIYA(TUN) is also used in Urdu only and is pronounced as QA.A- BILIYAT MUSTAQBAL or MUSTAQBIL is also freq. used in Urdu only. Ref. this list 'alph. for a detailed analysis of the word QAABIL. MUQAABIL is more used in Urdu than in Hindi as an Adj (facing, as against, etc) j MAQBUL is used in Hindi/ Urdu as an Adj. unmarked for gen. & No. QABUL and all its derivatives are freq. used in Arabic in vary. iug contexts.,168 MUQJ\ABALA is u,sed _ ~ith a variety of Vbs. The most com mon vb. used with it b KARNA: MUQA ABA~ KARNA (To face, to resist, to compare);. QABUL is used mos tly with KARNA QABUL KARNA (to acc.ept) IQBAL is used mainly in one context: IQBAAL JURM (To accept one's crime, to plead guilty) ; IQBAAL is also used in the followin~ Mgs in Urdu/Hindi; 'admission of a claim, confession, acknowledgment, acquiescence, assent) Ref our chap'" ter on seman"" tic changes under the ca'" tegory mentioned against each: MUQAABALA - Narrowing or.restriction of Meaning; IQBAABL,QAA BIL, & QAABI LIYAT shift or transfer of Meaning; MUQAABALA is Masc. gen in Hindi/Urdu, perhaps on the analogy of native words; Ref. this list alph. for a detailed analysis of the word QAABIL (188) It is to be noted that in Arabic Q.A.ABUL is use!~ in the Mgs in which IQBAL is used in Hindi/Urdu. QABUL is al SI) has the simple meaning at acceptance, i.e acceptin~ 'l... rl!.t..,~ e.te..

169 , ". ---_..._ " 'i _.-... ~ 171 contn MUQAD- Nn Obj DAMA li'em; (TUN) Sing. (172) (Fore part; head; lead; vanj preambl~) Nn;MascjSing; - Plrl as per Natv forms: MUQADl'10N(Nom) MUQ.ADME(Accs) AQQBIL,N.A 9 Masc;Sing lobstet nt,adj ricianj accouc.h('l- urj coming next) MUQAABIL,N.A:;ut; Masc; Sing;,facing; oppositej counter-( in compounds); equivalent) MAQBUL,N.Obj; of the vb. in pri::na ry form; Masc; _ Sing (acceptable; popular) ; MTJSTAQBAL, N.Obj ; N Obj of the Vb in 'loth form; Masc; Sing (front part, the future) QADM,Nn.lnf;Masc; l'1asc;uncountable (to precede) - QUDUl'1,Nn. Il1.i";r1asc Uncount able (to arrive) QADAl'1, Nn. Usually Fem; Sing(foot step) TAQDEEN,Nn.Inf of the Vb in II form Masc; Sing (sending forward; presentation, submis sion) TAQADDUI1, Nn In! of the Vb in the 5th form (precedence, priority, advance) QADAM is a freq. used \-lord in Hindi/Urdu. IQADAM, MU QADJJ'1 and l'1utaqaddil'1 are all used in Urdu only. TAQDEEM is also used in Urdu. - MUQ.,ADDM1A MUQADDAMA also pro and all nounced as MUKADAMA the other is a very commpnly derived used word in Hindi/ forms are Urdu, in legal confreq.used texts; it is expresin Arabic sed as: MUKA~a in varying LARNA (to litigate) contexts. NUKADMA BAARI KARNA (to enter into legal battle.s) MUKADMA HAARNA (to lose a case or suit) QADAM is mostly used with one of the following Vbs: RAKHNA (to set foot) or RAKHNA (To take a s~ep) 169

170 ~ 'io ' '172 contn MU'RABBA Noun (TUN) Obj; (173) Fem; (Raised; Sing well-bred; jam; preserved fruit) Nnj1'1ascjSingj - Plrl as per Natv forms: MURABBON(Nom) 1'1URABBE(Accs) IQDAAM,Nn.Inf of - the Vb in the L~th form; l"iuqadd1\... 1V!, N Ob j j of the Vb in II form; 1'1asc; Sing; (prefaced, front part) MUTAQADDIl'1, ~f.agnt of the Vb in V form; Masc; Sinf,; (preceding; antecedent j \-Jell advanced; afore: said) RABB, Nn.InfjMasc; - Sing (to have command or authority over) RABBAAN, Nn 0 f EXaGgeration, l'1ascjsing (Captain, skipper, Commander in the Navy). - RABB and MURABBA (rrun) are used freq. in Arabic. IQDAAM is used only in Urdu and it is used mostly with the Vb KARNA '( to under-. take, to enter boldly upon) j. l'1uqaddal'1 is also used in Urdu only as Adjj ur~arked for Gen. & No. in the same Mg., of a person or thing to which priority as given; TAQDEEM is normally used in Urdu in the idiom TAQDEEI1-0-TAAKHEER (Advancing & re~reading) MURADBA is used in - the limited con~ext of preserved fruit. ~USAW, WADA ( 'l'un) (174) ffilsuda in Hindi/ Urdu MABODA in. Tamil N.Obj; Fem; Sing., (draft; notes; ;.;~~). ".. ~...,,;... ~ NnjMasc; Sing;Plrl. as per na tv forms: MUSAWWA DON (Nom) MUSAWWADE (Accus) Nn; Sing; Plrl. as per natv form MASO DAA KKAL. TASVEED,Nn.Inf of - the Vb in II form 1'1asc; Sing (to make black,. to draft a letter, to make a rouc;h draft) Used fre quently in the Nn & Vb forms: Used.vi th. auxij liary Vbs e.g. NASAUDA KARNA (to make a rough draft) I1ASAUDA GAAN- THNA (to draft or com:pose a letter) Used frequently in sentences 1 ike: 1'1ASO ba A11ALUKKU KONDU VARAP PATTATHU' (The draft (bill) has been imple mented).

171 ~--~ ~ ~ ~ ,1 M " ~ ~ ~ ~ MUSHKIL Nn. Adj. unmarked - (175) Agntj' for gender (Tur- Masc; and No. j as a bid; Sing. Nn it has the Diffi- Plrls in the cult; Native forms: unsulv~j MUSHKILON question) (Nom); MUSHKlLEN (Accus). Also as Advb. MUTAA BIQ (~176 ) (corres Nn. Agnt. Masc; Sing. Adj & Postpositionjun marked for gen & No. ponding; in agreement or conformity (with) SHAKL, Nn Inf jmasc SHAKL & ISH- -. Sing (to be dubi- KAA~ are ous, obscure, dif freq. used ficult, figure, ' in Hindi/Urdu' form; shape, bulw) SHAKL is Fern.. SHAKLI, Adj; Masc; in Hindi/Urdu Sing (formal); where as it's TASHKEEL,Nn.Inf l"lasc in Arabic of the v~ in II Its 'plural is form; Mascjlfing; on the native (to form, forma- pattern: tion; order of SHAKLO, N(Nom)~ march (Military); SHAKLEN(Accs) building up); l"lushakkal is ISHKAAL,Nn.Inf. used more in of the Vb in 4th Urdu than,in form; Masc; Sing; Hindi. It is (To be dubious, used as an diflicult;diffi- Adj. unmarked culty; Bmbiguity) for Gen & No. l"lushakkal, Nn.Obj; TASHKEEL i s of the Vb in II used only in formj Masc; Sing; Urdu;: it is ~Different, di- used with au~ verse, miscellane xiliary Vbs. ous),, TATBEEQ, Nn.Inf of the Vb in II form MascjSing (tomake coincident o'r con gruent, to apply) MUTAABAQA( TUN) Nn Inf of the Vb in III form; FemjSing MUSHKIL, SHAKL & all the derived forms of SHAKL are freq. used in Arabic. 171 l"lushkilis used as a common Nn (Mg: problem) as an Adj. & as an Advb: As a Nn. it is used only in the Plrl form on the natv p atterns: MUSHKILON & l"lushki LEN; the Arabic Pl~ ural MUSHKILAAT is also used occassionally. e. g KITNE. MUSHKILON SE HAME \iuzarna PARA (how many a problem had. we to confront) j - As Adj: MUSHKIL. ltuz.a.r (Difficult to pass); As Advb: MUSHKIL BE / YER KA.At1 MUSHKIL-SE HUVA (This work was done with difficulw); MUSHKIL is also. used with a variety of Vbs such as: MUSHKIL HOJA -ANA (To become a problem; to become difficult) MUSHKIL AA PARNAA (to be best with a d ifiicul ty) ~TAABAQ~(TUN)-MUTAABIQ MUTAABIQ is used 1~ u~ed 1n TATBEEQ with vbs. such as: ~1nd1/Urdu &. & other MUTAABIQ RONA (To 1S pronounced derived agree or correspond as MUTAABAQAT forms, with) or MUTAABKAT are fre MUTABA'M.-T Is also quently' used w1th Vbs.such in as HONA or KARNA

172 ~ ~--- 'i76 contn ffijtl.lliq ( 177) (Attached; Concernling) Noun Agntj Masc; Sing; Nn.Unmarked - for lien. & No. But the Ai'abic Plrl MUT5lLLIQEEN (accs) for animates & MUTALLIQA for inanimates are used in Urdu. (to bring to coin cidence, agreement conformi ty) INTIBAAQ, Nn. Inf or the Vb in 7th form Masc; Sing (to be 'applicable, to fit suit, hold good, to be in conformity) TABAQ', Nn, Masc j Sing (lid, cover, plate, dish, bowl, round tray, salve~ TIBQA, preposition (according to, cor responding to, in accordance with); TABAQA(TUN) Nn, Fem, Sing Oa~yer, str-,tum of earth, society, etc, floor, storey of a bldg, class, category) Refer the word LlLAQA (74) in this list for derived forms of this word. TABAQA(TUN) is also used in Hindi/Urdu and is pronoun ced TABQA or TABKA, Plrl. as per native forms:tabqon and TABQE. The 'Arabic idiom TIBQUL ASL (a t-rue copy or similar to the original), is also used ireq. in Urdu. r-rutfalliq pronounced also as MUTALLIK in Hindi/Urdu is freq. used in these two languages Arabic in varying contexts. Frequently used in Arabic in varying cont'exts. Used with auxi liary vbs. in 1:;he same Mgs: as in Arabic, namely, depending from, belonging 'to, concerned with, etc)., In Urdu MUTAL LIQEEN is u::>ed win "he Mgs of relatives.

173 , ~ " ~ NABD (178) NABZ in Hindi and Urdu ('rhrobbing; Palpitation) Noun Inf; Masc; Sing. NADHR Nn.lnf (179) Masc; NAZAR Sing; in Hindi and Urdu (Vo...,; votive offerine;; ex-voto) NAFAR Noun; (180) Sing; (Band un- Party mark Indi- ed vidual for, Sol-' Gen. dier; Man (as a numerative) NniFemiSing; PIrl as per Natv forms: NABZON (Nom) NABZEN (AdCS) Nn.Fem;Unmarked for number NniUnmarked for' Gen; Plrl as per Natv forms: NAFARON (Nom) and NAFAREN (Actus) NABD,Nn.lnf,Masci Sing (to beat, throb, pulsate, palpitate, pulse, palpitation) i NABDA(TUN),Nn df Unit, Fem; Sing; (Pulse beat) NADHR,Nn.lnf;Masc; NAZRAANAH, Sing (to dedicate, the Persian consecrate, to vow, form of to make a vow; vo- Adjvl Nn is tive offering) also used lndhaar,nn.lnf of commonly in the Vb in 4th!brm; Hindi/Urdu; m.asc; sing (warn- lt1s Masci lng; announcement; Sing;, notice; admonition NAZRAANON air-raid warning; (Nom) and alarm) NAZRAANE (Accs) are Flrl forms. NAFEER,Nn,Masc; Sing (band, party, group, troop) Only NAFAR is - used in Hindi and Urdu Used freq. in lit. & fig. contexts. NADHR is used in limited contexts but lndhaar, is most freq. used in Arab... ic. NAFAR and NAFEER used freq in Arabic in 'the co-ntext of Man as a numerative. Used with auxi- - liary vbs, e.g. NABZ THEEK CHAL,RAHI HAL (The pulse is vibrating in the nor mal manner) NAZR or NAZAR and NAZRAANA or NAJRAANA. are used very freq. in Hindi/Urdu. They are used with auxiliary vbs, e.g NAZR KARNA (to make an offering, to vow); NAZR RONA (to become a prey to) ~ The Persian idiom!, NAZR-O-NIAZ (Gits & offerings) is also. freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. NAFAR is used fre~. in HindifUrdu in \ the context of man as a numerative. l, NAJ!'AR liattl FAlSAL~ is a revenue term. Mg:settlement of land revenue or taxes made with each individual cultivator himself. The chane:;e in gen. is perhaps on the analogy of Hindi/ Urdu word: DADH KHAN which is fem. gen. & has the f1g: of Throbbing.

174 ~ 'i , (,NAFU( N) nn. Inf Nn; Masc; 1 \'IS'i) l''lase; Unmarked NAFA Sing; for No. in Hindi and Urdu (C;:2e; PT'oi' it; '.. fellare) :~ -; 0!",:;, Y"-.; :: ~..Jo.. Noun; Sing; Fem; Noun;FemjSingj plrl as per 118 tv. forms: NAFRATON (Nom) NAFRATEN(Accs) NAFtr(N),Nn.Inf. MascjSing (to be useful, beneficial, advantageous, use, avail benefit, advantage, profit, gain, good welfare) K~NF~(TUN)N.Inf. Synonym of NAFU j Fem; Sing; INTIFAA'u, Nn. Inf, of the Vb in the 8th formi Masci Sing (to make use, to employ,' use, employment,. utilization, etc) NAFUR & NIFAAR,Nns; I~; Masc; Uncount a ble; (to flee, run awayj to have an aversion, have a distaste, aversion) TANFEER,Nn.lnf;Masc Uncountable (estran gement,alienation, repulsion, deterren ce) TANAAFUR,Nn.Inf of Vb in II form; Masc Sing (mutual aversion or repulsion; disagreement) NAAFIR,Nn.AgntiMasc Sing (fleeing, fugi tive, shy~ fearful, timid, having ~n aversion. ) WNAAFA, which - is Nn.Inf of the Vb in the 3rd form in Arabic is freq. used in Hindi/Urdu in the same Ng. as that of NAFA, but MUNAAFA (In Arabic l'1unaa FATUN) is hardly used in Arabic. NAFRAT is - also used as Adj -' NAFRAT ANGEZ (this is a Persian' word ANGEZ Mg:Exciting aversion, disgusting, horrible, detestable, loathsome) NAFU and all its derived forms are freq. in Arabic in varying contexts. NAFRAT and all the other de - rived forms are freq. used in Arabic. NAFA is used with auxilia ry vbs, e.g. NAFA UTHANA (used always with the prefix SE) (to reap or make profit) ; l'1unaf A is also. used with similar vbs. The idiom NAFA- -O-NUQSAAN (both Arabic "lords) Mg. Profit and Loss is also used in Hindi/ Urdu. NAFRAT is used with the auxi- \,I liary vb. KARN A 1 NAFRAT KARNA \ (To feel averi:;ion or dis-, guest); this expression is always preceded by the prefix SE NAFA and 11UNAAFA }. have under-i, gone seman-d tic change; in the category of Restriction or Narro\'iing of Meaning for which ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes.

175 ~ ', ~ NAQD Nn.In!' (183) Masc; (cash Sing. coins; change) I Nn;Masc;Unmarked for Number NAQL Nn;Inf; Nn;Fem; ( 184)!-lasc; Sing. NAQAL Sing. in Hindi Urdu and NAKAL in Tamil (Carrying; translation; nosting (in an account book) assignment) -.- NAQD,Nn.lnf;Masc; Sing (topay in cash; to examine critic~lly; cash; money, specie; coins; change) NAQDI,Adj;Masc; Sing; \Monetary, pecuniary, numismatic; of coin; _cash) ; NAQQAD, Adj, Nn. of exaggeration, Masc; Sing (critic, reviewer); INTIQAAD;Nn. Inf of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sing (Objection, exception, criticism; censure, reproof, disapproval, review) NllQID,Nn.Agnt, Masc; Sing (critic); MINQAAD, Nn. of Instrument;Masc;. Sing (beak, bill of a bird) NAQLI;Adj;Masc; Sing (traditionary Traditional; of or pertaining to tran sport at ion) ; NAQLIYAAT,Nn.Plrl; Fem (transport ser vices; transporta- tion system);. NAQQAALA(TUN),Nn. TANQEED,Nn. - Inf of the Arabic Vb in, II form is freq. used in Hindi/Urdu in the Mg. of Criticism; it is sing; fem; in Urdu where as it is Sing Masc in Arabic NAQD is used in phrases of Hindi/Urdu such as NAKAD NAA-. RAIN (In hard cash); NAQDAA NAQD or NAQDAA NAQDI (prompt payment);naqd MAAL (Go.o d 0 r choice article or goods); NAQDI is also, freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. NAQLI is used in Hindi/Urdu as an Adj, un marked for gen. & No. It is commonly used seperate" ly and in com bination with the word ASLI NAQD and all its derived forms are freq used in Arabic in lit. and fig. J:Ileanings NAQL and all its derived forms are very freq. used in Arabic in'varying contexts. 'i75 NAQD is,used with - auxiliary vbs, such as DENA or PESH KARNA, etc; NAQD DAl1 RAHNA (To live a single life; to remain bachelor) NAQAL is mostly _ ubed with the Vb NAQL KAfu~A (To copy, to transcribe) It is also used with the Vb. UTAARNA: NAQL UTAARNA (To present an l-faqd hee' undere;one change in ca--tegory of Extension or widening of Meaning, for which ref our chapter on Semantic Ohanges; TANQEED is Fem in Urdu perhaps on the analogy of natv. words. NAQL & IN- TIQAL have undergone I::lemantic changes in "the category of Narrowing or Restriction of Meanin

176 , ---~ '10 '11 -~ contn of exaggeration; FemjSing (stretcher, ambulance) TANAQQUIL, Nn.lnf of the Vb in 5th Form; Masc; Sing (Change of locality; change of residence; travelling; transfer) INTIQAAL,Nn.lnf. of the Vb in 8th formj Masc;Sing; (Change of locality/residence; move, demise; death) ; MUNTAQIL,Nn.Agnt of INTlQAL; Masc Sing (ambulatory movable, mobile) NAQIL,Nn.Agnt ofo the Vb in primary form; Masc; Sing; (carrying, career, barrier, translator, copy -1st) MANQUL,Nn.Obj of the vb. in prima ry form; Masc; Sing (carried, conveyed, transported, transferred) (Mg: genuine); ASLI NAQLI - genuine &.. fake or true and false or real and imi tated, etc. Ref. this list for the word ASLI under ASL(9) INTIQAAL is used in the restricted mg: of demise MUNTAQIL is usedlin Urdu Lmore than in Hindi.. NAQLlk is a new coinage in Hindi (Mg: a mime, mimic, an actor, a jestor, a bufoon) NAQLIA is ; formed with NAQLI+IYA of Prak~rit ~nn Sanskrit. 176 exact replica of some thing) INTIQAAL ls81so used with the Vb KARNA. for which ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes; The above change has taken place in this word in Tam... ilalso. NAQL is also used in TAMIL (pronounced as NAKAL) as 9. NniSingiNeutel' gent Plrl as per Native forms: NAKALKAL. It is used only in the Mg. of Copy of a document or copy of any written matter.

177 ._ ~ ~ c:,,./ '1' ~ NAQSHA Noun Noun;I"IascjSing; - (TUN) of Flrl 8S per Na \'185) Unit tive forms: (Paint Fern; NAQSHON and NAinf:i Sing; QSHE (The Arabic Ins- Plrl 1"'UQUSH is cripltionj also used in figure) Urdu. NAQS Nn. Inf; Noun; Fem; (186) t1asc;l Sing NAGS/ Uncoun NUQG taple. or NlJ'LS in Hindi and Urdu " (Decreasej wantage; imperfect10n; i~eriority) F.AQSH, Nn. Inf, Uncountable, Masc; (to variegate, dapple, dd.mb with various colours, to chiste 1, sculpture, '. carve out, to engrave) NAQQASH,Nn.Agnt; Masc;Sing (Painter, sculptor) MINQASH & MIN -, QAASH, Nnjf1ascj Sing (chistel); 11UNAAQASHA(TUN) Nn.lnf of Vb in 3rd form; Fern; Sing (argument, controversy, debate, discussio~ NlQAASH, Nn. Inf; Masc; Sing (same 11gs. as of MUNA AQASHA) MANQUSH,Nn.Obj; Masc; Sing (Pain ted, engraved, sculptured) NUQSAAN,N.Infj11asc; Uncount able j. 1~Q9AAN & NAQS mean to decrease, become less, diminish, be diminished; to be deficient; decrease deficient; loss; da mage; 1rl~ntage; lack \-Iant; blank; omission. TANQ-EE$ & INQAA9,Nn In! of Vb in 2nd NAQSH AND NA- - QQ,ASH are fre quently used in Hindi/Urdu NUNAAQASHA is used only in Urdu. NAQSHA is also combined with the~persian word KASH to make the Nn. NAQSHA-KASH (f1g: a draught s man) It is unmarked for gen and sing. ) NUQS & NUQSAAN - & NAAQIS are allf freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. NAQAA'YIS (Plrl of NAQ-EESA) is used freq. in Urdu only. NAQSH and all it s derived forms are fr~q. used in Arabic. NAQS & NUQSAN & all its de rived forms are freq. used in Ara bic in varying contexts NAQ,SH & NAQSHA are used in Lit & Fig 11gs. (E.G) NAQSliAA' UTAARNA (To make a sketch of) i, NAQSHAA BIGAAR NA (To be spoiled; a plan or the like); NAQSHAA JAl'1AA NAA (To make a plan, to lay the foundation) NUQS & NUKSAN are used with different vbs. such as:nuqs NIKAALNA (To pick out defects or fanlts); NUQSAAN KARNA (To do harm or injury; to affect,injuriously; to destroy) 177 NAQSHA has undergone Widening or Extension of Meaning for which refer our Chapter on Semantic Changesj The change of gen of NAQSHA from Fem to Masc is perhaps on. the anal,o.ll' gy of natv. words Ref. our Cha~'" t er on Semantic Changes - Narrowing or Restriction of Mean"'ing with regard to NUQS The change in gen. of the word NUQS is perhaps on the analogy of Native words.

178 ~ 'I 'I ~ contn form & 4th formj Mascj Sing (to decree; diminish; lessen, etc);. INTIQAA$,Nn.lnf of vb in 8th formj Masc; Sing (Mg. same as above) MUNAAQA~A(TUN)Nn. Inf of Vb in 3rd form; Femj Sing (competition; to determine the lowest bidder, notice to bidders) NAQEESA( TUN) ; N Inf FemjSing (Plrl NA QAAYIS) (Mg: shortcomip.g, failing, fault, defect) NAAQIS,Nn.Agnt;Adj Masc;Singj(decreasing, diminishing, diminished, lowered defective, deficient, imperfect). NUQSAAN BHARNA (to bear a loss) NUQSAAN UTHANA (in the same mg. as above) 178 KAMI. NAZAR Nn. Inf (187) Masc j (See- Sing. ing;' PrOspect;,Percept ion j Philosophical speculation) Nn;FemjSingj. Plrl as per Natv forms: NAZRON & NAZREN; NAZAR is used as Adj in Hindi and as Adj. and Advb. in Urdu. Ref this list alph. under the word INTI ZAAR (81) for all the derived forms of NAZAR. NAZEER,NAZARI, NAZARIYAand MAN ZARIYA are all freq. used in Hindi/Urdu; NAZZARA is also used freq "in Hindi/Urdu;It is also used in natv plrl form: NAZAAREj NAZAR HAYA is a combination of NAZAR & all its derived forms are fre quently used in Arabic in vary ing con atexts. NAZAR is used with - Ref our chapa variety of Vbs,& ter on Seman Nnsto express dif tic changes _ ferent Mgs. such as, Widening or NAZAR ANDAAZ KARNA Extension of (to disregard, to Meaning for take no notice); the semantic NAZAR BAND HONA, changes of ' (To be under deten NAZAR. tion or arrest or The change of parole); gender is per"" NAZAR BHAR KAR DE- haps on the KENA (to stare analos7 of

179 ~ ~ ~ ~ 187 contn Arabic NAZAR & Prak rit HAYA (noun, sing - r1g: One "lho looks upon a thing or per son with a malignant eye; one who fixes a greedy eye upon a person) j NAZAR BAZ is a com~ bination with the Persian word BAS - Mg: an ogler, a jug gler, a thief catch ere 179 steadily and long at) CARON TARA]' NAZAR PEN KHNA (To cast glances around) NAZAR CURAANA (to steal looks at) NAZAR RAKHNA (to look uponj to have a watch ful eye on); NAZAR LAGAANA (to castb a malignant eye); As Ad... vb: NAZAR.MEN. (In sight of; in view) As Adj: NAZAR LAGA;"" Masc; Sing (that which has been viewed with a malignant eye); NAZARANDAAZ (unmarked for gen & No.) (disregarded, unnoticed); NAZAR is also used with vbs. (;I I RNA / NAZAR SE (;IIRNA (To be cast off by somebody, to fall from the favour of) native \-Tord NIGAA.H, which is feme in gender. QAABIL Nn Agnt Adjjunmark- - (188) " Masc ed for gen. (obste- Sing and number. tricianj susceptible; disposed) QABUL,Nn.Inf MascjSine;.:.. Ref this list under the word ffijq,aaba LA (171) for all the deri ved forms of QABUL; Q,AABILIYA(TUN) NnjFemjSingj (faculty,power,c~pacity, ability) QAABIL is used as a separate adj. & also in the Persi anised genitive forms such as: QAABIL-E-(;IHOWR (A matter worth being considered); QAABIL-E-TAREEF(A thing or person deserving praise) QAABILIYAT is also fre<t~ used in Hindi/Urdu. QAABIL QAABIL is used as a Nn & QAA- or as Adj: As Adj: BILIYA QAABIL AADMI (A capa C TUN) ble person); are QAABILIYAT is used. used only as Nn; Plrl as freq. per Natv forms:. in QAABILIYATON (NOM) Arabic QAABILIYATEN (ACCS) in varying contexts. Refer our Chapter on Semantic Changes - Widening or Extension of Meaning re: QAABIL

180 : 'I ~ ~ r>;"aj3l,)a Noun (,run) Inf l1.qbza Fem;. and Sing QADJA' :in Hindi and Urdu (18') ) (to seize, seizure) (A linear measure of 12.:- c.rn. (in' Egypt); haft ) Q,ADAl1 ('190 ) (to precede, B sten) (foot) Nn;Fem; & Masc; Sing Nn; liesc; Unmarl~ed for Number NnjMasc;Sing; - Plrl as per Natv forms: QAD.M'lON (Nom) QADA!'1EN(Accs) QABD, Nn.InfjMasc; Uncount able (Mean {ngs same as QABPA i.e to seize, take grab, c;ripp ine';, grasping; seizure, t eking possession, constipation) ; Q,AABID, Nn.Agnt, Masc; 'Sing (consti pationg; embarrassing; receiver, re ceipient, clamp, claw) ; MAQDUJ;l, Nn.Objj Masc;Sing (person under arrest), INQHIBAAp,Nn.Inf of the Vo in 7th form; Masc; Sing; (contraction, shriveling, shrin-; kage, oppression, anguish, anxiety) MIQBAP, Nn of Instrument, Maec; Sing (handle, knob, grip) QUDUM,Nn.InfjMasc; Uncountable \ to pre~ede, to arrive to come); QIDH, N; 11asc;Uncountable (time long since past, old times); QIDAM, as above; QADAAMA(TUN)N.Infj Fem; uncountable, (Old, ancient) This word is obsolete in Arabic. QABZ, QAABIZ - and HAQBUZ are all fre quently used in Hindi/Urdu. QAABIZ is used as an Adj unmarked for gen &No. It is used in the 11gs: of constipating receiver, clan, etc) QADEEMjIQDAAM _ & MUQADDflIA are all used very freq. in Hindi/Urdu; QADIM is used as an Adj. un marked for gen & No. IQDAAM is always used with auxiliary vbs. QABD & all its derived forms are used freq. in Arabic varying contexts. QABZ is used in combination with a variety of vbs. QABZA KARNA (To seize, to lay hold of); QABZA UTHAANA (To remove the hold of);. QABZE HEN LAANA (To bring into one's grasp or p6wer or po~ses-, sion) QADAl'1; QADAM is used QUDUM & mostly in fig. All the' language in derived the 11g.of steps j forms or measure, e.g~ of QUDUM QA DAM UTHANA., are freq QAD.~ is also used used in very refined Arabic e~ressions, as in Vary- in: QADAl'1RANJA ing con- F Aill'lAANA (To texts. take the trouble of going. IQDAAl1 & MUQADDIMA have undergone Shift or Transfe! of Neaning in for which ref. our chapter on Semantic ChanGes

181 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ contn QADEEl'1;Adj;l'1asc; Sing (old, ancient, Existing from time immemorial); IQDAAM,Nn.Inf of Vb, in 4th form; liasc;. Sing \to be bold, audacious, to embark boldly) ; l'1aqdam,nn.inf, synonym of QUDUl'1;l'1asc; Uncountable (advent, arrival) ; l'1iqdam1,adj ;Masc; Sing; (bold, audacious, daring, valiant, etc) ; TAQDEEl'1,Nn.lnf of Vb in 2nd form;masc; Sing; (Sending forward, sending off; presentation; submission) ; TAQDIl'1A(TUN):Nn Inf. synonym of TAQDIl'1; Fem;Sing (offer, bid, introduction, presentation) ; MUQADDAM, N. Obj of Vb in 2nd form;masc; Sing (put before, prefixed; anteceding) MUQ~DDIl'1r Nn Agnt of Vb in 3nd form; Masc; Sing; (offerer, tenderer, donor, etc); MUQADDII1A(TUN): feme of the above, Sing; (fore part, front, ' face, foreground, foremost rank or line, MUQADDIMA is. also used only in Urdu I Hindi with' auxiliary vbs. in a purely legal context. TAQDEEM, MUTAQADDIM & l'1itqaddam are used' only in' Urdu. IG.DllM is arso used only in Urdu. 181 QADAM BOSI (to kiss the feet); IQDAl'1 is used only in fig. Mg: to take action; it is mostly used with the vb. KAliNA; IQDAAMMAAT KIYA (he took actions); MUQADDIMA is used mostly. in legal context of a law suit I'Refer this list alph (171) for a detailed analysis of this word; QADEEM is combined with the Persian word TAREEN: QADEEM TAREEN; to indicate the superlative, i.e very ancient or oldest.

182 ~~ ' ~ ~ QADR Noun Adj;Adv; & (191 ) Inf; NnjSisngj QADAR Sing; Plrl as & KADAR Masc; per native in forms: Hindi/ QADRON(Nom) Urdu QADREN(Accs) (Mg: The Are-bic QADR: Plrl. Extent, 'AQDAAR is scope,. also used in quantity) Urdu only. QADAR: Fate,, Destiny) foreword; preamble) Ref. this list alph. for a detailed analysip of this word - (Ref 171); ffijtaqaddii1,nn. Agnt of the Vb in 5th form; 11asc; Singj (preceding antecedent, advan cingj aforesaid; senior) QADR,Nn, Inf;I1asc; Sing (to decree, ordain, decide); QADRA(TUN) ;Nn Int; Fem; Singe same mg. as above); I1AQDIRA(TUN),Nn; FemjSing (I1g:same as above); TAQDEER,Nn Inf of Vb,in II form; I1asc; Sing (estimation; evaluation; grading);, I1UQADDAR,N Obj, derived from TAQ DEER;I1asc;Sing; (Decreed, foreordained) ; IQTIDAAR,Nn Inf of Vb in 8th form;masc Sing; (might,power); MIQDAAR,Nn.lnf;Sing; (Measure,extent in space & time, sale, rate,' range). QUDRA( TUN) - pronounced as QUDRAT in Hindi/Urdu; TAQDEER & ffijq ADDAR are all freq. used in Hindi/Urdu; IQTIDAAR & ffij QDAAR are used only in Urdu. I1UQADD.AR is used as an Adj unmarked for Gen. & Number. QADR & all its derived forms are freo. Qsed in Arabic in varying contexts.. QADR is used in several Persianised combinat ions such as:qadr DAAN (knowing the 'VI'orth or value (of); appreciating) QADR-DANI(due regard to the vlorth (of); just apprecia tion of merit). BE-QADAR( \-forth less, insensible to merit); QADAR is also used with auxiliary vbs, e g QADAR KARNA, (to appreciate, to esteem); QADAR is also used as Adj & Interjection: IS KADAR WOH PARSEHAAN TR~ :.t... KE '182 The change of gen of: the word QADAR in Hindi/Urdu is perhaps on the analolgy of Arabic word QUDRAT, which is also freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu.,The change of category especially as Advl) and Interjection in Hindi/ Urdu is noteworthy.

183 , cont.n (he was UP$~t to the extent that. ) QAHT (-192) Mg: "r.'1 '! J.' tau~ ':'ne Noun, Inf; Masc; TT u.u.- countable Noun; Masc; Uncountable Freq. Used with auxiliary used in Vb PARNA - QAHT restric- PARNA {femine to ted Mgs: occur) of Want Also used as Adj: of Rain; (Unmarked) QAHT Femi ZADA - stricken ne; Lack with femine; Dearth. QAHT SAALI; Adj. (Unmarked) dearth, failure of haraest. QAID Noun (193) Inf; KAYTHI Masc; in Sing. Tamil (Mg: limit, restriction) Nn;Fem;Sing; Plrl as per native forms QAIDIYON (Nom) & (Accus) This is plrl of Attributive Nn: QAIDI; The Plrl of QAID is QAIDON(Nom).. QAIDEN(Acs) Nn,Unmarked for Gen. Sing; Plrl as per natv form: KAYTHI KAL. QAID, Nn.Inf; f1asc; Sing; (to bind, tie, to limit; to impose, restrictions) ; QUYD Plrl of the above; TAQYEED,Nn. Inf of It-he Vb in II. Form; Masc; Sing (fettered, tied down, confined) ; QIYAADA(TUN) Nn. Inf; Fern; Sing (to lead, to guide, leadership) ; QAIDI Nn.Of attribution, Masc, Sing, used also as Adj (registration,fees) MUQAYAD & QAIDI are very freq used in Hindi/Urdu; QUWD is used only in Urdu. QIYAADAT is also used only in Urdu - 0.AID and all its derived forms and QAI YAADAT and all its derived forms are very freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts. QAID and QAIDI and QIYAADAT are all used v.ii th a variety of Vbs. e. g '~AID BHARNA (or) QAID KAATNA (To undergo full term of imprison ment) ; QAID LAGAANA (To limit; to attach conditions) KAYTHI The change is used of Gen in as Nn & the word also as QAID in a VB in HindijUrdu Tamil is perhaps by suf- on the fixing analogy of the Vb native SEYTHAL words.

184 QJti1EE~ I... n/, '\ \ I -;"'r J 2 KAt"'lEES and KAl'1EEJ in Hindi/ Urdu (Shirt) QAANUN (195) KAA.NUN in Hindi/ Urdu (Rule, Law) QARAAR (196) (Seden tariness; steadi ness; consis tency) 3 Noun; Nn;r1a~c; Sing f M~r'~ J..taw\,.;, I'lrl as per Sing; native forms: QAMEEZON(Nom) QAMEEZEN(Accu) Noun; NniMasc;Unmark Masc; ed for Number - Sing Nn~Inf; Nn;Masc;Sing - 1iasc; Also as Advb Sing; 5 6 TAQMEES,Nn.lnf of the Vb'in 2nd form Masc;Sing (to clo-, the with a shirt); TAQAI'iMU9, Nn, Inf of the Vb in 5th form Masc;Sing (to put on or wear a shirt To be clothed, transmigration of souls) QAANUNI,Adj;Masc; Sing (legal, statutorj'; latjful, 1 valid) ; QAANUNAN, Accus. Np 0 f QAANUN us ed as Advb (by law; according to law; legally) " l' TA~ER,Nn.lnf of Vb in II formjl Masc;Sing (establishment; assi~nment, decision) IQRAAR,Nn.lnf of Ithe Vb in 4th formi Masc; Sing; (Settling, confir mation, confession, avowal, admission) MUQARAAR, Nn Obj of Vb in II form;masc Sing; (Established, fixed, stipulated, decreed) 7 QAANUNI is used as an unmarked Adj in'hindi/ Urdu; QAANUNAN is also used in Hindi/Urdu ~ TAQEER; IQRAAR & TAQARRUR are all used freq. in Hindi/Urdu TQREER is used as Fem Nn and in an entirely new mg. in Hindi/Urdu; MUQARRAR,ISTI QRAAR & QAARU RA are used only in Urdu. MUQARRAR is used in Urdu as an Adj.unmarked for Gen and number; 8 Used fl'eq. in the context of garments QAANUN,QAA :NUNI & QAA NUNAN are all freq. used in Arabic in legal con texts. QARAAR and all its de rived forms are freq. used in Arabic. 9 Used mostly with Vbs pertaining to' wearing, removing or changing of Shirts. QAANUN & QAANUNI are freq. used in Hindi/Urdu; QAANUNAAN is used more in Urdu than in Hindi QARAAR is used with auxiliary Vbs such as QA RAAR PAANA (to be or become se tled or fixed) TAQREER is usualry used with the Vbs HONA.or KARNA; IQRAAR is mostly used with Vb KARNA (To confess) QA.RAAR is also used with the Adj.BE QARAAR (unsettled,perturbed,disturbed) 11 TAQREER and TAQARRUR have undergone semantic changes; in the cate gory of Widening or Extension of tleaning and also in the category of Shift or Tran sfer of M.eaning, for which ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes.

185 r.; / ' ~ ~~ ':16 contn TAQARR1JR, Nn, Inf. But in some it is unmarked for QARAAR is of the Vb in 5th sentences Gen & No. The above also u::;ed in form;l'1asci Sine;j it does word is also u~ed as Tamil as an (to be fixed, settled, be appoin Gen,. Gueh as suffix 'I'; BE - Adj in the chanse in Advb by adding the Unmarked ted) l'1uqaalillara QARAARI - e. g BE Q).- follo\,ing Mg. ISTIQRAAR,Nn.lnf; CllliEZON PAT< RAARI SE WOH AAP KA Agreement; of the Vb in '10th BAllAS HOG:t INTIZAAR KAR RAHA certainty; form; Masc; Singj (The things LHAlj (he is waiting KARAAR NAAMAl (sedentariness, agreed upon' for you anxiously) (written agreement) ; settledness,stay, shall be BAA QARAARis the opposite of BE QARAAR KARAAR VILAI sojourn,constancy discussed) permanency) & it is also used (Fixed price) QAARURA(TUN),Nn. freq: ISKO BAA QARAR :l!'em; Sing (long RAKHNA HAl (This has necked, bottle) to remain as it is or statusquo has to be maintained) QARD (197 ) QARZ and KARJ In Hindi and Urdu (Loan, to write poetry )" Noun Infj Mascj Sing. Noun; t1asc; Sing IQTlRAkp,Nn.Inf of MAQRUZ is used _ the Vb in 8th form. commonly in Masc;Sing (to mise'hindi/urdu as as a loan); an Adj, unmark QAREED,Nn.l'1asc~ ed for Gen & SinG (Poetry) No. MAQRUD,Nn.Obj ;Mase QARZ is also Sing (one who is used in combi in debt); nation vjith INQIRAD,Nn.Inf of the Persian the Vb in 7th form word:daar Masc;Sing (to die QARZ DAAR as a out, gradual disappearance) synonym to MAQURZ (indebted);qarz DAAR is also further developed into the phraseqarz DAARI which is a vbl.nn(being in debt~indeb.. tedness). '185 QARD & QARZ is used with all auxiliary Vbs, its de e.g QARS ADA KARNA rived (to pay a debt) forms' QARZ UTHAANAA (to are contract or incur a freq. debt) used QARS CUKAANAA (Same in asqarz ADA KARNA) Arabic.

186 ~ ~ 'I I ~ QASAI1 Nn.lnf (198) Masc; KASAI1 Sing; in Hindi (Swear) QATL Noun (199) Inf; Q,ATAL Masc; and Un- KATAL counin table Hindi and Urdu (Killing) QISl'1 Nn.lnf; (200 "l'1ascj KISl'1 Sing.' (Part ; share; section; g~h~jt- NounjFemj Sing 'Noun; Masc; Uncountable Nn, Fem; Si- ng Plrl as per nat v forms: QISMON (Nom) QISI"1EN( Acc s) Arabic Flrl AQSAAl'1 is also used occasionally used in Hindi/ Urdu. IQSAp~,Nn.lnf of the Vb in L~th form; (To take an oath), swearj to adjure or entreat) QASAIiAlIj, Accuo. Nn j of QASAI'1, Mascj' Sing (usually followed by ~he word billahi (By God!) QAATIL,Nn.Agntj MascjSing (killer Assasin, murderer murdering) (fatal) MAQTUL,Nn.Obj and AdjjMascjSing (killed, slain) j QATEEL,Adj;Mascj Sing (killed in battlejcasuality) MAQTAL,N.InfjMasc Sing (murder, death, murderous batt le) j QITAAL,Nn Inf of Vb in 3rd form; Masc;Sing(fight, struggle,combat, battle) TAQSEEl'1,Nn.lnf of Vb in II formjmascj Sing (di vid ing, part'itionj division subdivision) j INQISAAl'1,.-Nn.lnf of the Vb in 7th formj l'1?sc'sing (to be dlvidedj to be broken upjseparated) QAATIL and f'laqtul are very freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu esp.' in Law Courts. TAQSEEl'1 & - QISl'1AT are very freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. INQISAAI1 & MUQASSAT1 are used only in Urdu Used ire quently in the context of 5I'lear ing or taking an oath. QATL and all 'its derived forms are very freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts. QISM and all its derived forms are very freq used in Arabic in varyinr-; contexts.,, Used with a variety of Vbs: QASM TORNA (To violate an oath) j QA AI'1DILAANAA (to administer an oath) QASAJ'I KHAANAA (to take an oath, to swear by) 186 QATAL is usualsy used with the Vb. KAfuT\fA - QATAL K.ARNA (To kill, slay) j QATAL is also used in a fig. sense as in: QATL-E-AAl'1 HO GAYAA (There was a magical effect by the presence of somebody) QISr-1 and QISI'1AT are construed with a variety of Vbs. e.g AAP KO KISI KISill~ KI PARESHANI NAHIN HOGI (you'll not be put to ar~ inconvenience) YEH KIS QISM KA AADMI HAl? (What sort of a man is he?)

187 ~- '1 2 1' ' contn QISMA(TUN);NjFem; Sing (dividing, division; share; lot; destiny; fate; foreordaine~ by god) MUQASSAM,Nn.Obj of Vb in II form;masc Sing (divided, partitioned;distributed) QISI1AT PALA'r J AAN.il (One I s. fortune to take an adverse turn) QISI1AT PAZMAANAA (to try one I s luck) QISMAT KA LIKHA (the writing or decree of fate). 0IST Nn.Inf; (201) Masc; KIST Sing. in Hindi and Urdu KISTHI or G-ESTHI in Tamil (Justice; fairness; eouity; share; allotment) Nn;Fem;Sing; Plrl as per Natv forms: QISTON(Nom) QISTEN(Accs) TAQSEET,Nn.Inf of - the Vb'in II form MascjSing (to pay in inst alments) ; IQSAAT,Nn.Inf of Vb in'4-th form; Masc;Sing (to act justly; in fairness; equitably) - QIST and TAQSIT & IQSAT' are all used ion Arabic in varying contexts QIST is used as a revenue term as well as in its simple Mg. of 'an inst alment ' ; As a revenue term it means a stipulated rate of and time of payment; a tax. QIST has under gone semant io change in the category of shift or tretl!: fer of meaning, for WhC1Ch refer our chapter on Semantic Changes; IN TAMIL, GESTHI IS USED ONLY IN THE MEANING OF LAND TAX j (unmarked foj: G-enj Plrl as per native form:gesthi KAL)

188 ~------~ ~ ~ ~ ',0 11 QUFL Noun; (202) Masc; (Lock) Sing; Noun; Masc; Sing QAFL,Nn.lnf;Mascj Uncountable (to. shut, close, to latch, lock up); QAFFAAL, Nn. of exaggeration; M~sc; Sing;(lock smi th); QUFUL,Nn. Inf; Masc; Uncountable; (to come home, come back, return) ; QAAFILA(TUN);Nn, FemjSing;(caravan, column, convoy) QAFILA is commonly used in Masc. gender. in Hindi/Urduj KULFI is popular ".lord in Hindi/Urdu; it is a case of m8tathesis be- cause the orieinal word is QUFLlj Platts mentions in his dictionary about KULFI as follows: A mould (for ice, jelly); a small saucer..,shapped earthen vessal; Plrl-KULFIYAN, a small saucer shaped earthen vessel filled with KHER (Which are com monly interchanged as pre sents by families between which a marriage is arranged from the first to 40th day. after Moharram.) QUFL and all the derived forms are commonly used in Arabic. QUFJ.. is used only in Urdu; It is also pronounced as QUFAL and KUFAL: KULFI is a most popular word in HindijUrdu; it refers to a variety of cottage icecream. KULFI is an instance of metathesis and it has undergone semantic changes in the ca-tegory of Widening or Extension of Meaning; for which refer our chapter on semantic changes.

189 ~ ~~ GUSOOH Nn.lnf; Nn;Masc;Uncountable MUQTASAR, and all Adj in combinations, of category TAQSEER, QUSOOR QUSOOR is used as The change (2(,3) He. se ; QASR and its derived QUSOOR MAND (at ",Iords 1ike:QUSOOR WAR or in the I'TUQASSIR are all forms fault, blameworthy); QUSOOR WAR freq. are BE QUSOOR \Gui1t1ess~ & QUSOOR used in freq. innocent) ; MAND is Hindi/ used It is also used with notewort~. Urdu in auxiliary vbs. like: Also Un- KUSOOH counand table. KASOOR in Hindi/ Urdu (Incapab:'li ty; inability) RABl Adjj 'DOO. Masc; 204 Sing (Spring, vernal season) Noun;Masc; Unmarked for number '.I:AQSEER.N Inf of Vb in II form; i"lase; Sing (short;ening, restriction, inability, slackness, laxity, negligence) i QUSAARAA, Nn of Superlative, Fem; (The utmost; the maximum) j QAASIR,N.Agnt, MascjSing (incapable, limited, restricted, confined, unable, he1p1essnes; parsimonious) ; MUQTA9AR,N.Objj of the Vb in the 6t~ form jf1asc; Sing (limited, restricted, con~ fuled) QASR,N.MascjSingj (Castle~ palace); MUQASSIR, N.Agnt; of'the Vb in II form; Masc; Sing;. (negligent,neg1ectful) RAB~U,N.Masc;Sing; RUBU & f1u (home, residence, RJiliBA are auarters) j used only RuB'U, N;Masc;Sing in Urd~ (Quarter, fourth part); t.-. MURABBAU,NjMasc; Sing. (fourfold, quad ~!PtPlfe~quadrangular Arabic in varying contexts. RABIU &,;he other derived forms are all freg. used in Arbabic. QUSOOR KARNA tto fall short of); QUSOOR BATLAANAA (to point out the fault of) Only RABI is used in Hindi/Urdu in. the meaning of spring season; it is also used in the context of agricultural harvest of the spring season.

190 ' , ~- 204 t205) Inf; (Return, Sing; Masc; resto ration, repulsion) Nounjr1ascj Unmarked for number. RABU a1so Inf; Masc; Sing (to sit; to squat) RADDA(TUN),Nn;Fem; Sing (ugliness;re7 verbe-ration;echo; bran) MARADD,Adv of placejmasc;sing(fact to which something is attributable,un derlying factor or reason) ; TARDEED,Nn.lnf of Vb in 2nd form; Masc;Sing (repetition, reiteration) TARADDUD,N.Inf of the Vb in 5th form Masc; Sing (freq. coming and going, frequentation, hesitation, indeci sion, wavering; reluctance) ; IRTIDAAD,Nn.lnf of the Vb in 8th form; Masc'; Sing; (retreat, withdrawal, retrogression, renuncia ' tion, desertion, apostary) ; ISTIRDAAD,Nn.Inf of the Vb in 10th fom Masc; Sing; (reclamation,recovery, retrieval, withdra-' wal) ; TARDEED, TARA- - DDUD & MARDUD are allfreq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. f1a.radd & ffijrtaad are used only in Urdu. TARDEED & TARA DDUD are used with aux. vbs. in Hindi/Urduo I1ARDUD is used as AQj. untmarked for gen and No. The persian form of rel.nn. RAADI is alsos used very freq. in Urdu only. as Nns unmarked for gen & No. liadd & all its derived forms are very freq. used in Arabic in varying contexts RADD is used withaux. vbs such as: and MARDUD RADD,RADDI RADD KARNA, (to have underreturn, refuse,. gone chan-. reject, oppose, ges in the frustrate, etc); ca-tegories MARDUD is used as' of Widening an Adj unmarked or Extension for gen & No. of Meaning; e.g MARDUD!ADMI and Shi1't (A contemptible or Transfer man, a worthless of Mean-ing, person) ;.for which RADDI is very ref. our commonly usedin chapter on Hindi/Urdu as a Semantic Nn. to desc:dbe Changes. any junk unwanted or waste papers: RADDI-KI-TOKRI (Waste paper basket); is a combination with the word TOKRI of Hindi/Urdu, -

191 191 ~ G ~ ' 11:::'::. ' contn RAFw Noun NnjMasc;Unmarked for (UN) Inf; (206) Masc; Number RABU Unin countable Hindi/ Urdu (to darn, mend) MARDUD,N.Objof Vb in Primary form; Masc;Sin~ (Yield, retur:q.( s), );. MURTADD,Nn.Agnt of the Vb in 8th form MascjSing (turncoat, renegade, apostate) Also used with the word CHAKKAR of Hindi/Urdu, i.e RAFU CHAKKAR (a deceitful person); it is also. used with verbs. - Used 'only in the Mg of darning of clothes. RAFU is used The expreswith aux. vb: sion RAFU- KARNA. CAKKAR is an.rafu-cakkar-men instance of '.A.ANAA or PAJAANAA shift or trais a sentence nsfer ot Meaconsisting of the ning in resphrase RAFUCAKKAR pect ot the and a Vb; Mg: to word RAFU, be taken in the. for which' meshes (of); to ref our be entangedj to chapter on. be lost in asto-. Semantic nishment. Changes RASI"1 (207) (drawing; trace; regula": tion; ceremony; formality) Nn.In! - Masc; Sing NnjFemj Sing;Plrl as per Native forms: RA8r10N (Nom) RASMEN (Accs) RABMI,AdjjMasc;Sing; (Official,formal,conventional,ceremonial, official,officeholder public servant); RASSAAM,AdjjMascjSing (draftsman,painter, artist) ; MARAASIM, Nn.Plrl, 'Pem; (Ceremonies, ceremonial, ritual; etiquette, customs, principles, regulations) ; MARSUM,Nn.Obj;Masc; Sing (drawn, traced, sketched; painted, RASl'1 is combined with ano ther Ara- mc word RAWAJ & the phrase: ~SM-OltAWAJ is commonly used in _ Hindi/Urdu. RASM & all its derived forms 'are freq. used in Ara-bic in Varying contexts. RABMi is used with vbs like: RASM HO JAANAA(To be marked out, be delineated, be sketched out); RASM PAR J AANAA 0 r CALNA (To act according to custom; to follow the custom or practice of)

192 ; Tt ~ contn RrJ:yA~Noun. (TUN) Inti (208) Fem; (Keep- Sing. ing, custo dy, change, consideration, regard, patronage) RISHWA Noun (TUN) Inti (209) FeIlt; (Bribery, Sing cor-. ruption, ' dishonesty) Nn;Fem;Sing; Flrl as per Natv forms: RIYAYATON _ (Nom) RIYAYATEN (Accus) Nn; Fem; Sing; Flrl as per Natv forms: RISHWATON (Nom) and. RISHWATEN - (Accus) painted, recorded, decreed, planned, ordered, decree, act,edict.' MURAiAA(TUN),Nn. Inf of Vb in III form ; Fem; Sing; (consideration, regard, compliance, or cib servance of re gulation, etc);. RArYA(TUN),Nn.Fem; Sing (citizens, subjects) ;. MARA'(N), Nn,Masc; Sing (grassland, grazing/land,. pasture) IRTISHAA,Nn.lnt of the Vb in 8th form Masc;' Sing ~ venality, corruptiqility, bribery, cor,ruption) RAIYAT, col~lective Nn; Fem; (Citisens, subjects) ; RIYAYATI, a Persian form of Rel Nn. Unmarked for Gen & No. in Hindi/Urdu; and is used as an Adj. RISHWATKHORI - is a phrase combining the Persian word ICHORI; Mg: taking of bribes. This phrase is commonly used in Hindi/ Urdu RIAYA (TUN) and all its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic in Vary ing con texts. RISHWAT (TUN) and IRTISHA are freq. used in Arabic in the context of, bribary, corruption,etc. RIYAYAT is used mostly with Vb: KARNA, RIYAYAT KARNA (To make observance of; b-e careful; pay regard to); RIYAYATI DAAM (Aconcessional price) RISIPJAT is nor-' mally used with the auxiliary' vb. KHARNA or LENA: Mg to accept a bribe.

193 '---~~ RIWAAJ (2'10) (Circu lation, marketabilitv. safa':' bility) Noun; Masc; Sing; Plrl. as per Natv forms: RnJAAJON (Nom) RI1:1AAJEN' (Accus) Noun Infi Masc; Uncountable SL4F Nn.Agnt Adj & Advb t 2'! 1) Masc; UID\arked ('.;~ear, Sing; for Gen & L:'~pid, No. S)"er, Ul ilut,, L '!ul- :- _ r.ted) RAAIJ,Nn.Agnt,Masc; Sing (circulating, current, universal, common, marketable) ~ARw~EJ,Nn.Inf of Vb in II formjmasc; Sing (spreading, propogation, circulation, sale) SAFW(UN),Nn, In:f, Nasc,Uncountable, (clarity, limpidity, sheerness, happiness, de-. light) j ~AFA(UN),Nn.Inf, l"lasc juncountable Synonym to SAFW(UN) SAFEE,AdjjMascjSing; tclear, limpid,pure,. sheer) j 9AFWA(TUN),superla ive AdjjFemjPlrl. (the best or choicest, prime,crealil, flower, quintessence) TASFIYA(TUN)Nn.Inf of Vb-in 2nd form; Fem; RAIJ & 1'AR \oieej are commonly used in Hindi/Urdu REET-O-RIW AAJ is a combination of Hindi/Urdu word REET with RIWAAJ (customs & traditions); MURAWWAAJ is Nn Obj of Vb in II form; and is com monly used in Hindi/Urdu' in the Mg:Customar,i' Populary, known or i:p. use. SAFA & TASFIYA - are freq. used in Hindi/Urdu; The Persian form of Rel Nn.SAFAA YI is alsb freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. It is used as Adv. SAF-SAAF is also oft repeated phrase in Advb. RIWAAJ and all its de rived forms are freq. used in Arabic. RIWAAJ is used - with a variety of Vbs:e.g RIW AAJ PAANAA (To obtain cur "rency, to be customary) ; RIWAAJ parnaa (to become current or cus tomary);. RIWAAJ P AKARNAA (To gain cur-, rency). ~AAF,f)AFW SAAF is used _ UN and v!ith a variety. all lthe of Vbsj e.g other de- SAAF CUTNAA rived (To get clean forms are off, to be freq. used liberated or in Arabic acquitted); in Varying SAAF KARNAA.contexts. (to clean); SAAF RAHNA (to be pure or clean) SAAF!CAR DENA (to clear. away) SAAF is also used as Adj: SAA]' DIL(Pure hearted),-;; ;/ The use of RIWAAJ is in Plrl forms in Hindi/Urdu whereas it is uncountable in Arabic. SAAF has unde -r gone seman tic changes in the category of \fiden ing or Extension of Meaning fo r \'1hich ref. our chapter on Semantic Changes.

194 ~ ' ' '11. can tn SAHIB Noun '(212) Agnt; a:so Mas'c; SlLAB Sing SAYEE in Hindi U~du: SAY.A.BU and S.ABU in TAMIL (Compa-. nionj IT'end; o'v'n.~.:--; '.. ~: C'23sor Adj j Masc'j Sing j Fem:SAHIBAA which is o:dginally SAHI BAA(TUN) in Arabic: Plrl as per Na-tv forms: SARIBO and SARIBAN. Arabic Plrl. ASHAB is also used in Urdu Singj(clarification)j Clearance, filtering; elimination; settlement; straightening out; adjustment; liquida dion;. clearance sale j settlement of accounts) ; MISFAA(TUN),Nn of Instrument; Fem; Sing (strainer, calander, filter, strainer cloth, sieve, refinery;. purification plant') ; MUSAAFAA(TUN)jNn.Inf of'vb in II forid;fem; Sing (cordiality, har many, good will, sincere, attitude or dis position) SUHBA(JUN) N.lnf;Fem; Uncountable (friendship; companionship; comradeship; association; intercourse; friends, companions, comrades).; MUSAHABA(TUN), N.lnf; of~t:hevb in III form FemjSing (to"accompany, accompanying) SUHBA(TUN) - is used in Urdu more than in Hindi and is pronoun ced as SUHBAT SAFAAYI is also freq used in Hindi/Urdu as an Advb: SAFAAYI~ SE-REHNA (to live clearly) ; It is also used as Nn; SAFAAYI.PESH KARNA (To make a clear breast of) SAAHIB & SUH BA(TUN) are used J very freq.in Arabic; but only in the restricted Me; of friend, Owner,mas ter and accompanying. SAHIB is put to - multiple uses in Hindi/Urdu; its most freq. usage is as an honorific, irrespective of the religions community and it i6 equivalent to Mr. It is always used as a suffilx to a name, e.g J:"lANAtrER SAAlIIB (Mr Manager); It is also used in Arabic & Persians form of genitive phrase 194 SAHIB has undergone Restriction or Narrowing of Meaning for which ref: our chapter on Semant"ic Changes; SUHBAT in Urdu has had a shift in Meaning for which also refer our chapter on Semantic chanq7es

195 195, _._ ~ r ~ ~ contn Noun 3) subs ~i tance;.masc; ~A.N Sing. '.:di/ iu '.)wl,. :.;h, c;te) Nn;MascjPlrl as per Natv forms: SRANON (Nom) SRANEN(Accs) SHAN is used mostly in the phrase:rahan SHAN (Style of living) It is a combination. of Hindi/ Urdu word RA.HAN (Living) Used only in limitedcontexts referring to: Bowl, dish or court,yard Patis,etc. SAHIH-E-GHARAZ (an opportunet ) SAHIH-E-NA~AR (a perbon with insigh~); SAHIB-E-IKHTIYAAR la man with full powers, administr~tive" etc); In some Hindi dialects SAHIB also means,god; SUHBAT is used morei in Urdu ~han in Hindi and it is used in two diffe rent meanings: 1.'to be in:the company of some one: SUHBAT MEN RAHNAj 2. to have sexual intercourse; SURAT KABNA In TAI1IL SAYABU or SABU denotes a muslim gentleman; it is also used in Tamil plrl. form SAYABU KAL. Among Tamil Muslims it is also an honorific or title of courtesy as in Hindi/Urdu. Used frequently, especially in the expressi.on RAHAN SAHAN

196 ' ""': : :; ' _. SALAAH '\21L~ ;- (Goodness; rightness) Noun Inf; Masc; Uncountable Noun; Fem; Un-"" SALAA.B:IYA( TUN); Nn. Inf; SALAAHIYAT,- SALAH and countable Fern; Sing (suitability MASLAHAT & all its Fitness; Aptness; Effi SUl,AH are derived ciency; Practicability all freq. forms are Usefulness; Serviceabi- used in ireq.used lity; proper or work- Hindi/Urduj in Arabic ing condition; validi- ISLAH & ISty; applicability) TILAH ax'e contexts. in varying MASLAHA(TUN),Nn.lnf. used only Fern; Sing (Matter, aff- in Urdu; air, requirement, exi- Note: The gency, that which is change in be~cial, helplful or the spelpromoting; advantage; lings and benefit, int erest, good pronunciawelfarej office, autho tion of the rity, department) first three TASLEEH,Nn.lnf of Vb words; in II form; NascjSing; SALAAHIYAT (Restoration, mending, & MASLAHAT fixing, overhauling, are also repair, improvement); used in SULH Nn Inf, Masc; Un- Plrl forms. countable, (peace, set as.per natlement, reconcilia-,tive plrls. t ion, compromise); SALAAHlrATON ISLAH,Nn.Infoi Vb in (Nom); 4th formjmasc;sing SALAAHIYATEN (restoration" repara- (Accus) tion, repair, renova- MASLAHATON tion, reformation, (Nom); re form, reclamation, MASLAHATEN peacemaking between); (Accs) ISTILAAH,Nn.Inf of Vb in 8th form;masc;sing; (agreemen~,convention, practice, usage, technical term) SALAH is used with - the following Vbs: SALAH KARNA (t 0 have consultation with);. SALAH LENA (kto take the advice of) SALAH PAR CALNA (to ac~according to the advice of); SULAH is mostly used with the Vb. KARNA, SULAn KARNA ( to have peace or truce) I. SALAAHIYAT is used as a Nn separately. and also as Adj. by adding the Per-. sian prefix: BAA: BA SALAAHIYAT AADMI (A person of ability, competence). SALAH has undergone extension of meaning for which refer our chapter on Semantic Clianges.

197 ~ ~ ~ ~-----~. SANA Advbj (TUN) ]'emi (215) Sing; In Hindi/ Urdu (Year) Advb; Unmarked - for Geni Sine;; PIrl only in one native form:sanon SEHHA 'Nn.In! NniFemjSingj (TUN) Fem;. Plrl as per (216) Uncoun Natv forms: (Heal- table. SEHATON(Nom) th; SEHATEN(Accs) Truth; legal; validity) '.' SANAWI,Adj; Masc; Sing; (annual, yearly) Used only in the contracted form: SAN SE~IjAdj;Masc; SAHEEH is Sing (healthy, used very sanitary, hy- commonly gienic); in Hindi/ SAf EHiAdjiMasci Urdu and Sing thealthy, is prowell, sound, com nounced plete, integral,- as SAHI perfect, \vho Ie, entire, right, correct, proper, true, veritable, actual, real, authent ic, ge- nuine, reliable, credible, valid), Both SANA (TUN) and SANAWI are used freq. in Arabic SERRAT, SEmn.and SAHEEH are all used freq in Arabic inyvarying contexts. Used very freq. in reference to the mentioning,of an j year; this word pre cedes the year,i.e. it isu used in genitive phrase, similar. to th~ pattern prevalent in Arabic, e.g SAN 1950; " SEHAT is used with vbs.like PAANAA; SEHAT ~AANA (to be.restored tohea;tth to recover from sickness); It is also used as Advb: SEHAT-SE (Soundly, well, correctly, accurately) ; SARI is used very freq. in everyday speech of Hindi/Urdu It is used as an expletive withoutrefe rence to Gen, No., ' place and person. It is thus equivalent to the English words: Yea; Verily; indeed; true enough;. forsooth; just SOi very well; so be it; let it be; pray; please; often; added to the part ice, To'.- AAO TO SAHI (Just come then); KHOLO TO S.AHEE "(pray open)

198 ~ ' ~~ ~---~---- SHA~N Noun (217) Sub SHAN ject j in Masc; Hindi/Sing. Urdu (flatter; Character; Significance; Rank) SHABAR Noun 08) Inf; M!iiscj (Re- S~ng. semblance; anal tr--ej brass) Noun; Fem; 'Unmarked, for Number Noun; Fem; Unmarked for No. - SRUBHA ( TUN) j Nn j SRUBHA and tlush,- Fem;Sing (obscu- AABIH are used rity)(v?gueness, frea. in Hindi/- uncertaj..nty) j Urdu; The Inf. (doubt, suspicion, Nn of MUSHAABIH spacious argument) i.e tlushaabaha SHABEEH,Adj;tlascjl (TUN) is also Sing (similar to, used in Hindi/ like,resembling)j Urdu and it is TASHBEEH,Nn.lnf of pronounced as Vb in II formjtlasc MUSHAABAHAT; Sing (co~parisonj TASHBEEH and allegory, smile, MUSHTABAH are parable); more used in TASHAABUH,Nn Inf of Urdu than in Vb in 6th formj tlasc Hindi. sing; (resemblance, similarity, likeness indistinctness, obscurity);, MUSHAABIH,Nn.Agnt of Vb in 8th form;masc; Sing, (sue.;!picious,sub pect) ; Used in Persia- - Used mostly Used mostly as - nised, Adjvl ph- in genitival Adj unmarked rase; SHAANDAAR phrases such for gender and (St&~tely,grand, as: MA SHANU Number. pompous, splen- KA (What is did, a person, the matter of staus and with you?} dignity); WIZAARATUSH SHAN-O-SliAUKAT SRUOON AL is another Adjvl KHAARIJIYA phrase consisting (tlinistry of of another Arabic External word (Great state Affairs) pomp, splendo'lr, magnificence) SHABAR and all its de rived forms are freqo used in Arabic in varying contexts. SRUBHA also pro - nounced as SHUBA is used with aux. vbs like KARNA SHUBA KARNA (to suspec~);tlushaa BIH is used as an Adj unmarked for Gen & No. TASHBEEH is used in Urdu with the vb. DENA -TASHBIH DENA (to compare); MUSHAABAHAT is used as a Fem.Nn unmarked for No. SHABAR, is rarely is used in Hindi/ Urdu SHUBA has had change of 1-:8 gen. in Hindi/ Urdu perhaps on th analogy of natv words of similar endin~s being M.3SCj SHARAH is used in Fem in Hindi/ Urdu perhapl on the ana-' logy of a the word MUSHABAHAT

199 199 ' ~ ~------~ '\ ~ 218 contn MASHBUH, Nn.Obj j of Vb in Primary formj Masc; Sing (suspici~ ous, suspect, dubious, doubtful; notorious). SH.A.KX Noun (219) Inf; i'1asc (Doubt Sing Undoub tedly; positively). Nn,MascjIt is made in to Plrl by adding the word BAHOT (mg: Many) Also Na-tv plrl forms SHAKKON (Nom) ; SHAKKEN (Accus) TASHKEEK,N,Infj of Vb in IIform MascjSing (to cause doubt); TASHAKKUK, l~. Inf of Vb in 5th form;mascjsing; (to have dovbts to be skepticad f1ashkuk, Nn.Obj. of Vb in primary form; Nascj Sing; (doubtful, dubious, uncertain) SHAKK anq MASH KUK are used very freq in Hindi/Urdu. NASHKUKis '\..Bed as an Adj unmarked for Gen & No. SHAKK is also used as Advb. by adding the Persian form of prefix of the Negative, i.e BEj BE-SHAKK (undoubtedly) ; It is also used in Adjvl form; SHAKKI (which is Perisan form of Rel.Nn.)(one who inclines to doubt everything)-unmarked for Gen &. No. SHAKK and all its' derived forms are very freq used in Arabic. SHAKK is used with - a variety of vbs: SHAKK PARNA (to enterta~n a doubt, to feel doubtful); SHAKK MEN DAALNAA (t'o cast a doubt upon; to call into question) ; SHAKK DUR KARNA or SHAKK MITAANAA or SHAKK NIKAALNAA (to remove doubt); BESHAKK is also freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. e.g BE SHAKK AAP f1alum KARSAKTE RAIN (undoubtedly you can ask) The use of SHAKK in Advbl. forl'h isan innova tion of Pe t sin which has gained wide curretj cy in Hind: Urdu.

200 ~ ~ ~ '" ",0. ',', ~ bhamil Noun. (220) Agnt (Con- Masc tain- Sing ing; comprehending; including) SHARAAB Nn; (22'1) Masc; (Beve- Sing rage; fruit j~ice; sherbet) Nn;Unmarked for gender. and number; Also used as Adj and Advb. Nn; Fem; Sing; Plrl as per Natv forms: SHARAABON (Nom), SHARAABEN (Accus) - SHUMUL,Nn.Inf of the Vb in primary form;mascjuncountable (to contain,comprise comprehend; ) ; SHAML,Nn.Inf. as above (uniting, gathering, concentration,unity union) ; I"lUSHTAMIL,Nn. Agnt of Vb in 8th form;masc; Sing; (comprising, cont aining, inc 1 ud in~;) ; SHUMULIA(TUN) Nn. Inf of the vb in Primary form (Mg. same as SHUMUL) SHIMAAL, Nn; Masc.; Uncountable (North, Northwind, lefthand, left side; left) SHIMAALI,Adj;Masc Sing (northern, nott~erly, north, situated on the left) SHURB,Nn.Inf;Masc Uncountable (to drink, to sip) SHARBA(TUN)jNn; Fem;Sing(drink, sip, draught, swallow, dose" potion, laxat1ve, ~urgative) SHAAMIL and MUSH - TAMIL are very freq used in Hindi/ Urdu as Adjs. lunmarked for Gen and No. ; SHUMULIYA(TUN).. is.used only in Urdu and it is pronounced as SHUMULIYAT It is used as a Nn.B'emj Unmarked for No; SHIMAAL and SHIMAA LI are also used in Urdu SHARAB & SHARBAT are very freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. SHARAB is also combined with Persian rei. Nn KHAANA; SHARAB KHAANA (A place where liquor is sold,..a tavern, A. d i... s.til.lay'vl SHAAMIL, SHUMUL & all the derived forms of SHUMUL are very freq. used in Arabic. SHARAB, SHURE & all the derived forms are used freg in Araoic. SHAAMIL is normally used with the Vb KARNA; SHAAMIL KARNA (to include); SHAAMIL is used as an Adj or Advb in the phrase: SH.AA.MIL -E-HAAL; or SHAAMIL HAAL (en compassing or comprising the condition or circumstances) SHARAB is used - with auxiliary verbs.. 'SHARAAB ha S had a s ;" t-ic change in Hindi/ Urdu in the category of Shift or Transfer of Meaning,

201 ; ; ~ 22'1 contn SHARAF Nn.Inf -. (222) Masc; (High Uncoun rank, table' distinction; honour) Nn;Masc; Uncountable MASHRUB,Nn.Objj of Vb in primary form; Masc; Sing (drink, beve... rage, alcoholic beverages) - SHARAAFA(TUN);~nj InfjFemjUncountable (to be highborn, highbred, noble) TASHREEF,Nn.Inf of Vb in II formjl Masc;Sing (to honour, erl~oble, exalt, raise to'listinction, honour) j ISHRAAF,Nn.Inf of Vb in 4th formjmascjsing (to supervise, supervision, Superintendenc~, control, patronage, auspices) SHARAAB KHW AAR is another Persianised com bination Mg:Winedrinking; a winebibber; a drunkard; Theword SHARAABOR which is commonly used in Hindi/Urdu is perhaps SHARAB + Sanskrit SARV+KE +WOD _ I~ is an adj. un-' marked for Gen & No (w.etthrough, dripping, wet, soused, drenched) SHARAABI is the Persians form of rel. Nn which is also very freq. used in Hindi/ Urdu. It is used as an Adj. unmark ed for Gen & No. SHARAF,SHARAFAT, SHAREEF & TASHREEF are all freq. used in Hindi/Urdu. _ SHARAF & all its derived forms are freq. used in Arabdic in vf'ry ing con texts. SHARAF, SHARAF AT.& TASHREEF are all popularly used in Hindi/Urdu. SHARAF is used as ann; Masc; Unmark ed for No. e.g MERE LIYE SHARAF KI BAAT HAl (It is a matter of pride for me ) SHARAAFAT is used as NnjFemjUnmarked for NOjAAP KI SHA- RAFAT HAl KE AAP NE

202 _ contn SliARAARA Nn.lnf (TUN) Fem; (223) Sisng. SHARAARAT This in Hindi/ vlord Urdu is 0050 (Bad; lete evil) in. Arabic The word in use, is SHARR But SHARAA RATUN Nn; i,c;em; Sing as per na 'tv forms ~HARAARA TON (Nom) SHARAARA TEN (Accs) MUSHRIF,Nn.Agnt; of ISHRAF;Masc;' Sing;(su~ervisor, Overseer) ; SHAREEF,Adj;Masc; _ Sing (distinguished, eminent, illustrious, noble, highbotn, high-bred,. honored; celebrated, sublime, exalted, august, honorable, respect able; honest,. Sherif, title of 'the descendants of Mohammed, title of of the Governor of Macca in Ottoman times; SHURFA(TUN),Nn;Fem Sing (balcony, bal cony lodge; Battle ment), SHARR,Nn Inf;Masc; Sing (to be bad, evil, wicked, vicious, malignant, SHIRRA( TUN) Nn. Inf;Fem;Uncountablej (Mg. same as above) ; SHAREER,AdjjMascj Sing (b ad, evil, wicked, very vicious, very mala cious, scoundrel),shlreer, Adj;Masc Sing (Mg: same as above) 202 SACH BOLA (rt is your nobility'or good naturedness that you. have spoken the truth); TA,SHREEF is invariably used '",ith 'the Vb LAANAA e:g TASHREEF LAAIYIE (Please come, 'please give us the honour of your presence).. SHARR, SHARAARAT SHARR; SHARAARAT is usually & SHAREER are SHIRRA used with the Vb all freq. used (TUN)!CARNA (SHARAAR;AT KARNA in Hindi/Urdu; SHARIR - to do mischi~f); SHARR is used & SHIR It is also use~ as in combination REER are Advb. by suffixing SE with Hindi/Urdu al freo. SHARAARAT SE (Wickedly, word PASAND; used in mischievously) ~ SHARR PASAND: the con The Arabic accusative (a mischief text of noun S}UUUARATAN is maker or trouble evil, also used in Hindi/ seeker)jlt is misdief Urdu as Adverb. use as Adj. un- etc. marked for Gen & SHARAA- No. RA(TUN) SHARAARAT is used only used with Persi- in the Mg sian form of Rel of Spark Nn SHARAARA~I, or ignition lig... s.am..e. as

203 :~ ~ '\ '10 ' contn is very much in use in Arabic in the Mg of Spark, or igni tion. SHARP Noun (224) Int; Masc; (Incision) Sing. (Pre condition; stipulation) SHIKAA- Noun YA(TUN) Int; (225). Fem; SHIKA- Sing YAT in Hindi! Urdu \ (Complaint; grievance) NouniMasc; Sing;Plrl. as per native forms SHARTON (Nom) SHARTEN (Accus) The Arabic Plrl SHURUT is also used in Hindi!Urdu Nn;Fem;SinE';; Plrl as per Natv. forms: SHIKAAYA'I.'ON (Nom) and SHIKAAYATEN (Accus) ISHTIRAAT,Nn, Int of "the Vb in 8th form; Masc;Sing (to impose as a condi tion, condition, proviso, 5"tipu1ation) ; MASHRUT,Nn.Obj of the'vb j.n Primary form;. Masc; Sing (that which has been made a condition) SHARR PASAND. It is used as Adj unmarked for Gen & No. SHAREER is also used as. Adj unmarked for'gen e:. No. MASHRUT Is used--shart and only in Urdu. all its SHART is inva- derived riably used forms are with Persian freq. prepositional used in prefix BA: Arabic. BASHART (On the condition t~at. ) SHART is used with a variety of vbs: SHART LAGAANAA or SHART BAANDHNAA (To make a condition) ; SHART AA SHARTI KARNA (to enter into mutual obligations) SHAKWM.;T,Nn.Inf; In Hindi/Urdu - SHIKAAYA SHIK.A.AYAT is Masc,Sing (comp-. the word SHIKWA (TUN) and mostly used with laint, accusation,is very commonly all its the Vb KARNA; suffering, grie- used. It is a derived. 9HIKAAYAT KARNA vance); \ distortion of forms (to complaint) SHIKAYA(TUN)Nn. 'SHAKWA; SHIKAYAT are very' SHlKAAYAT DUR Int;Fem;Sing (sy- is also freq. freq. KARNA (to remove nonym to SHAK~A- used in Hindi! used in the cause of comp- TUN) : ' Urdu Arabic. 1 airit ) SHAKIN,Nn.Agnt of SHIKWA is used only Vb in primary form; in poetic language Masc;Sing (complaint, to indicate the year- Plaintiff); nings of a beloved 203

204 SHOWQ Nn. Infj NnjMascj (226) Mascj unmarked Also Sing for No. SHOK in Hindi/ Urdu (Longing; yearning) MUSHTAKIN, Nn.Agnt of Vb in 8th form (Masc;Sing)(complaint, plaintiff). TASHWEEQ,Rn.Inf of - Vb in II formj I"lasc Sing \arousing de~ sire, of longing, fascination, thril ling, awakening of excitement, of eagerness) ; TASIHfifJUQ, Nn In! d of Vb in 5th form; MascjSing (longing yearning, desire, inclination, carving, eagerness); ISHTIYAAQ, Nn.ln.f; of the Vb in 8th form; Masc; Sing; (longing, yearning ~raving, desirous, covetous) j MUSHAW,lIQ, Nn.Ag-nt, of Vb in II form; Mascj Sing (arousing desire or longing; thrilling exciting, fascinating, absorbing, stimulating, stirring, attractive, interesting) ISTIYAAQ and - MUSHTAAQ are freq used in Hiudi/Urdu. SHOWQ is also used in the Persian form of ReI Nn SHOWQlxA (Amorous, loving, the part of an euistle which follov:s the complimen t ary address) It is used as Adj j unmarked for Gen & No. SH~UG"EEN is also freq used in Hindi/Urdu. It is a comdination of SHAUQ+ IN zend affix resembling AENA of Sanokri t. It is used as Adj. unmarked for Gen & No. in the same mg. as of SHOWQIYA. SHOWQ is also com bined with Arabic word ZAUQ to make the phrase SHAUQ- SHOWQ and its derived foi}l1s are all freq. used in Ar-abic. (yearnings expressed through complaints) SHOWQ & ISHTIYAAQ are used... Ii th auxi liary vbs. MUSHTAAQ is used. as an Adj. -unmarked for Gen & No.

205 , ;; ~O----~~-----, ~ ~ contn ZAUQ (Pleasure, delight etc) j SHOWQ.-SE is an Advb (with pleasu:t'e) is an Advb used commonly in Hindi/ Urdu. ~05 SHUHRA. Noun (TUN) Inf (227) Fern; SHUHRAT Unin coun Hindi table Urdu (Repute, reputa": tion, fame, famousness,' Noun; Femj Uncountable TASHHEER,Nn.Inf. SHUHRAT, ISH - SHUHRA(TUN) of Vb in I I form TIllAR & l'1a- and all its l'1asc;sing (to SHHUR are derived fomake ".rell known, all freq. rms are famous, to defame, used in Hindi/used freq. Slander, revite Urduj in Arabic in publicaly); SHUHRAT is also varying l1usllaara(tun) Nn, used in Plrl in contexts Inf of Vb in III Natv. forms: form;fem;sing SHUHRATON(Nom); (monthly payments) SHUHRAATEN(Accs)j ISHHAAR,Nn.Inf of ISHTIHAAR is also Vb in 4th form; used in Arabic l"lascjsin(;j(announ- Plrl form:ishtlhaa cement, proclama- RAAT. It is used tion, declaration) in the following ISHTIHAAR,Nn.Inf native Plrl forms of Vb in 8th form also:ishtihaaron MascjSing (repute, (Nom) I8HTIHAAREN reputation, renoun (Accs); fame, celebrity, MASHHUR is used notority); as an Adjj unmark, MASHHUR,Nn.Obj of ed for Geri & No. Vb in pri'mary form TASHHEER is used. Masc;Singj lwell- only in Urdu in known, famous, ce- the Mg of defamalebrated, notorious, ill-reputed, accepted, estabj ished) tion. SHUHRAT ic used - wi th a varielty of Vbs: SHUHRAT RAIDAA KARNA (To acquire a reputation for); SHUHRAT DENA (to. give publ,icity to); \ SHUHRAT is a1::;0 used in the phrace: SHUHRA-E-AFAAQ (world widr celebi:"ity>~ The second word AJ!'AAQ is a ~so Arab ic. ISHTIHAAR has undergone shift or trandfer of meaningj for which refer 0\1:' chapter 011 Semantic Changes.

206 M ~ contn SHUmr Noun (228) In.f; (Begin Masc; nine; Unstart; councomm~n table cement; inception; attempt; plan; try), SIRF t229) Also STRAF & SIRAP in Hindi/ Urdu (pure, unmiexed, mere, sheer, absolute) Masc; Uncoun-. table Used as Adj & Advb. Nn;MascjSing; Plrl in only one form: SHURUAAT, \-lhich appears to be on the pattern of Arabic Plrl. but this word has ;no Plrl in Arabic. Adj & Advb; Masc; Uncountable; SHAHR, NnjMasc; Sing; (new moon; month); SHAH-HI; Adj ; Masc; Sing (monthly mensal) SHARIA(TUN);NnjFemj Sing (the Canonical Law of Islam; water hole) i TASHREE,Nn Inf of Vb in 2nd forffiimascj Sing (legislation) SHURU & SHU RUAAT are freq used in Hindi/Urdu SHAREEAT and TASHRI are only used by Muslims in Urdu and all other langua Ges of India. SHURU-SE is a phrase often used in Hindi/ Urdu (from the beginning) - SARF, Nn. Inf of Vb in SARF,I1ASRUF - primary formjmasc; & SARRAF are Sing; (to turna away); all freq. (to spend; expend used in Hindi/ money, issue, issuan- Urdu; ce); TASARRUF is TASARRUF;Nn'Inf of Vb used only in in 5th form; Masc;, Urdu' Sing (to act indepen- MASRUF is aldentl:r, free disposal,. so extended behav10ur, conduct); into an inf ~Ai?REEF, Nn Inf of"yb noun as fol~ 1n II form; MaSCjS1ng lows:masrufi (Dr~wing off of wate:, YAT (Sing); dra1nage, sale, reta1l'masrufiyat d~sposal, idistribu- (Plrl); the t~on, qhange,.altera- native forms t10n,. 1n.flec't10n, dec- are also in 1 ens.l;orn:); SHURU and all its derived forms are. freq. used in Arabic. SIRF,SARF and all derived forms are freq.used in Arabic in varying contexts. SHURUism mostly - used \-Ii th the Vb KARNA: SHURU KARNA - to begin; SHURUAAT KARNA is also freq used in the same meaning as above. SIRF is uoed as Adj and ~dvb: As Adj: SIRF EK AADMI Y~ AYEN (Only one person may come~here); SIRF -ie NAHIN.tlALKE YEIBHI (not only this but this also); Ad Ad -:vb: AAF SIRF ITNA" KAH KAHDEEJEE 'fa (you may mention this much only) MASRUF har: undergone Shift or Transfer of Meaninr for which ref. our chapter on Semanti Changes

207 ~ ~ ~ ~O----~~-----~ :. ~ ~ ~ ~ contn GUllL: \ Nnjlnf; <? 30) Masc j Also Sing SAVilL in Hindil Urdu; Used in Tamil also & Pro nounced as }3AVAAL Nn;Mascj Sing; Plrl as per natv forms: SAVALON (Nom) SAVAALEN (Accs) ; Arabic Plrl SAVA.ALAAT is also used in Hindi/Urdu MASRUF, 'Nn Obj of Vb in primaryform Masc; Sing;(Devoted, dedicated, money spent, ex-, penses, expenditure);, SARRAF, Nn of Exaggerationj Masc; Sing (money changer, cashier, tellex) ; INSlRAAF,Nn Inf of Vb in 7th form;, Masc; Sing (go ing away, leave, depar ture, avertedness, aversion) ; MASRAF, Advb of Place; Masc; Singj (Drainage canal, drainage ditch, drain, bank)' MASALA(TUN),Nn,Inf; Fem;Sing (question, issue, problem, mat -ter; affair, case; request) MUSAALATUN,Nn.lnf' of Vb in3rd form; MascjSing (to ask, Question, to call ';0 account); TASAAUL,Nn.lnf' of Vb in 6th formimasc Sing (question, questioning) j use for this word: MASRUFlYATON (Nom) ; r1asrufiyaten (Accus); MASRAF is used as a Nn Masc; Unmark ed for No., MASALA( TUN)- is used in Hindi/Urdu and is pro nounced as MASALA & MASLA. It is used in Plrls also in natv forms: MASALON (Nom); MASALEN (Accus) i SARF is used with the. Vb!CARNA, SARF KARNA (to spend money or time, etc); MASRUF is used as an Adj unmarked for Gen and No. MASRAF is used only in Urdu in the context of manner or method of spending something;e.g IN RUPYON KA MASRAF. KlYA HAl? (What is,the channel in which this money canbe spent), SUAAL & SUAAL is used with j3. all its variety of Vbs: SUAlL derived KARNA (to ask a quefforms tion);, are SUAAL UTHANA (To raifreq. se an issue); used in SUAAL HAL KARNA (to Arabic solve a problem) i. in vary SUAAL JAVAAB KARNA ing con (To debate, to argue; texts. to cross examine) _ SAVilL has had under gone shift or transfer of meaning for which ref our chapter on semantic changes

208 ~=:::~=--::===~============~=======~=~=========~=============~======~=========~====~========2~====~~===:== 230 contn (Question Request:::::: Inquiry Demand Claim) SUBR Noun t231) Ini'j Also Masc; SUBA Sing. & SUEAH in Hindi and Urdu (Dawn daybreak, ' morning) Noun,Adv, Fem;Sing, Urnnarked for No. TASAVVUL,Nn Ini' of The Arabic Vb in 5th formj Flrl MASAYIL MascjSing (to bee, is also used begging, beggary); in Hindi/Urdu MASUL,Nn Obj of Vb in primary formj, MascjSing (responsible, answerable,- accountable) MASULIYA(TUN) Nn. Femj Sing (responsibility) SABAAH,Nn,MascjUncountable (morninv MISBAAH,Nn,l'1ascj Sing (lamp, light, luminary t also used figuratively), MISBAAH is - used only in Urdu by!1uslims SUBH & ~ll the derived forms are freq. used in Arab'ic SUBAH is also used as Advb: SUBAH-SUBAH, (at early dawn)j, It is also us,ed in phrases like: SUBJili-SE-SHAMS TAK (From morning till evening)j SUBAH-O-SHAAM KARNA (To put off from time to time, to evade) 208 SUAAL is also used in Tamil and is pronounced as SAVAAL. It is used as a NnjSing Flrl as per nat i ve foi'lr.: SAVALKAL. It is used only in the Mg of Challange. The change of gen. of SUBA is perhaps on the analogy of Hindi/Urdu word H.A'r j Mg night, which is fern. in gender. '.eafreeh (232/ (exhilarationj amusement) Nn.Inf Nn;FemjSingj._ of Vb. Flrl as per in II Natv forms: fotin; TAFREEHON Mascj (Nom); < Sing. TAFREEHEN (Accus)j Arabic Flrl. TAFREEHAAT is also occa sionally in Hind i/urd u. FARAH,Nn.Ini' of Vb, in primary formj Masc;Sing.l!'ARHA( TUN), Nn, Femj Sing (joy) j.l!'arih Adjjl'1asc; Sing; (Merry, gay, cheerful) j FARHAN,AdjjMasc; Sing (merry,gay, <:;Qeerful) FARHA(TUN) is - used in Urdu only and is pronounced as FARHAT; it is used as a name for girlsj MUFARRIH,Nn. Agnt of Vb in II form is TAFREEH TAFREEH is used _ & FARAH mostly vdth aux. and ali vbs. KARNA:L derived TAFREEH KARNA forms C (To divert or FARAH amuse ones'elf, are used to take recreafrea. in tionj to make Arabic. funj to be cheerful) I I TAFREEH has had Widening or Extension of Meaning for which ref: our Chanter on Semantic Changes. The chan :"e of gender of TAFRIH is perhaps on the

209 ~ ~ ~-~- 232 contn I knowledge, levying of funds; income; proceeds) Noun In.!; of Vb in II fonn; Masc; Sing. TAHSEEL (23~) also used in Tamil and PI'?noun ced as TAHASILU (Attainment; acquisition o"f; Nn;Fem;Sing; Plrl as per natv fonns: TAHSEELON (Nom) ; TAHSEELEN (Accus) MUFRIH,Nn.Agnt of Vb in 5th form; Masc; Sing I;U9UL,Nn Inf of Vb in primary. form; There are sev~ral derivatives for HUSUL for which refer this list under the word HAASIL (60) used in Urdu only as a name for indigenous medicine (of Unan... i system) It means something which gladdens or enlivens the body. It is unmarked for gender & No. TAHSEEL is com- - bined with Persian words, such as: TAHSEELDAR (A sub-collector of revenue); The above word is also used in Inf of Persian form: TAHSEEL DAARI (Theofficer or jurisdic tion of a subcollector) Used only in restricted context of obtainine; something or attaining or acquisition of som-ething TAHSEEL is also - used with aux. vb. KARNA: TAH SEEL KARNA (To get, gain, ac Quire, especially knowledge ;'\ in this context it is used only by Muslims in refe rence to the graduation of a Muslim yout[j. from a MADRAsA (a relif.iou~. seminary) : analogy of Hindi/Urdu word:kushi y.;hich is fem. in gender TAHSEEL has had!j.ndergone chane:e in: the category of shift or transfer of mean inc, for which refer our chapter on Semantic Changes. TAHASEELU & TARSILDAR OT TASILDAAR is commonly used in TAMIL, but only in limit;ed context of a revenue. dist. or subcollector..., "

210 , 2'iO 1' ; ;; ;-' ~ ~ ~ ~ TAJRUBA (TUN) (234) TAJRIBA & TAJARBA & TAJRABA Nn. In! Nn; Masc; Sing; of Vb. Plrl as per in II Natv forms: form; TA-JRABON Fern; in Hindi/' UI'du (trial~ test, practice rehearsal, experiment) ( Nom) arid Singj TAJRABE(Accs) - TAJREEB,Nn.Iuf, synonym totajru BA; 1'18 se; Sing; MUJARRIB,Nn.Agnt of Vb in II form; Masc;Sing (expe-. rimentaljtester,. examiner) MUJARRAB, Nn Obj of the above; Masc;Sing (tried, tested, proven or established by experience); JlRAAB,Nn.Masc; Sing (stocking, stock), The Persian expressiosn TAJRIBA KAR is commonly used in Hindi & Urdu; it is used as an Adj. unmarked for Gen & No. MU J ARRIB, MUJ A RRAB & JlRAAB are all used only in Urdu. - TAJRUBA & all its derived forms are frea. used in Arabic S 'rajriba is ma'stly used \':i th the Vb. KARNA; TAJRIBA.KAliNA (to make. trial, to try, prove) The change of gender of TAJRIBA is perhaps on the ana... logy of native "'lord~ TAr.LUQ (235) also TALUK in Hindi/ Urdu In Tamil Nn.Infj Masci S iru;; Nn.Inf of Vb. in 5th form. it is pronounced as TALUKA {Att'achment, devot ion (to), connections, relationships) Nn;Masc; Sing; Arabic Plrl TALLUQ)J.T is used in Hindi/Urdu This plrl. is obsolete in Arabic now. ILAAQA(TUN),Nn. Inf of Vb in primary forr::; Thi s,,!ord and all the derived forms are listed under S No.74. The Persianexpression TALUQ.,ADAR is used in Hindi/ Urdu (possessor of an estate, landlord) ; It is used as an Adj unmarked for G-en. and No. TALLUQ is used freq. in Arabic in various contexts. TALLUQ is used mostly with the vb.rakhna - TALLUQ TAKHNA (To be connected with; to relate to;: to depend onj' to have an interest in; to concernj to pertain to) TALLUQ Has he. a shift or transfer of I"iear..ing for which ref cur chapter on Semantic Char:~ gesj TALLUQ is used in TAl".lI in the rest-., ricted Mg. of a small division 01' e district. J t is pronounced as TALUKA (natural gen. \ & sing)-plrl as pe~ na'tv form.: TALU1U.A KAL

211 / 211, ~ ' 'io 11 ~ TAAQA NountTUN) In.fj (236) Femj TAQAT Sing. in Hindi/ Urdu (Ability, strength, energy, bunch) t~) TARAH in Hindi/ Urdu (Expulsion, Subtraction). Nnjlt'emjSingj Plrl as p~r natv forms": TAQATON(Nom),'FAQATEN( Acc s ),Noun; Fem; Uncountable Nn. Inf; Masc; Uncountable TAUQ,Nn.lnf.Synonym to TAAG.,A(TUN) MascjSing (ability, power, strength, capacity, eon durance, neckband ruff, collar, necklace) TAAQIt ATUN, Nn, Fem Sing (white cotton skull cap); TAAQ,Nn.MascjSing (arch, stratumj layer) TAREEH,AdjjMasc; -"Sisti (thrown dov!n, cast down, dumped, thrown into ground, felled, prostrate; expelled, banished, disowned, repudiated) ; I'IATRAH, Advb of place: Masc:Singj (Place where some thing is thorwn, a dump place, spo~t, location) MATR~,Nn.Obj of vb! in primalry toi'm;masc; Sing; (thrown down, cast down, dumped) Ul'RUHA(TUN),Nn. FemjSing (a dissertation) TAAQAT is used in Persian combinations such as:taaqat AAZMAAI (trial of ability or strength); TAAQAT WAR (powerful) TAAQAT WAR is used as an Adj.unmarked for gen &No. TAAQ is used in Hindi/Urdu common -ly in the meaning of a vault or shelf. TARn has taken - an 'ent ire ly d if ferent turn of Mg in Persian thro' the influence of Persian. It has come to mean only: I'lanner, Mode, Sort, Kind, Plan, Design, it is used in Hindi/ Urdu as Noun and Advb. TAAQATUN and all its deri ved forms are frea. used in~ Arabic in varying contexts. TARn & TA +"T'Tr J:UUlA as In! & Advb are not used as freq. as the words MATRAH, l'1a:rm$ & UTRUHA are 'used in Arabic. TAAQAT is used with aux. vbs: TAAQ is used -with a variety of vbs to convey fig. meanings: TAAQ. PAR RAKHNA (To lay on the shelf;to put or set aside, to neglect, abandon); TAAQ BAlTH NAA (to settle on s ledge; to become an accomplished fac~t) TARAH is '-'used as - TARH hss a Nn & A&vb: under'eon(' As Nn: AAP KIS TABAR a widenin CHAAHTE HAl? (In 0 + Ext en... what manner d9 you sion of,,'ant it?) Mg. fo--r As Advb: AAP ACHCHl which ref. TARAH BATA!AYIE (Plo our char'" exnlain it clearly) ter on KAT TABAR ae (In Semantic many ways, in many Changes; respects) I The Chant-I' - of \jen cf TARAH if perhaps on the '1'1- alogy of Arabic word SUIU which il almost [l ~ ~~n?{aliab

212 ~ ~ TAREEQ,A -(TUN) TAREEQA and T~REEKA in Hindi/ Urdu (Manner, Mode, method, Procedure) (2~) THAABIT (C!39) SABIT &.. SABUT in Hindi/ Urdu (firm, fixed, confirmed, proven) Noun; Fem; Sing; Nn. Agnt Masc. Sing Noun;Masc;Sing; TARQ,Nn.lnf,Masci TAREEQA has Plrl as per native fonus: knock, rap, bang, tat ion: a road UncOuntable (to also the canna TAREEQON (Nom) i hamjner);. to suffix per TAREEQEN(Accs).,+AREEQ, Nn,Masc; fection; this Sing (way, road;,. connotation came trail, track, about in Later. path) Islamic period TAARIQ, Nn.Agnt; mainly due to Masc;Sing (knock- the influence of ing, rapping, Persian culture. beating, noctur- This word is used nal visitor) in this sense mostly by the Muslims of the subcontinent; TAREEQA in its general Mgs of Manner, way, fasion, etc is widely used in Hindi/Arabic. Nn;AdjiMasci - Unmarked for number TARIQA, TARQ & all the derived forms of TARQ are widely used in Arabic. THtJBUT,Nn.Inf, THAABIT is also - 11asciUncountable, used in expres- (to stand firm i sions like: be fixed, cons- THAABIT ~DAI1 taney, immutabi- (Firm, immovable); lity, permanence, QADAMi is also ce~rtainty); Arlabic, Mg.Foot; very TH~T,Nn.lnf,~- This phrase is used ~'m of Vb in II ad Adj i unmarked for formimasc;sisng gen. & No. The per-j (consolidation, sianised expression strengthening, SAABIT SHUDA (that stabilization, which is confirmed, confirmation) undeniable) is also THABAAT,Nn.Inf used in Hindi/Urdu synonym to THUBUT M'8.'S.C-~Jhi.e-QWlt..a"b-~.. THUBUT and all its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic. TAREEQA is used with auxiliary verbs. SAABIT is mostly - used witht the Vb: KARNA; SAABIT KAlli'il"A (to prove, to confirm, etc) SAABIT REHNA \to continue firm in, to adhere to) SAABIT is also ~sed as an Adj & is pronounced as SAABUT (mg:solid as against liquid or loose); Unmarked for gen & No. DAAL SAABUT (whi e lentils, i.e not c.racked) 212 The change of gen. of TAREEQA is perhaps on the analogy of native words of similar endings being Masc. in gender. SAABUT in the Mg of solid or uncraked has had s Shift or Transfer of Heanir,r' for whict ref. our chapter on Semanti ChanEet'

213 ~----2-~ ; ~O----~ ~-----~~: ~ ~ ~ contn WAASITA Noun (TUN) Aglent (240) Fem' -, WASTA Sing; in Hindi/ Urdu (I1ediator, agent, Wedium, expedient) NOUDj!1asc; Sing; also Adverb ITRBAAT,Nn.lnf 0:( Vb in 4th formj' Ma::;cjSing (establishul<::nt, assertion, attestation demonstration, proof, evidence,. recording, documen tation) TATHABBUT,Nn.Inf of Vb in 5th formjmasc Uncountable (ascertainment, verification, examination, check, careful, cautious procedure) WASAATA(TUN),Nn.Inf; FemjS'iIlg(mediation, Intervention, good of.(ices, recommendations) ; WAASIT,Adj j Intermediary, intermediate, agent) ~SAT, Adj,Nn of com varison, Masc & Fern; ~ing (me~iation, middle, central, average) j TAWAASUT, Nn Inf of Vb in 5th form;. Masc;Sing (mediation, interventio~, situation or posi-. tion in.the middle) ~TAWASSIT,Nn.Agnt, of TAWASSUT; Masc; Sing (medium,_ medial intermediate, centrally located, central., mediator t ""r"'f-r~~.}; WASITA, A'dSAT and hu- TAWASSIT are all freo. used in Hindi/ Urdu; WASAATA and MUTA WAASIT are all used in Urdu only. WASAT'"A_ ('run) and all the derived forms including WAS ITA are frq. used in Arabic in varying contexts. 213 WASITA is used - with aux. vp. WASTA RAKHNA (to have to'do with, to bear, upon) ; It is also used as Advb: BA WASITA (b{ means of, through the \ medium of) WAASITA is the Masc in Hindi and Urdu perhaps on the analogy of nat;ive words of similar endings being masc.

214 ~ ~ ~ WAUHA Conjunc YRUHU tion + (241) Partic WAGHA le of ):RA Excep:':: ~n tionj+ liindi Attaand ched Vrdu Pro WAKA noun. IRA in Tamil (And the rest, so forth etcetera) Advb; unmarkedfor gem &,No. Toe pronominalwaghayruhu is - suffix HU in WA- used very GHAYRUHU 'repre- commonly in sents 3rd person Hindi/Urdu/ Masc;Singj this Tamil and prenominal suffix is pronouncan vary accord- ced as ing to each con- WAGHAYARA text. In all, without any there are 14 such change in suffixes which prenominal are also known suffix. as attached pronouns. Used very frequently in varying contexts Used very freq. - in-hindi,urdu and Tamil. '.E.g (In Hindi/ Urdu) KAGHAZ WAGHAYRA KIDAR ai, (Where are the pap'ers, etc) 214 This is onp of the rare instance of borrowing of elements of grammar of Arabic in Hindi/ Urdu/Tamil. WARM (242) Masc; for Number Also. Sing WAHA1'1 in Hindi/ Urdu l Delusive imagination, delusion, bias, prejudice s,!sp~~~ont ~l.sgl. vl.ng) Nn.Inf NnjMasc;Unmark~d -WARMI,AdjjMasc;, WAHAM and W}JmI- Sing (thought, are iboth believed, ima- freq. used in gined, fancied, Hindi/Urdu; seeming, apparent, TUHMA( TUN) is presumed, supposed) used in Urdu ITTlHAAI1, Nn. Inf of only and is Vb in 8th form; pronounced as Masc;Sing (to ques- TUHMAT; tion, doubt, to MUTTAHAM & charge, j mput e, sus MUTTAHIM pect, accuse); are also MAUHUM,Nn Obj of Vb used only in primary formj in Urdu Masc;Sing (fancied, imagined,imaginary fantastic) ; TUHMA(TUN),Nn,Fem; Sing (accusation, charge, suspicion, insinuation) ; WARM and all its derived forms are freq used in Arabic. WAHAM is mo~tj-y used with t~e Vb KARNA: W~l KARNA (To imagine, conceive, suspect,) WARMI is use,d as an Adj unmarked for ' gender and n~ber

215 ~-----~ ~~ ~ ' ~ ~-~ ~ contn ljazn (243) Also ljazan and ljajan in Hindi/ Urdu ~weight paradigm of 8 vb) Nn.lnf Masc; Sing Nn;Mass;Sing; Plrl as per native f'orms: ljaznon tnom) ljaznen(accus) MUTTAHIM, Nn.Agnt of' Vb in the pri mary f'orm; Masc; Sing (accuser,. prosecutor) ; MUTTAHAM,Nn.Obj; of' the above; Masc; Sing (accused, def'endant) - WAZNI,Adj;Masc;Sing; (Weight in compounds of weight, ponderable, appreciable, weighty, ponderous, grave);. WAZEEN, Adj;Masc; Sing (weighty, ponderous);. MEEZAN,Nn Of Instrument, Masc, Sing (balance, scales, weight, measure poetic, me~sure); MEEZAANIYA(TUN),Nn. Fem;Sing (balance, budget) MUWAAZANA( TUN)Nn In!' q! Vb in III f'orm; ~m. Sing (equal-ity of weight, balance, equilibrium; equipose; counterweight; stabilizing effect) TAWAAZUN,Nn In! ot Vb in 6th torm;~asc; Sing; (Balance, equi llbrium,political ba lance, balance ot power); ITTlZAAN,Nn In! ot Vb in 8th form; l'lase Sing (balance, equilibrium, mental nealtb., harmony, impartiality) WAZAN, WAZNI, MEEZAAN, MAUZUN & MUTAWAA ZIN are all used in Hindi Urdu; WAZAN is used in' Persiani sed combinations such as: WAZAN DAAR (Having. weight, weighty) WAZU KASH (a weighman) - VAZAN & VAZAN is mostly used all its with the vb. KARNA; derived WAZAN KARNA (to forms weight) are WAZNI, MAUZUN, and freq. MUTAWAAZIN are all used in used in Hindi and Arabic. Urdu as Adjs, they are unmarked for gender and number \ \

216 ' ~ ~ oontn WSUL (244) Also WASUL in Nn Inf of Vb, in pri mary form; Hindi Masc;. and Urdu Sing Tamil: WASUL (Arrival, receipt) Nn;Masc; Unmarked for No. MAUZUN,Nn.Obj of Vb in primary form; MascjSing (weighed; balanced, evenly poised; wellconsidered; well meas~red; rhythmically balanced);. MUTAWAAZIN,Nn.Inf of Vb in 6th form; Masc;Sing (b";':ili.- ced) - SILA(TUN),Nn.Inf, WUSUL, ~ynonym to WUSUL, SILA Fem;Sing (junction, WISAAL juncture, relation, MAUSUL connection, link, are all tie, bond, relation- freq. ship, kinship); used in WASL,Nn.lnf of Vb. Hindi/ in'primary form;, Urdu. like WUSUL & SILA (TUN) but sligntly different in Mg: (Combination, linkage, nexus; synopsis, summary, reunion of lovers); TAU~EEL,Nn.lnf of. Vb ~n II form; MascjSing(uniting, joining, connecting supply, feed, connection, electric contact, feed wire, WISAAL,Nn. In! of Vb in"3rd form;mascj Sing (reunion, being together of love~s,communion in love) WUSUL WUSUL & WISAAL are - and used with aux. vos; all WUSUL PAJU~A (to reaits lize)j deri-,wisaal is used mostly ved in poetic language, forms esp. in Urdu: WISAAL are E-YAAR is a phrase freq. often used in Urdu used,poetry, Mg: reunion in or meeting with be- Arabic loved in MAUSUL & MUTTASIL varying are used as Adjs uncontexts. marked for Gen and, No~ SIU is used as a Nn. (Masc) unmarked for No, is used in the flg of reward, prize, remuneration, etc. WUSUL and SILA have undergone Semantic Changes in the categor: of Shift or Transfer of Mg, for \'lhich :::-ef our chant er on Semantic Changes; SIU-has become Masc in Gen. in. Hindi/Urdu perhaps on the analo '71 of natv words

217 217 -~ ~-----~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~---~ ~ ~~ ~~----~ contn EESAL,Nn.In.! o~ vb in'4th form;masc; Sing (joining, con necting, uniting, union, communication, conveyance, transport~ traiisportatiqn) ; TAWASSUL,N In.! of Vb.in~5th form; Masc;Sing;(atta:i,nment, achievement, arrival) ; ITTISAAL, Nn. In.! of Th in 8th form Masc;Sing (connectedne$s, unitedness, union, juncture, link, connection, contact, liaison, esta~lishment of contacts); MAU~UL, Nn Obj of Vb l.n prima:t'7 form.; Masc;Sing (bound, tied, glued); MUTTASIL,Nn.Agnt. of ITi'I~AL,Masc; Sing; (persistent, continued, continuous, unceasing, a4joining, adjacent, conti,guous). WSUL is used in Tamil and it is pronoun ced as WASUL It isused as a Vbl Nn in the Mgs: To receive; something, collection) I~ is used as Vbl Nn. Neutral gender, andsingular in number. Plural is as per native form: WASULKAl.

218 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ YINI Vb;Pre- Advb (Mg: (245) s-ent. that is to (He Tense; ~ay; viz; Heans; Sing; 1~e; to' It III Per ''fit r vide Means) son. lict; for; because) -'INAAYAT,Nn.lnf of MANA is used - Vb in primary form; very freq in Sing; Fem (concern, Hindi/Urdu care, solicitude,. as an Ad heed~ regard, atten.. Expletive; t}.on;; INAAYAT is MANA, Nn;1"1a'sc; Sing; used more in (Sense, meaning, sig Urdu than in nificance, import, Hindi; ITINA concept, notion, and MANAWI are idea, thought); used in Urdu l"11nawi nne of a~tri- only but ion, Adj; l"lasc; Sing (relating to the sense of a word or expression,ideal ideatiollal) ; ~TmA,Nn.In.t' of Vb in 5th form; Masc; Singjl (providing, solicitude, attendance, maintenance care, carefulness) YANI & all its derived forms are freq. used in Arabic in different/varying contexts. YANI is used as an Advb very freq in Hindi/ Urdu. It is usually followed by the phrase; YEH KE (That is to say; that ) l'lana is also very fre<t. used in Hindi/Urdu as ~n expletive in similar context s ~s that of YANI. 2'18 YAIrI is per... hans the oniy example of a Vb ~ borro"red froll Arabic in.iiindi/ Urdu. ~IR Noun Agnt; (;~t-. Masc; ble; Sing; apparent; external, outward) NnjUnmarked for gender and Number. ZUHUR,Nn Inf ;1"1asc; ZAAHIR & ZAA _ Uncountable; (to HIRI are used become visible, to very freq. in appear, to come out, Hindi/Urdu; app.earance ~ visibi- ZUHR,MAZHAR, lity, pomp); - MUZAAHARA and ZAHR,Nn.Masc;Sirig; IZHAAR are all ~(back., rear, rever- used in Urdu se, spine); Only; ZUHR,Nn,Masc;Sing MAZHAR is used tnoon, midday); in Urdu as Nn, MAZHAR,Nn.MascjSing Masc; Sing; (external appearan- Plrl same as ce, external make- Arabic Plrl: up, outward bearine; MAZAAHIR; con~~ ~~.behaviour)j The Plrl of MUZA.AJi.A..t{A (TUN), Nn ZAAHIR, ZUHUR and all the derived forms of ZUHUR are freq used in Ar~bic ZAHIR is used _ with vbs and as Adj. With Vbs: ZAHIR KARNA (to make evident or plain, to show, exhibi t); ~s..!q.,i: Z~IR NUMA (spac10us, plausible) ; ZAAHIRI is used as'adj unmarked tor No;IZHAAR-E KHAYAAL KARNA is an expression in Urdu f'!!';: to MU ZAA.,"9J.R,t" has become Masculine in g-ender in Urdu perhaps on tbe pattern of native words.

219 , 219 -~ ~~ ? ~ ~ ~ contn In! of Thin ;rd MUZAAHARA in express one's form; fem; sing; Urdu is on views on a (assistance, sup the pattern subject. -port, backing, of natv plrls. demonstration, MUZAAHARON rally); (Nem); IZHAAR, Nn In! of MUZAAHARE vb 4th form; Masc (Accs) ; Uncountable; (pre MUZAAHARAA is sentation, exposi used in Masc. tion, display); gen. in Urdu. TAZAAHUR, Nn In!, of'vb in 6th form Masc; Sing (dissi mulation, feigning, pretending, pretension, hypocrisy) ; ZAHIRI, Adj, Masc ~ing (outer, outside, external, outward, superficial); ZAHIRA(TUN),Nn, ~em;sing (phenomenon, outward sign or token, external ~ptom)

220 ~ ~ i ~ DHAAT Nn.Sub (247) stan- In tivejno Hindi Vb form; and Fern; Urdu Sing ZAAT (being, (O\.. n, essence, pro- self, per, Pe.rson self- (ali ty), created, same) spont aneous) Nn; Fem; Sing; Plrl as per Natv forms: ZAATON (Nom) ZAATEN(Accs) (caste., community, religion) DHU,Nn,Masc of. John T Platts - DHAAT, Sing (po- mentions in ssessor, owner, his dictionary holder or master of Hindustani of, endowed or and English provided with); that ZAAT in DHAATI, Adj- the Mgs of Masc; Sing (own generation, proper, self- bread, tribe, produced, self- caste, genus, created, sponta species, sort neous, personal, kind, is perautomatic) haps connected with the Sanskrit JAAT (..;w:r ) which the Hindustanis commonly corrupt into ZAAT: ZAT is also used in Hindi/Urdu in Persianised combinations such as: BA ZAAT-E ~D (Personally, one's own); The Adj ZATI of Arabic is used in Hindi/Urdu also, but it is unmarked for gen. and No.,.. DHAAT,DHU and their plrl forms are used freq. in Arabic. They ar.e used only in combina tion with Nn which are placed in genitive case because these Nns. occur as suffixes to these two,,!ords. In Arabic DRATI is also freq. used as Adj. 220 ZAAT is mostly " used in idiomatic phrases such as: Z.A.AT FAT DEKHNA (To ascertain one's linea~e or antecedents) ; ZAAT SE INKAAL DENA (to put out of caste); It is also used as Adjvl. phrases as ZAAT-SE GIRA HUAA, Masc; Sing; (out of caste); ZAAT-E-SHARIF, Masc; Fem; Sing; (an excellent mind or soul, a noble personage, (ironically) a consummate knave. ZAAT has undergone a shift or transfer in Heanins, for tinier. ref. our ehap"0er on S emantie Chances.

221 ~ ~... _ _._ :._ / - ---~ ~ ~- ZAMAN Nn: Nn;Masc;Un 248 Masc marked for ZA11AANA Sing gen & No. in-:': Hindi/ Urdu (time, duration) ZIYAADA Noun, (TUN) Ini'; (24:9) Fem; ZIYADA Sing; in Hindi/ Urdu (excess, large extent,. maximum) Nn,Masc; Un- - marked for "No; Also as Advb:ZIAADA SE ZIYADA (Too much at the very most) ; Also as Adj: ZIYAADA SAR (Conceited, too vain of self) - ZA11AANA(TUN), Nn. lni' Fem;Uncountable (ch ronic illness); ZAI'lAN,Nn,Nasc,Sing; (time, period, stre tch of time; duration); " ZAl1AAN, Nn, Masc; Sing (time, duration, fortune, fate, destiny); ZAf'LAlIT,Adj,Masc, Sing (temporal, time, wordly, earthly, passing, transient, secular) MAZEED,Nn Obj & Adj from Vo in primary formjnasc juncountable (an exceedin8jexcess, superabundance, high degree, large extent, utmost, maximum, execessive);, MAZAD,Adv of place, MascjSing (auction, public sale); ZAAYID,Nn Agnt of Vb in Primary form;masc Sing (increasing, ' growing, excessive, immoderate, additional,' extra) ZAI1AANA (ori- - ginally ZAMA NA(TUN) in Arabic is used in Hindi and Urdu; Masc j Sing,; Plrl as per natv forms: ZA1'1AANON (Nom) ; ZA.,"'IA.A}J"EN (Accus) ; ZAI1AN & ZAMANI are used only in Urdu. ZIYAADAA & MAZEED are very freq. used in Hindi/Urduj ZIYAAlJAA is also converted into Persian form of ReI Nn; ZIYAADATI & it is common ly used in Hindi/Urdu. It is also rtonounced as ZIYADTlj ZAAYID is also used as Adj, unmarked for gen. & No in Hindi/Urdu. ZAMAN & Z.AMAA NA and other derived forms are freo used in Arab{~ in varying contexts. ZIYAADAA and all its deri ved forms are very freq. used in. Arabic in varying contexts. 221 ZAMAANA is used mostly,with fig. meanings, such as: ZAI1AANA DEKHNA (to see the world, to gain experience,) ZAMANE KE SAATH CHALNA, (To go alon~..'li't-h the time) The change of gen. of ZAMAANA is perhaps on thg"analogy of native words. ZIYAADA is mostly- ZIYAADTI in used with vbs: Hindi/Urdu KARNA or HONA: has under- ZIYADTI is a very gone 8 mafreq used word in jor Shift Hindi/Urdu. It is in Meanir.[ used in the Mgs: for which Excess, force, vio- ref our lence, oppression, Chapter on tyranny; Femj Sing; Semanti-c Plrl as per natv. Changesforms: ZIYAADTIYON Shift or (Nom);ZIYAADITYEN Transfer (Accus); of t'ieaning; MAZEED is used as The change an Adj unmarked of gen of for gen & No. ZIYAADAA to ZAAYID is used in Masc is per the Mg of PLUS; it haps on the is unmarked for analogy of gen & No. native words.

222 '1.. ~ ~ ~------~ ZUKAMi. Nn.Inf (250) Mascj J1.JMAAM Uncoun ;i.n table j Hindi/ Vb of Urdu this (cold) Nn is always in passive voice: ZUKII1A (To catch a cold) This Vb is very rarely used. ZULI1 Noun '(2)1 ) Inf; (In- Masc; Jus- Uncounticej table. wrong) Nounj Mascj Uncount able NounjMasc; Uncount able MAZKill1, Noun j Objj Singj Hasc; (suffering from cold) ZAALIM,Nn.Agnt of Vb in primary form MascjSing (unjust unf.air, iniquitous tyrannical, oppre ssing, tyrant; of fender, transgres sor, sinner) MAZLU1'1,Nn Obj of the above j f'lasc j.sing (wronged,ill trea1;ed, tyrannical);. Z.ALLAAI"l, N n 0 f exaggerationjadjj MascjSing (evildoer,villein, rogue, scoundrel, tyrant, oppressor); ZUlJ1, ZALSH1 - and MAZL1JI'l are alj,,1.'req. used in - Hindi/Urduj ZUlJ1A (TUN) is used in Urdu and is pronounced as ZULMAT; ZAALIM and MAZLUM are used as Adjs unmark ed for gen. & No in Hindi/Urduj But in Urdu ZALIr-1 is occasionally. used in natv. Flrl form: ZALIMON... Used mostly in the Noun form ZUKAAM in the limi. tex context pertaining to cold or catarrh ZUlJ1 and all its derived forms are freq used in Arabic U sed with various vbs: ZUKAAM HONA (To have or take a cold) j ZU:KAAM BIGARNA (The deflux-. ion from the head to be suddenly stopped.) ZUlJ1 is mostly used vii th Vb KARNA; ZULf'I KARNA (to do injustice) j ZULM RASEEDA, Adjj Unmarked for gen & No (oppressed); ZUu~ GUDAAZI (putting an end to injustice) j The above two expressions are borrowed from Persian: ZAALHI is used in lit & fig meanings: in fig. sense it is used as a metaphor Mg: 'an unrelenting sweetheart, a cruel mistress' 222 ZAALIM in fif_ u~age is an instance of Widenin...: or Extension of l"ieanine;; for... Thicn refer our chapter on Semantic chnnges.

223 ~ contn SALAAM,Nn,i'1as c;. Uncountable; (aarkness~;cloom) ZULI'IA ( TUN); N n, Fem; Sing; (darkness, duskiness, gloom) 223

224 SEMANTIC CHANGES Semalltie.change is perhaps the most important aud interestingkilld of change that takes place in any language. language. It is more so in the context of loan worda ina The study of semantic change provides us with many insights into the mechanisms of interaction between any two languages or between several languages. It Can also help us in understanding the processes of adaptation and assimilation of words as a whole or in parts from one lailguage.into another. The term t SEI'1ANTIC CHANGE' signifies the changes which occur in the meaniilg or meanings of a word or a phrase,whether it be within. alailguage or whether it has, been borrowed from another ~ariguage.\ The study of these changes forms an important part of the science of.' linguistics.' A linguist takes up this study against the backdrop of historical, soeial 'and cultural factors. He 'seeks to study and ana::j.yse these changes through a chain, of processes; he proceeds in this task by first locating the basic etymological meaning of the word and them goes on to find the other meanings whi,eh the word has acquired thyough change and transfer. He 'then collates them in.'. proper relation to their original meanings and tries to suggest the tie c:ffi\assooiation by which each new meaning, was added to the word. Thus he tries to trace the e'ntire territory covered by a word; it might be a territory that,..

225 225 is irregular, natclly and aberr$nt. Thiti is all the more evident in loanwords since loapwords have 8 perplexing significance. The dictionary of any language can be described as the end-product ot such a study. But the linguist's task stretches much beyond this end-product. He delves deeper and examines the impact of this che.!lge. in the language that is current in a community ata given point of time; he alesotries to. assess the value. of such change. The lingllist also looks at semantic cha~e as 'adventures of' individual speech torms. Every speaker registers in his' mind the meaning of each form of utte-!.,.. ' ranee whj ch he hears and he gradually builds up arepertories of such meanings. This is a phenomenon which is I ever operating like a'ferment thro~h the material of language. of speech commu~ty. It reflects the gradual intellectua~growtl',l It J.lso reflects the capability of human mind to 1mproveits instruments of expression; it achieves this by employiilg different forms oftigurative speech such as metaphor, ~imilie, etc. These 'forms of speechbrins about a 'tie ot association' between tb!ngs connected with one's life occup~tion and with things and ideas with ~hich one is not so familiar in his every <tty, life. For example, we find poets in the Urdu langua~e spari~g no occasion to refer to the l.-dne cup and the beloved irrespective 01 the subject they are taking about, whether wine and love or matters divj,ne. We

226 226 find this phenomenon in the ~ealm of loanwords also. To aention an example: 'HOWSALA' (64) which meads 'the cr~w of a bird', but is used in Bindi and Urdu in the meanings of courage, bravery, capacity, spirit, ambition, desire, patience. This is but one example among innumerable other examples which prove the capability of the speakers of a language, be they cultivated or uncultivated speakers, to introduce variety and liveliness of style in the language. Semantic change is thus a mode of enrichment for every language, It is a slow and conditioned process which takes place through several generations and as a result of several factors. These factors have to do with s1rit~, molphology, favourite torm, collocation, 'idiomatic I usage, etc., besides the tactors of histoz7 and culture referred,to earlier. To quote an example given by Bloom- field we m.ay mention the word.tee t 't.in old English it meant 'livestock' and then it went through several shifts in meaning such as 'cattle, property,. etc, until it cge to\denote 'money'. We ma7, as a similar example, mention the word 'ArAT' (3) of Arabic which is used in Bindiand Urdu and Tamil. In Arabie 1. t means: 'ham, hurt, &1"11, epidemic, etc.', and in Hindi and Urdu thi$ word is used only in the meanings of 'hardship, bane; misery; dit:ticult7, etc. " and in Tamil this word is used in one meaning onl3",. namel7, idanger'..at first sight, the shitt in the meajdns _-_.._...,... 1 Bloomfield, LaPbaage, p. 428

227 227 of this word does not see. to be conspicuous but a closer look at it would reveal to us tha~ tl~re has been a major shjtt in the meaning in a gradual manner and ultimately 8 tinal point bas been reacbed which is far removed.from the original meaning. The new meani~ that the word has acquired in the bor~owing language is very different tro. the original meaning to the extent that it is dit icult to relate it to its original meaning. It is impossible for us to trace the chain of shifts that took place in the meaning of this word after it was adapted in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. Linguists have classified semantic changes under 2 the following categories: (1) Narrowing Qr Restriction o Meaning; (2) Widening or Extension of Meaning; (3) Shift or Transfer of Meaning. We have mentioned ea~ller that syntax, morpho losy t favourite.torm, collocation, idiomatic usage, etc, are factors which bring about semantic ~ange; we have also mentioned factors of history and culture in this context. In addition to all these there are a few more f'actl)rs a180 listed by linguists. These may be summarised as follows: (1) Cultural Diffusio : The vocabulary of a~ speech community acquires inevitable additions due to cultural innovations that may be through innovation or borrowing. Bloomfield says: 'Objec~s both natural and ~~-~ ~--~ 2 Bloom field,

228 228 manufactured pass from one community to another nnd so do patterns of action. such as technical procedures, w8rlike practice, religiol s rites or fashions of individual conduct,.3 As a result of this process the speec~-formb by whtch these objects are named are also transmitted from one people to another. (2) Changes in context: A word may be used in new contexts that are far removed from its original meanings. is known 8E 'change in context'. Such changes may come about due to one of the following factors: (a) Geographical or General Cultural Change: This For example, the word QIBLA (170).means in Arabic 'direction to which Muslims turn in prayer (toward the Kabba): recess in a mosque indicating the di~ection of the Kabba, prayer niche'. But in Hindi and Urdu it has besides these meenings, the meaning of an object of veneration or reverence; a father; a king; (by way of respectful address) Father! Worship! Sire I (b) The Effect of Cultural Contacts with Other People We may in this context mention the Phrase 'ADAB ARZ' which,is very frequently and popularly used in Hindi and Urdu. Both these worda are loanwords from Arabic but they are used in. entirely different contexts; in Arabic the.se words are hardly combined together because no meaningful expression can be evolved by combin Ibid, p. 445.

229 !:!I~.' ~~7 ing these two words in Arabic. In Arabic, the former means 'literature; decorum; goodllsnners; e~c,' and the latter means tpresenta~ioll; pertormance; width, etc,', but in Hindi and Urdu there has been a complete innovation by combin1~ these two words. It is used in the meaning: 'salutationsl' It is considered as a refined form ot greeting especially in North India. 3. IDansion and Obsolescence:!'Iany words acquire expansions in some ot their meanings while some others drop out of usage and become obsolete over a period of time. We may mention from our list the word 'AnE!R' (6), which has the following meanings in A.r.abic: 'Chieftain, commander, pver-, nor, leader, lord, prince, a person ot rank'. But in Hindi and U.rdu this word is used in the meaning ot a 'rich person'f this meaning is an expansion of tle meaning: I a person of rank'. On the other hand, the other meanings have become obsolete and the above mentioned meaning alone is used as an extended meaning. As an example ot obsolescenee, we m~ mention the word 'HADD' ot Arabic which is frequently used in Hindi and Urdu. Arabie this word means: 'edge, border, brink, verge, end, terminal point,dlvine ordinanee, divine statute; legal punishment,. In Persian also these meanings are current for this word. In

230 230 But in Rindi and Urdu this word has, specially, ill idiomatic usage~ come to mean: ~violation of the law'; this mearung has gained wide currency in these two languages; the word is invariuuly used in a negative sense, ss in: HADD HOGAYEE (matters have reached such an extent that they have gone beyond the limit and it has become necessary to take legal action). This is the meaning inferred from the example of the above and thus this word has almost come to mean only 'violation of,the law~; the original meaning 9limit or extent' haa almost become obsdete. (4) Growth of Refined and Abstraet Meaatngs: There are instances when a word having a concrete mean~ing in the donor language acquires a very refined meaning in the receiving languagee The AURAT (11) of Arabic can be mentioned here c.s an exampl.e; in Arabic this ~'1ord means : tprivy part, deteetlveness t., etc"'9 but in?indi and Urdu it has come to mean t a 'tioman f.. It is inexplica1:>le how this shift has taken place because even in Persian this word retains the Arabic meaning. We can consider this as an innovation evolved in Urdu which has become popular in Hindi also.. We have f$o far COlli::ddered 'the broad principles of Semantic Change and the important varieties of such change. We shall now proceed to apply these yrinciples and identity the varieties referred to earlier.

231 As mentioned before, linguists hav~ Semantic Changes under the followingtl1ree heads: (1) Narrowing or Restriction of Meaning; (2) Widening or Extension of Meaning; (:3) Shift or Transfer of Meaning. 231 categoriesed In the first category we can mention the following examples.from our list: AFAT (4); ~TA (5); (ANAL (6); <:AWRAT (1q);.AISH (-11); BADAL (16); BUKRAR (21); :pab~ (30);. pidn or ZIDD (34); pilie or ZILLA (35); FA?L (37); FEE (39); FOWJ (41); GHUSSA (50); RAV.ALA (61);... t.i.. I,HAVELI (62); IJAZAT (72); ~ZIZ (85); J,AHAZ (86); ". J!LJ) (87); JAYIZA (96); KARIL(100); KASR (102); KH.A1! (110); MAZBU~ (136); ~&.JAL(140); MEHNAT (1,1); r10wqil. (174); MULAZIH (165); HUNSIF (169); MUQ,ABALA (170); NAFA (181); NAQL (184); NU~ (187); RASH (208); RIYAYAT (209); and ~~B (214)~ We may now ~xplain briefly how the Narrowing or. -.. Restriction ot Meanitifl) above words: has taken p19ce in eacho:f the AFAT (4) means in" Ara:bic~ ~Harm, hurt, evil, epidemic, etc!. It a.'ppears t:ha't in, Per.sian the meaning 'epidemic t alone gained c,urj;'~ney but with the connotation of 'misfortune or calamity!..w'hen tl1e word was absorbed in Hindi an.d Urdu~ it got narrowed,: do'l'jn to the.following meanings: 'hardship, bane; misery.: i/ difficulty; etcl;snd

232 232 it is used more ill the meaning of: 'difficulty or that which causes trouble f.. Let us look into some examples or its usage in these two languages: 'KIYA AFAT MACHI BUWI HAlO (What an irksome situation is it now 1); 'HOLUM NAHIN KE IS HULK PAR KlYA AFAT AlYEEH HAl IE ROZKUCH NA KnCll HUSIBAT PARTI HAl f (God alone knows what has beholden this country; every day there is a crisis here); 'DILL! SHARAR KE ANDAB BUS r-u.y SAFAR KARNA BADI AF AT II BllT HAl' (It is a tvoublesome a ai. to travel in a bus within the city of Delhi). In Tamil this word haa undergone further rest-rietion of meaning i~ a context entirely different trom that. of Hindi and Urdu. In Tamil it simply means: I danger or hazard'. This word is pronounced in Tamil as 'ABATTU' and it is very cojdl'llonl;y used in the every day speech ot ~amil. For example, one can find this word written in bold letters as a signboard of 'CautionO near all electrical installations., railway crossings,etc. It ia also used in a sentence such as: 'IFPADI SEYTRAL ABATTU AKIVlDUM (If this is done like thifi it may end in danger or it may be hazardous); litho ORU ABATT~~A SANGATHI' (this is.b. dangerous matter).. Thu.s it is clea:.: that this word is used in Tamil only in the meaning of 'danger or r hazard '. ARATA (,) means in Arabic: -encirclement; compre- I hension, grasp, understanding, knowledge, cognizance', etc. In classical Arabic this word also m.eant: 'to surround, to beseige, ete'. It appears that the latter men-

233 \. J' tioned meading. were absorbed in Perslu.1n 'r.ier.~. :'i~ the ot~er.~aa1dg8. W. are inclined to.ak"thi.1d:t._.~ ~,. '''.. " '.. ~ "\. ~... ~t~r::~( ~(i. oe in view of the, ad1ngst1l4t are pret.lent. tor.}ttd..:;:".ra...,.... ".,".,}~. ":' ~ "~~' t,,:i, ~: t;.: ; in Hindi and Urdu. It h&. co.e to. SA 1ll th._;;t O'la~..",'.. t.,\.,:,... _ "!'.'.~~t?~~y~', ages:. ejl~los.d ~aee, division $t territor7.etc.t,e. "'~'. >. ':.( ',;, '. ':'.. '.... ' the word fe' used in restricte. 8ense.'!rh!s.re.t~lotioa of meaniilf must have\ taken place when Persian, s. the OpQ1 \,.' ).... ' "'.,," "language in medieval In(U~. Ou.r opiftion is :t~rtlier stria.. ~.it~. :. ~.r.:- i ~,; \ I JlOmenoJ.Bture or as an appellative, to reter toeaoh.nclosed area in the ~ld quarters ot the t'l1m.s in 'Borth India.;;!.~ ~" ';.: ~~ ~ '~.'I".' For,exe.mple, there' ~re several areas in Old Delhi. the l'1811es ';.: of whioh s~art with the word IHATA, such as InTA ULi; ~ ',' f.., \.;:. (original17 lha~a-e-~kr!n). ' '" i~" (.AWRAT (11) means,tn Arsbie:'defeetivenes6'f,\taulti~:,. :--.:...,. nees, deficienc7, illpe~~~ti;on:;' Pii4endum.; ~en1tale;' ~ak-':. ' ,... :. ~ :'J;'~.. i. '.,. ':..' ne8s,~eak spot. :\i~~ 4u.,$"~oal Arabie this word also,. meant: 'any part,~t,the bo~t ~1f~ich it is'indecent to ex-"., ".":'.' -'. ~.. '..... pose (parti~u1.ar11f x;o. the navel,to~, kn.e);.~ pla'ceei.~..'...,,,,.' '1 ;.'. c. -. ~".- _,. '. posed to hostile incursions; an;r:we~ part in an ttl'."d\'1 or ' ;. /l fortress'. It appears, that this word got naturalised e/!n Persian over a per,~o,d of' time to the extent that the' original meanings h,ac:!:'. b,ee~ dropped out from usage and the word came to aean odj.7 a 'woman'.' It is this meaning t lia~. has gaixlttd wide cur,re.~e7 tor this word ill H~~i.:~.!~~..,..,. '''':'::.t'. : :: :-~: '''-~''': ' :But." lt is 8t~.nge tha1;..;.this'meaning bas faded out of U:.8ge '.'. l.. " ; ~ ". ~; *~~ :' " _ ". in present ~~.,. per8~!:,it seejls to "have."lost.currenc7. :\.11. Persian siaee three or,tour oenturie. ago.

234 A Plausible explanation for i.;he twove restriction of meaning of this word in the borrowing language is that women were fh~rhaps considered restricted members of the society and th-erefore they were not to be lexposed' to the society at large. We must repeat here again that in Arabic this word has never been used in the meaning of 'a woman'. word has oecured in the Holy Qur~n This in five verses four of which are of different contexts, none of which refexsto the m.eaning of woman '. The Holy Quran besides being religious scripture of the muslims is also considered as an excellent work of reference on lad6uage. We give below the five verses and their translations to show how the word 'AWRAT' has been used therein: 1 twa QUL LIL MUMINATI YAGHDUDNA MIN ABSARIHINl-IA WA YAHF AZNA -FURUJAHUNNA ~.i'.. _ LA YUBDINA ZEENATHUNNA ILLA M.A ZAHARA MINHA VIAL YADRIBNA BEKIlUMURIHINNA WA LA YUBDINA ZEENATAHUNNA ILL! LE BU ULATtlINNA Aw ABAYIHINNA AVl.IillN-AYI BU ULATIHI~\NA AWABNAYIHINNA AW ABNAYI BU ULATIHINNA AW IKh1tlANIHI1TNA AW BANI IKHWANIHINNAAW BANI AKHAWATIHINNA AW NIS1.'-:iIHI~"NA AW MA HALAKAT AYMANUh1JNNA AWITTABATINA GRAYRI ULIL IRBATIMINAR RIJAL AWITTIFL ATJ,ADHINA LAM YAZHARU 'ALA AWRATIN NISA' (!And say to the believing women that they should lower their t;saze and guard their modesty, that -i..hey should l10t displi:1y their beauty, and ornaments except what (must ordinarily) appear thereof; that they should draw th0ir veils over their boooms and not

235 display their beauty except to theirhusbanos. their fath~'1's, their husbands' fathers, their sons, lheir husbands' sons, or their sisters' sons, or their women, or the slaves whom their right hands possess, ortnale servants free of physical needs, or small children v.lho have no sense of 0he shame of sex') (Chapter or Sura No.34, AJf NOOR, Verse No.31 - translated by Yusuf Ali) 235 It may be noted that in the above lengthy verse, the word Awrat has been used in the plural form 'AWRAT' and in the meaning of 'the shame of sex'. 2. 'YA AYYUHALLADHINA AMANU LE YASTADHINA.KUI1 AL~ADHINA MALAKAT AYMANUKUM WALLA DHINA LAM YABLUGHU ALHULMA MI1~M THALATHA MARRATIN MINQUALI SALATIL FAJRI WA HINA TADAUNA THIYABAKUM MINAZ ZAHIRATI WAMIN BADISALATIL ISHAI THALATHA AWRA~IN LAAJM' (Ye who believe! Let those whom your right hand possess, and the (children) among you who have not come of age ask your ~ermis~ion (before they come to your presence), onthree occasions: before morning prayer, while you ~off your clothes for noonday heat; and after the late-night prayer: these are your three times of undr~') (Chapter or Sura No.35, Ai~ NOOR, Verse 58, transla.ted by Yusuf Ali) In the above verse a.1so the word A~JRAT is used in the plural form of AWRAT but in the meaning of 'time of undress', i.e privacy. 'WAIDH QALAT TAYIFATUN NI~nuM YA AHLA YATHRIBA LA MUQM~A LAKUM FARJ UOO WA YASTHADHINU F AREEQUN l'1ij\w011 AN NABIYA YAQULUN INNA BUYOOTANA AWRATUN WA MA EIYA BE AWRATIN IN TijRIDUNA ILLA FIRARA' (Chapter or Sura No.44, At AHZAB, Verse No.1~, - Translated by Yusuf Ali) (Behold! a party among them said: Ye men of Yathrib! Ye cannot stand (the attack)! Therefore go backl And a band of them ask for leave of the Proohet, saying, ttl~ly our houses are. bare and exposed, they intend~d nothing but runaway)

236 236 In the above verse the word 'AWRATI has bct:'ll used in the meaning of 'bare and exposed'. Thus it is clear that in Arab~c this word has never had any connection with the meamng'woman J As stated earlier, this word has been totally absorbed in Hindi and Urdu although in Hindi the words '~~LA. and "STHI' are being preferred gradually. The pl'ul.'al.form of this word in these two languages',is tormed as per the pattern of plurals in Urdu, namely, AWRATEN (nominative case) and AWRATON (accusative ease). Thus the word AWRAT is a case?! restriction of meaning which may also be described as a 'metaphoric extension' to the meaning of the word. fbadal' (16) has already been discussed in the previous category, namely, 'liidening of meaning'. But here we would like t'o ~oint out that this word has also hads. shift in meaning in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. This shift has come about as a result C)f the shift in Persian from the meaning 'recompense, and set off' to 'requital in lieu of,retaliation'. And in Hindi and UrdU the word structure was also modified to the form BADLA. in order to denote these extended or rather transferred meanings. Here are some examples ot the usage of this word in these two langu.ages: UNHON NE UNSE BADLA LITA (he took revenge from him); IS KITABKEBADLE MAY I1U.]1D EK COpy DE DO (Please give me a note book, in lieu at thisboak). In Tamil this word (prono~ced as PATHIL) has had a more drastic shift since it has come to. mean: Ito all8wer,

237 237 to reply, etc,' This shift can perhaps be traced to the,original meanings of: 'substitute or alternate'. Here ate some examples of its usages in TamiL. PATHlr.,SOLLUVATHU (to ansl-jer); ATHARKKU PATHlLAKA (in lieu of the,t); PATHILU THIRAM (answer, reply); PATHILUKKU PATHIL (like for like, retalfation); PATHILALI (Substitute); PATHIL UPAKARAN (recompense). in the meanings of: as 'total shift' in meaning. The shift that has taken place in Tamil 'answer and reply! can be described BUKHAR (21) means in Arbbie: 'vapour t fume; steam'; In Persian there was a narrowing of meaning arising out of the mee-ning: steam!. It was given the connotation of 'feverish heat, fever, anger, wrath, animosity, brief r t-- and anguish I! And in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired' only ~he meaning of traver'. Here are someeexamples of its usages in these two languages: BUKHAR ANA, BUKHAR CRA- 1m!. (to have a fever; to get into a state offever1 to get into a state of feverish heat or axc! tement or :llarm). BUKHAR DIL MAY RAKHNA (to harbour or cherish wrath or ani mosity); 'BUKHAR NIK.A.ALNAI: (to vent one's rage or spleen, to let oft steam). The shift in the :meanings of this word may be described as a restriction of meaning since it is in some way connected with the original meaning in Arabic. DIDD (34) pronounced as ZIDn in Hindi and Urdu t means in Arabic, 'an opposite, a contrary, contrast, word with two opposite meanings, adverse.ry, opponent, a.ntitoxin, antidote, a~ti - ine eompounds e In Hindi and Urdu this word' has come ~o mean the 'spirit of eontrariness~;

238 238

239 239 It is evident from the above that the Arabic word DILE has been received in the borrowing laubuages in a restricted context. case of shift in meaning_!!!his can also be considered as a F~L (37 )in Arabic means: 'parting,- disjunction, detachment, severance, sunderance, cutting otf,separation, division, partition, discharge, dismissal, decision, rendering of judgement, seetio1!,. ),l!1'ri,. eaapte-rf,aet of a plq, n ' movement ot ti S'11AJ :>1:!Y <I class';' gra:de fl!l! a sel~teo-l,. season-. All thes~ Bl&' ti:!:ttgs tih ]>'revalenilt 11» Pers-ian alb& "but the m.eaning fsess01it has been interpreted as '1.ulnest,,, ej1'op'~ etc' In Hibd:i ;!mel Urthll this word is used mostl,. in the last mention~d twa meanings only and occasionally in the meaning ot, 'season,as in 'FABL-E-BAHAR (spring season). Here are sgimt} e~.pies of its usage in these two languages. :rabal ~tl ZA1lAHA AGAYA (it is time for harvest); IS BAAL 1rASAL leachi R!l: (This year the harvest is good); CHAVALltlFASALSAALt1AY DO BAR HOT! HAl (rice crop is two times in a year). The,Pe!>sian:torm of relative noun F.A.SLI is also cblludonlt used in Hindi and Urdu as in the following sentetteesj YAHAN KI FABLI MEWA KIYA HAl. (what are t:neseasona1 :truit s avails ble here?); FASLI BAAL (the revenue' 0 r, harvest year); ~bart Ths'Fasli era was instftutedby Emperor and began on 10th September 1555; the fasliyear falls behind the H;l.jra era at the rate of threo years per eentury because the Fasl! years are solar.

240 It is evident trom the toreg~ing 240 examples that the word labl has got narrowed down in its meaning stemwing troa the Arabic meaning 'to cut' and also 'a season'. This can also be described as a case of total shift' of meaning especially in the meaning ot 'h.arvest' that is commonly used in Hindi and Urdu. FEE (39) is a preposition in Arabic meaning 'in, at, on, near by, within, during, among, in the company ot, with, about, on, coneerning~ regarding, with reference to, according to, in proportion' to'. In Hindi and Urdu this word ia restric~ed to the meaning: 'each, tor eaeh, per'. As tor example, 'FEE KJ...SS (per head), 'FEE SAD' (per cent); 'FEE S~' (per year); 'FlL BAL' (immediately); FEE MANN (per maujd); ElL JUMLA (Upon the whole, in brief, in ettect). f... FOWJ (41) means in Arabic, 'a group, crowd, troop, band, detachment, party, battalion, regiment'; however, the last two Ile~n.ingst are only used; it is used more as a military term to mean 'an army'. It is also used in some Persianised combinations, such as: FAUJ DAR (an officer ot the police);. FAUJ DARl (the ottice or jurisdiction of a taujdar); The Persian relative noun FAUJl (of or belonging to the army) i8 also used commonly in Hindi and Urdu. restriction ot meaning which this word bas acquired in Hindi and. Urdu is also an instance ot shift of meaniil8 trom a more material and SUbstantial value towards one that is more conceptual and tormal. The

241 239 It is evident ~rom the above that the Arabie word DILE has been received in the borrowiilb laubuag-es in a restricted context. case of shift in meanint;s_. This can also be considered as a FASL (37) in Arabic means: 'parting, disjunction, detachment, severance, sunderance, cutting of!, separation. division, partition, discharge, diamissal,decisiol t rendering of judgement, section, part, chapter, act ota plq, h movement o a symp6ny, class~ grade in a school, season". All these meanings are prevalent in Persian also but the meaning 'season' has been interpreted as 'harvest, crop, etc'. In Hindi and Urdu this word is used mostly in the last mentioned two m.eanings only and occasionally in the meaning v:f 'season as in FASL-~B~~ (spring season). Here are some examples of its usage in these two languages. FABAL K.ATNE KA ZAMANA AGAYA (it is time for harvest); IS BAAL FABAL AOHORI HAI (This year the harvest is good); OHAVAL ItI F.Af3AL BAAL MAY DO BAR HOTI F..AI (rice crop is two times in a year).. The Persian form of relative noun FASLI is also commonly used in Hindi and Urdu as in the following sentences: YAHAN KIFASLI MEWA XlYA HAl, (what are the sea-. sonal fruits available here?); FASLI BAAL (the revenue or harvest year); The Fasl! era was instituted by Emperor. Akbar, and began on 10th September 1555; the fasl! year falls behind the Hijra era at the rate of three years per century because the Faali years are solar.

242 GHUSSA (5'1) means in Arabic 'that which comes choking, ". a lump illi.;he throat, mortal distress, tor.nent, agony, ordeal chocking sound, suppressed moan t In Per~ian it go~ restricted ~o the meanings of 'surroca~ion, grief, anxie~yt ~orrowt and sadness'. In Hindi and Urdu i~ got rest;ricted further and has come tio mean only 'wrath, anger, rage,and passion. It is also one ot the commonly used words in Hindi and Urdu and it can be counted among the indispensible words in these two languages. The semantic change in thieword can be described as also another incident of s~.f't from the ma... terial value to a more conceptual value. This word is very often used with verbs in certain interesting combinations which I indicate the ingenuity of the speaker~ of these two languages.-some o,! these combinations are GRUSS.! PINA OR PIJABA or GRUSSA THUKNA or T:a:tnrnENA or (Swallow one's 8Dger; to suppre ss anger); GElTSSA DILANA or GRUSSA MAY LANA (KIBI KO) (to make angry, to enrag~, ~o provoke, to offend); GHUSSE SE or GRUSSE KE MARE BHUT HOJAllA (to become a very devil thr<?ugh rage). HAVALA.. (62) in Arabie means 'assignment, cession,jurisprudence,; bill of exchange, (promisory) note, check draft, money order' etc. But in Persian it came to mean 'Transfer, commitment, charge, trust, care, custody, deposit, consignment (of property); assignment for payment, adverbi~lly).in the charge or eare of'; and in Hindi and Urdu it is now used in the following meanings: 'to make a reference (HAVAIADENA); to give in charge or possession of

243 242 (HAVALA KARNA) and to be sent to police custody or to be arrested (HAVALAT MAY BAND KARDENA). This word is also combined with the noun 9f possession tdar' in Hindi and Urdu and thus the word HAVELDAR is formed and it is. a frequently used word to denote fa military offioer'. This term was used by the Britishers during their rule in India to refer to a milltar,y officer of interior rank in t~e native regiments. Durin~ the Hugha! rule this word meant 'one employed to protect the grain before it is stored; a steward or agent employed for the management of a village'. This word as a military term is common in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. The semantic change that has taken place int'his word is an instance of shift from the conceptual to the material or 6ubstancialmeaning. BAVALY (63) means in Arabie 'around, about circa' It is used in Arabic as an adverb of place or time, unmarked for number and 5ender. This word underwent a mitt in meaning in Persian since. it was taken to mean as outskirts, suburbs of a city, environs, etc t It underwent a further na:rxowing of meaning in Hindi and Urdu since it was taken to mean ta house of brick or stone, house, dwelling, habitation, mansionn, the districts or lands attached to and in the "icinity o:! a. town (the revenues of which were devoted to the support of the military garrison). i nr- This word is now commonly used in the mean/ of the ancient quarters of many towns in north India, e.g HAVEL! AZAM KBJu~. Thus the usage in Hindi and Urdu can be considered as an instance of 'total shift I.

244 ROW~ALA 24; (64) means in Arabie, 'craw or bladder of a bird (pelican); gail bladder, bile'; but in Persian it acquired the additional meanings of -capacity, spirit, ambition, desire, courage, patience'. And it is only these meanings gained currency in Hindi and Urdu. Thus it is a case of total shift. Let us look into some of the examples in which this wor~ is used in these two languages: HOWSALA DAR (having a stomach for; capricious); HC1rlSILA DARI (capacity); HowaILA MAND (asp-.iring, ambitious). IJAZAT (73) in Arabic means, 'permission, authorization, approval, permit, vacation, leave (of absence), licence as an academic degree~, are in ~se ete. All these meanings in Persian also. But in Hindi and Urdu this word is restricted to a situational use as in formal or informal conversation one would say to his host or to the person to whom he 1s talking to: 'May I have your permission to leave now,'or 'May I have your permission to say a tew words now:' In such situations this word is brought into use in Hindi and Urdu and the following sentences are very often used: ~AZAT HAl?' or KIYA MUJHE IJAZAT RAT? the rest of the words in such sentences are not spoken but they 'are understood from the context. This kind of a usage is not found in Persian; it is an innovati0~ Hindi and Urdu. in Thus the semantic chailbe in this word can be described as 'a conventional abstraction in tho ~enbe-referent relationship' mentioned by Ullmann Stephen Ullman, The Principles of Semantics, p.84

245 244 This word 1s also used in the original sense in sentences 8Uch as: tijazat DENA (to grant leave or permission); IJAZAT LENA (to get pexmission). The word'aziz (85) in Arabic means 'dear, worthy, precious, highly esteemed, greatly~ valued, honoured, respected, beloved'; In Persian also these mer.nings are prevalent. But in Hindi and Urdu this'word has come to mean: 'a near and dear friend or rela~tivet only. In this meaning it is combined with 'DARI'(which is also originally Persian, but modified on the pattern of relative nouns in Hindi and Urdu) to make the word AZIZDARI (relationship). It is also used as an adjective in phrases like AZIZ DOST (dear friend) and AZIZ CHIZ (a dear thing); ~he semantic change in this word can be described as a 'continguity under the association between the senses l, that is to say there is a transfer of meaning on the basis of some common features betweeen the idea of something being dear and the relationship on the basis of blood or an the basis of dearness oia thing ora persoll to one's heart.. Thus the resultant semantic change is a 'metonymy', i.e changing the sign for the thing signified. JAHAZ (87) in Arabic means, 'equipment, appliances, outfit, gear, rig, trousseau, contrivances, gadget, implement, appliance, utensil, installation, apparatus (technical), system,; in Persian all these meanings do exist but iu actual use this word is restricted to two meanings only: (1) paraphernalia or portion given with a daughter; a

246 245 trousseau; 2. a ship. In the first meaning the word is pronounced as J~qEZ which is the pronunciation prevalent in Hindi and Urdu also; for the latter meaning the word is pronounced as JAHAZ as in Arabic. The change in spelling. and pronunciation is inexplicable. But the semantic change can be described as a change resultingtrom the 'similarity arising f--rom association between names" Arabic b~ththe In present day above meanings are absolute; 'equipment, appliance, apparatus and implement i are the meanings current in Arabie for thib ",lord. --- But in classical Arabic the above two meanings did exist as it could be ascertained from" some history books of the tenth century A.D. In Hindi and Urdu, the word JAHAZ Has acquired further extensions such. as HAVAY JAHAZ and PANI Kk.. JARAZ meaning 'aeroplane. and ship' respectively. JALAD (88) meant in classical Arabic'tlogging of the camel by the camel driver in order to make the animal move fast'; besides this meaning, this word also meant, tstaunch steadfast, strong, sturdy, quick, ac-tive, brisk t hasty, rash, precipitate, fierce, soon and without delay!!, etc.. It is these last mentioned meaninbs which have come to stay in Hindi and Urdu. This shift has most probably occurred through Persian. It is now one of the commonly used words in Hindi and Urdu and it can be counted among the indispensible wolds. In presen"g day Arabic this word i::: used ~ ~--~---- Ibid P.80

247 246 in ~he meauings, 'flogging, s~eadfastedness only. But in Hindi and Urdu it is used o.oly in the meaning of 'swift, hasty, quick', etc. It is also used in Persianised combinationb t;;v.cll as: JALD BABI <-qui.ckness, brisknecis, ac~ti... vity, ability, haste, expe-ditic l 1»; JALDI l\.jui:llia is also an oft repeated phrase mecu... ing, 'make haste, hasten, hurry, J. the adjectival phrase JALD BAZ is also used often in Hindi and Urdu to mean a hasty person f.. A. closer study of the semantic change that has taken place in this word would reveal to us that a certain amount of filtering hab taken place in the meaning of this word; the orit;;inal meanid.6 'flogging' has been the source for further extensions as detailed above. It later on underwent a 'shift in application' and as a result of 'the virtual-actual duality on the one hand, audo! the vagueness and elasticity of the sense on the other'. 6 JAYIZA (96) in classical Arabic meant: 'prize, reward, premium, stipend, and scholarship I. But in Persian it underwent major shift in-meaning because it acquired the following meanings, 'examination, review, trial, proof, coj1rmation, a mark Dlc...de in checking, signature, muster'; in Hindi and Urdu this word is restricted to the ~ollowing meanings: I examination, review, trial', etc. A careful study of this shift in meaning reveals to Ul:;l that this has most probably occured due to the similarity with the word IJAZAT (permission, leave, etc) referred to earlier. Both the words are from the same root and they differ 6 Ibid, p.11~

248 ~4'1 in mean-ing only by the di erence of the form derived from the root. In Arabic, both clas~ical and modern, this word has always been used in the meaning of, 'reward, prize', etc; this is perhaps due to the fact that this stems from the meaning of 'granting or permitting something after due scrutiny. Thus the shi~t that has occured in the usage of this word in Persian and later on in Hindi aud Urdu through the influence of Persian, in all probability, has been based on the root meaning of the word in Arabic~ The resultant semantic change in this word can be described as a chanee due to analo~y. In Hindi and Urdu this word is always used with the verbs like LENA and DENA, i.e JAYIZA LENA (to examine, to check, ete); JAYIZA DENA (to undergo examination) ; KAHIL (101) meant in classical Arabic 'upper part of the neck, withers hump of a camel and a person of matured age'; these meanings are current in modern Arabic also. But in Persian it acquired the meanings of tslow, tardy, languid, indolent, idle, lazy, netsligent,unwell, sick, indisposed, middleaged'; it is these meanings of Persian that have come to stay in Hindi and Urdu in t~e context of-this wo.rd. The emphasis in Hindi al.d Urdu while using this word is on the meanings? idle, lazy, negligent, and sick'. It is also used in an Arabieised combination (with some modifications) such as, KAHIL MIZAJ (sluggish, indolent). This word is also used with verbs in Hindi and Urdu, such as: KAHILl AGAYI (laziness has overtakell); there

249 tn mean-lng only by the difference of the form derived froil the.. ~ _oot.. I.n AI' a b' lc, l ~)O th C 1 ase...lca. 1 anu modern, this word has always beeu used in the meaning of, 'r.eward, prize', etc; this is perhaps dl.l~ to the fact that this S :;IIlS from the meaning of 'granting or permitting something aftar due scrut-iny J. Thus the shi.ft that has occ1lred in the usage of this word in Persian and later on in Hindi 9.ud Urdu through the influence of Persian, in all probability, has been based on the root meaning of the word in Arabic. resultant semantic change in this word can be described as a ChaD66 due to analo~y. always u~,eu LENA (to examine t examination) ; In Hindi and Urdu this word is with the verbs.like LENA and DENA, i.e J.AYIZA to check, etc); JAYIZA DENA (to undergo KAHIL (101) meant in classical Arabic 'upper part of the neck, withers hump of a camel and a person of matured age t; these meanings are current in modern Arabic also. But in Persian it acquired the meanings of 'slow, tardy, languid, indolent, idle, lazy, ne~ligent,unwell, sick, indisposed, middleaged'; it is these meanings of Persian that have come to stay in Hindi and Urdu in the context of this wol:d. The emphasis in Hindi alld urdu whil.e using this. word is on the meanings, idle, lazy, negligent, and sick-. It is also used in an Arabicised combinatiolj. (wi th some modification,;;) such as, KAHIL!'IIZAJ (slu/sgish. indolent). This word is also used with verbs in Hindi and Urdu, such as: KAHILI AGAYI (laziness has overtakeu); there The

250 248 is8lso an adjectival form; KAHlLANA which Platts? expla~ns as a combination of Arabic and Zend and Sanskrit; he gives tbe break up as follows: KAaIL + Zend att. ANA or ANA - Sanskrit: AN. It can be seen from the above analysis that the meanings that have become current for this word in Hindi and Urdu through Persian are all extensions ot the original Arabic meaning; 'a person of mature age'. This semantic change can be described asa change resulting from conti~ity, because the KAHIL meaning tmature or ripe ale has been extended to mean laziness, indolence, etc. since these qualities are normally associated with old age. RASR (103), in classical and modern Arabic has always meant; breaking, fraeturing, shattering, fragmentation, break, breach, fracture, craek, rupture, fracture of a bone, etc. In Persian also these meanings have been adopted" But in Hindi and Urdu this word has been mixed up with another phonetically similar Arabic word: QASR and as a result of it, the entire range of meanings for this word has also been mixed up. It woilld be useful to quote Platts observe tion on this word 8 : KA.SR (in Hindustani, perhaps by mis-, take for QASR) something wrong or amiss; something wani;;id.b, a want, deficiency, defect, flaw'. Platts also has listed the original Arabic meanings for this ~ords above. besides the Let us now consider some examp'les of the usase of ~ 7 J.T. Platts, A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi and English; p.~08 8 luid, p.8';3

251 249 this word in Hindi and Urdu: RASR UTruu~A (to suffer loss or damage); YJ!EAR BHARNA (to l.ilake good a loss, to indemnify; to make up a deficiency); KASR BESHI (a fraction more); K)..BR PARNA (trouble or inconyeniehc~ to arise, a deficiency to occur, to 1'all short); KABR-E... SH.AN \1088 of di~nity or honour) ; KASR NlKALNA or NIKAL-LEUA (to make up a loss or deficiency, to be revenged for; be quits with; to pay one off for;) KASR-E-NAFSI (to humble oneself); KABRAT (athletic exercise; practice; usage ; habit); KASRAT XA.RNA (to practise on aself in athletic or gymnastic exercises). It becomes clear to us from the above examples that excepting the last mentioned two examples referring to ph.tsical exercises,(which are in some way connected with the original Arabic meaning of breaking), the rest of the entire range of meanings of this word in Hindi and Urdu is related to the other phonetically siulilar word QASR.. Thus the semantic change in this word can be desc~ribed as a Polysemy (one name - several Benses) r~sulting from phonetic interferenc from another word. KF...ATT (1...'1) is an Arabic word meaning 'line, stroke, stripe, streak, railroad, line, line of communication, telephone lines, frontline (military), furrow, ridge, handwriting, writing, script, calli~rapbj and penmanship!. In Persian l,his word has, besides the above, had the following extended meanings: fa letter, a note, a character, a figure drawn on the sand by conjurers, a line, a limit, mart:, in, edge, a banle, coast, a line of conduct or ;..roument,

252 250 an order, a marriage contract, the down on the cheek of a youth 1. But in Hindi and urdu this word is restricted to the followine;, meanings, itwriting, cha:::'acter, handwriting, chirl,);;raphy, a letter epistle, do~m on the face, incipient, bee.rd, moustaches. -a word with re~ard The semantic chance in this to the last mentioned meanings of edown on the face, beard, moustache? etc, is a case of \Tmetonymy i.e changing the sign for the thing signified. I"1...AZBUT occupied) held~, ~ (137) in classical.arabic meant fpos.3essed, etc. In modern Arabic it has acquired the following meanings, t accurate, exact, right 7 precise'; In Persian both the above sets have been adopted and it has also acquired extended meanings such ~s 'tamed,moderated, disciplined, firm, strong, solid', etc; in Rindi snd Urdu this ";lord is now rest-sricted to the following meanings: 1h Id.p' 1 f' f., +-' h+o ~~rm y, ~rm, ~eq9 v1g v, immovable, stable, strong, stout, resolute, cogent, valid, firmly, tightly"; the Persian form of relative noun ~1AZBOOTI is also commonly used in Hindi and Urdu to mean, fstrength, force,firmness, solidity, durability, validityt cogency' 4 Trw adverbial form MAZBUTI meaning 'strongly, firmly,' etc, is also an oft repeated phrase in Hindi an.d Urdu. MAZBOOT and M.AZBUT: are construed with several verbs in Hindi and Urdu, such as, BAT I"f. AZBUT KP...RLIJIYE (make your statement or atsreement firm); MAZEUTI BE PAKARHNA (to hold firmly); it is clso used in adjectival forms, such as: I1AZBOOT CHEEZ (a strong thing); MAZBOOT GHARI (a stll~dy vehicle); ~~ZBOOT DAJ1

253 251 (fixed price), etc. Thus we can see that in Hindi and Urdu this word is restricted to the meanings which are semantic extensioil.';;; received thro'.lgh J:>ersian. This is an inst ance of semantic char~e due to 'contiguity under the association between the senses,.9 MAJAL ('14"1) is an Arabic word meaning, 'room space, field, domain, sphere, scope, extent, reach, range, elbowroom, freeacope, play, clearance, field (ma6netism)i; In Persian it got extended to the following meanings: 'power t ~ trength,ability, circus, a field o~ vibour, skill, place, opportunity, a battle'. It is these extended meaniugs of Persian that have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu for this word. It is very often used in these two languages with verbs in sentences such as: UNKA KIYA MAJAL HAl KE WOH AISA KAHEIN! (Dare he say like this!); MAJAL RAKHNA or MAJAL HONA (to have the power to do something); KIYA ~~JAL HAl (what power has he? or l..jhat can he do?). Thus this word is now restricted to the meanings: 'power, might, skill and c;lare'.. The semantic change that has occured in this word may be catee,oriesed as a depart~e :from the conventionality of a meani~ due to a certain 'motivation' i.e tll.u word.majal has motivated the change due to a certain similarity between che idea of 'space, domain, scope,' etc., and between the idea of 'power, might, skill and dare' ~ Stepheu Ullmann, The Principles of Semantics, p. 8u

254 MEHNAT (172) is an Arabic word meaning 'severe trial, ordeal, tribulation, affliction, hardship, distress, suffering, misfortune'; in Persian the meanings have changed as follows:. 'moil, toil, drudgez7, calamity, misfortune, misery, sore trial, temptation'; but in Hiadi and Urdu this word has come to mean: 'diligence, application, attention, exercise, athletic exercise'. It is construed with several other ve'!'bs and nouns such as MEHNAT UTHANA (to undergo labour or trouble, to labour, to take pains); MEHNAT KARNA (to labour or toil for or after, to exert oneself); HEBBAT KA PBAL (the fruit of labour). We eould see troa these examples that the meanings of this word in Hindi and Urdu has b~en restriqted to 'exertion, pbysical l.abouf' etc'., whereas in Arabic it is used only in the meanings, 'mistortun,, calamity', etc. Thus the semantic cha~e in this word is another instance of change due to motivation. This 'word has motivated a certain similarity between 4;he ige8 ot 'calamity, misfortune', etc, and the idea of 'hard labour, toil', etc, and thus it has come to mean only 'har~ labour ~n~ toil' etc, in Hindi and Urdu. This motivation has most probably come through Persian. c... MO~QA (1)~) in A~abic means, 'place where something drops or tails down; p~ace, sice,!ocality, spot, position (ar a ship and mill); scene, situation, location, position; impression; time or d~.te 011 which somethinf5 falls t In Persian there has been a shitt in the meanings of this word; the meanin~:;,; in Persian are as follows: 'opportunity, ~..

255 occasion, accident, contingency, occurence, vicissitudes.. of fortune, proper, fit; suitable, the falling of a star'; all these meanings bave been adopted in Hindi and Urdu also but the emphasis isod. the meanings of' opportunity, right place, at the proper time', ete. We find this word used in these meanings by combining it with different verbs and nouns. Let us look at the following examples: MOUQA BARNA (an opportunity to occur or to present itself); MOUQ,A. PER (adverb - at the right place, at the proper time,); MOU~ PAKARNA (to seize the occasion, not to let slip an opportunity); MOUQ,A. HATH LAGNA ( an opportunity to come to hand); BE MOUQA - an adjective and adverb - (out of place, misplaced, untimely, unseasonable, ill timed, inopportune, ma 1... a-prop0 s, inconveni ent, untoward). MOUQA DEENA or MOUQA TAKNA (tolook for or watch for an opport~ty),. MOUQ,A DENA (to give an opportunity,' or occasion to); MOUQjl BE (adverb -,.': 1./,.. opportunely, seasonably, timely); MOU~ NlKAL JANA (an opportunity to pass away or esca.":"'pe or be lost); MOUQA-E-WAR-IDAT, (the place where a crime has been committed). It is now clear to us after a perusa.l of all these examples in Hindi and Urdu that this word is restricted to the abstract meaning of 'opportunity and occasion!, etc. The semantic ohange in this word can be placed under the category of change due to a conventional abst-raction in the sense-referent relationship.

256 254 MULAZIH (166) is an Arabic word meaning 'tenaciou.s :rollowed by genitive: of', cliil8ing,keeping, stickinf!, (with following genitive: to); preservering, persisting, remaining, abiding; inseparable, closely connected or attached; attending; accompanying; adhering; adherent; follower; partisan; Second Lieutenant'; Morphologically this word i~ lit noun agent il. Arabic; bes:ic~ this word, we note that the noun infinitive MULAZAMAT' is also frequently used in Hindi and Urdu. MULAZAMAT means 'adhesion, close attachment; pursuit; pursuance; ~se1verance; assiduity and zeal'. All the meanings of both these words have been totally absorbed in Persian. But the emphasis has been on one meaning only, 'to serve' (as a verb) and (servant, domestic s~rvant, etc. It is these two meanings that have been transmitted to Hindi and Urdu also and they are widely used in these two languages. The following examples can confirm this fact: 'Sarkari Mulazim', (a govern-c ment servant); MULAZIH-E-KHAS (a private servant); rrulazim KARBA (to engage a servant); MULAZAMAT (service, employment duty, etc); WOH MULAZIM.BAI (he is an employee); 'Unhon ne Mulazamat Ikhtiyar Karli' (he/she has taken up employment); the plural of this word is formed on the pattern of plurals of Urdu, namely MULAZIMIN (nominative case) and MULAZIMON (accusative case). It is clear fl""'1 the above examples that this word has been restricted to the mea.uin:.:; of service or employment in Hindi and Urdu, inspite of the fact that this meaning is not commonly prevalent in Persian and

257 255.. ~ ~it is never in use in Arabic. Thus this is an innovation or rather a semantic extension evolved by the people who speak Urdu i.lnd HindL. This semantic change can be placed under the category of change due to 'Similarity between the senses. 10 Ullmann makes a further classification of such changes and states that this type of change could be either due to substantive or emotive similarity. By substantial he means the 'anthropomorphic transfers' such as: tfoot ot a hill, arms and mouth of a river, eye of a needle', et~., and by emotive he means the similarity that 'entirely depends upon the analogous impact and affective resemblance of two senses'. In our present discussion, we may classify this word MULAZIM as B ease of change due to emotive similarity between the two senses. MUNSHI (16)) in Arlabie means, 'creator, organizer~ promoter, founder. author, writer, creating, creative t.. Persian th1_s word has the following extended meanings, 'tutor, secretary, a composer in proselg it is these extended meanings of this word which have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu. This word is now used to refer to: fa scribe, an amanuensis; (in India chiefly among Europeans) a tutor, a teacher of Persian or Urdu; language master, a title of respect'. The Persian adjectival form ~unshiana is also used very commonly in UrdU 1,0 mean!writing like a ---~-~ Stephan Ullmann, The Principles of Semantic Cha!lb~, p.280 In

258 256 Munshi fs good handwriting or penmanship'. 1'1UNSHIJI Is also a very commonly used.wordin Hindi and Urdu; it is a title of respect for One who teaches Arlabic and Urdu and Persian, as against PANDITJI for one who teaches Sanskrit and Hindi. Thus the semantic chang'e in this word is another instance of 'change due to the similarity between the senses'. MUN~IF (170), in Arabic means, 'just man, righteous, equitable, fair, just'. But in Persian this word got transferred to the meanings of ta judge-advocate, an arbitrator, d.iscreet, just, equitable, fair, just t, etc. In Hindi and Urdu this word is used strictly in the meaning of a district or village ~udge, a subordinate judge. This word is used in Tamil also in the same meaning as in Hindi and Urdu. This word is current in many other lang~ages I of the Indian sub-continent as a tit-ie for a legal office. In Tamil this word is pronounced as MUNSIPPU. In Rindi and Urdu the Persian adjectival form MUNSIFANA, meaning, 'equitably, justly, fairl~ and candidly', is also used. In Arabie, both classical and modern, this word has llcv-er had this legal connotation. It is thus an innovation received through Persian.. But in Persian also this legal connotation is not in volue. It is therefore, an exclusive usage in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil besides many other languages of the sub-continent. The semantic change in this word may also be classified under the emotive ch... ange due to the simila.rity between the two senses.

259 257 MUQABALA (1'11) also pronounced as MUKABALA. (in Rindi and Urdu) is an Arabic word meaning II enco"l.lnter, meeting, conversation, talk,discussion, inter,riew, audience, reception, comparison? collation r. In Persian this word has the following meanings; 'facing, standing, over against, looking towards, comparing, collating (on.e book with ano... ther), confronting, m~eting face ~o face, OPPOSing, resisting, recompensing, comparison control~ collation, examination, contrast, exchange, reciprocation, equality~ ~etrospection, a book of control, contradistinction, a countar part, duplicate, tablets, memorandum - book'. But in Hindi and Urdu this word is restricted to the meanings of : "contest,. competition, oppostion, opposite quartert. The meanings which are in use in Persian tor this word are actually the meaninc;s of the noun. agent MUQABIL (masculine) and MUQABlLA (feminine) of Arabic. This difference in the word form. has been overlooked.in th~ Persian usage, as s. rasu.lt of which there has been a mi±ingu_p of the m.eanings and these have passed on to Hindi and Urdu also..but in Hindi and Urdu it has got restricted to the meanings me!l.- tionedearlier.. Thi::. word 'is used ~!itb. several verbs, as.follows: eon..front, to oppo se, to resist, to contend (~;Ji"!.;h or against); to compete or coi:je vii th, Ito challange ~ to.compare, collate, con-trast, to examine, check, or balance accounts) ; ti1uqabala ANA (to come in front of~ -Lo face, confront, to oppose, to challange to combat, to defy).....~ J...~ is clear from the above examples that this ''ford has got

260 258 to the meanings ot.'confrontation, opposition' and challange' in Hindi and Urdu. described as also 8 senses. The semantic che.ngein this word may be change due to similarity between the NAYA (181) in Arabic means, 'use, avail, benefit, advantage, profit, gain, good, welfare'. In Persian this word acquired the following a1ditional meanings: 'gain, profit, advantage, emolument, interest, avail, these additional meanings alone have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu. The word HUNAFA which is the noun infinitive of another form de"'l!loped from HAFA is also used in Hindi and Urdu in the... meanings of 'net profit and interest'. Some of the senten ces in which these words are used are as follows: NAFA.. UTHANA (to reap or make profit); MUNAFA LENA (to make or obtain profit); NAFA-O-NUQSAN (Profit and Loss). Thus this word has got restricted to the meanings or 'profit, interest, advantage', etc., in Hindi and Urdu. The semantic change in this word is also due to the similarity of senses. NAQL (184) in Arabie means, 'carrying, carriage, conveyance, transportation, transport, removal, translocation, relocation, transfer (also of an official); change of residence, move remove; transmission (also by radio), translation, transcription, transcript, copy, traditioll, report,, account, entry, posting in an account book, assignment, cession' All thi's meanings got l,ransferred to Persian also and it also acquired to additional meanings in Persi..:l.n, namely, imitating and mimicking. It is these two additional.4"', meanings that have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu besides,

261 259 the meanings 'to copy or transcribe'._ This word is used in Tamil also but only in the meanings of 'copying or Granscribing'. In Hindi and Urdu this word is ua~d with many verba like: NAQL KARNA (to copy); NAQL KARWANA (to have something copied); NAQL UTARNA (to imitate or mimick); The Persian form of relative noun NAQLI is also very commonly used in Hindi and Urdu in the meanings, 'imitated, fabricated, artificial, fictitious, spurious, counte~feit, false, a mime, mimic, an actor, a jester, butoon, a narrator, relater, story-teller' In Hindi the word NAQLIYA has been evolved by a combination of Arabic NAQL + IYA of Prakrit, end it is widely used in the meaning of: la mime, mimic, an actor, a jester, bufoon,etc.,11 The word INTlQAL which is the noun infinitive of another word developed from NAQL is also used in Hiudi and Urdu very commonly. Arabic INTIQAL lileans: 'to move from one place to another'. But in Hindi and Urdu this has come to mean 'death and demise of a person'. This meaning is conveyed in Arabic with this word also but by In combining it in a phrase meaning 'so and so' has departed i-rom this wor~ to the mercy of Allah'. It is evident from the above examples that the word NAQL is restricted to the meanings of rto transcribe or copy or to imitate or mimic'o The semantic change in this word may be described as a change due to the contiguity between the senses

262 260 Nl~ (187) in Arabic means, 'decrease, dimunition, deficit, loss, damage, wantage, lack, want, shortage, gap, blank,ommission, defect, shortcoming, failing,.fault, blemish, deficiency, imperfeotion, inferiority'. In Persian the same meaninls prevail. But in Hindi and Urdu this word is restricted to the following meanings, 'detect, dejicieucy,demunition, decrease, wane, detriment, damage, blemish, flaw, unsoundedness, weakness'; in Hindi and Urdu. this word is pronounced as NUQS and not a.s NAQS. It is used with verbs like NUQS NIKALNA (to pick out detects or faults); US IU.Y KIY~ NUQS HAl? (what defect is tber~ in it or in her/him). Tbe word NUQaAN which is another noun infinitive like NAQS is a~so H:in.di and Urdu in the m.eani~s, used very often in 'loss" waste, detriment, injury, harm, damage'j it is used with several verbs such as NUQSAN BHABNA (to bear a loss), NUQSAN KARNA (to do ' harm. or injury, to affect injuriously, to destroy, ruin); NUQSAN GAWARA KARNA (to putwith or to abide a loss), NUQSAN PHUNCHANA (to cause loss, damage or injuryt(to). The semantic obange in these two words, NUQS and NUQSAN: is again a change due to the emotive similarity between thes senses. RASH (207) is an Arabic word meaning, 'drawing, sketch, graph, picture, photograph, illustration, pattern on a fabric, trace,' impression, designation,mark; inscrip tion, lee:,end, record, notes, official document, legal instrument, wri,ting, design, prescription, regulatipn, ceremony, form,.formality, rate, fee, thx, due'. In

263 261 classicai Arabic the meanings 'trace, drawing, impression, etc', were more prevalent than the above meanings. However, in Persian this word has come to mean, 'habit, cuatom, mode, manner, usage', etc. It is these :meanings which have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu. It is used with verbs and as adjectives as follows: RASH HOJANA (to beeo-:ne a custom or pract'ice); RASH PAR JANA or Cli.\LNA (to act accordirw; to custom, to follow the custom or practice of); thus the restriction of meaning of this word is a semantic change due to the contiguity between the senses. RfrAYAT (208) is an Arabic word meaning, 'keeping, custody, charge, care, attention, consideration, re15srd, patronage, auspices, sponsorship, 'protectorate'; in Persian also the same meanings prevail; but in Hindi and Urdu the following meanings have gained currency: 'remission, abetment, clemency and leniency'; it is used in Hinqi and Urdu with several verbs such as RIYAYATKP..RNAt (to show favour or indulge~ce, to be partial, lenient; to remit~ to mitigate); the Persian relative noun RIYAYATI is also used in Hindi and Urdu as an adjective, such as RIYAYATI D~~ (a pric~ with special rebate). The word RIYAYAT which is the Arabic plural, meaning 'subject, citizens,s is also widely used in Urdu more than in Hindle The semantic change in the word RIYAYAT is another instance o~ change due to the similarity between th~ senses of the word in the donor language and the receiving language., The similarity is here due to the association of the idea of consideration,

264 262 regard, and patronage 'with material things concerned wi th day today lite. Thu.s it is very usual to hear sentences in Hindi and Urdu such as: IS CREEZ KO MEIN b~ RIYAYAT BE KHARIDI (I bought this with a rebate); DUK.ANDAR NE HAMARE SATH RIYAYAT XI (The shop keeper gave us a special consideration). It must be noted that ina!! such semantic changes the reciprocal relationship between the name and the' sense is always maintained. SAHIB., (212) is an. Arabic word meaning 'associate, companion, comrade,.friend, adherent,.follower, the tother of two (followed. by geni,tive); man-owner, POSSeSsor, holder, master, lord, commander, representative, author or originatoro! entrusted with; addicted or given to ~ In Persia.n also the same mea.nings are current although the emphasis is on the meanings, fa.friend, a companion, possessed of or endowed with'. But in India this word has come to mean a title of courtesy equivalent to Mr or Sir and the raminine SAHIBA is considered equivalent to Miss or Mrs. Besides this meaning, this word is used in UrdU only in genitive phrases giving the meaning of 10wner or posse ssed of' to Let us look at the following examples; SARIB- E-IKRTIYAR (the man having the power to decide, one who acts on his own volition); SAHIB-E-~~ (a man of perfection, an unusual man); SAHIBL,liDA (a son of or scion of a well known family); SAHIB-E-DIL (a man or heart, a man full of compassion); SAHIB-E-G!fARZ (a self seeker, egoistic, ungenerous, avaricious, monopolistic, opportunist,"time server, etc); SAHIB-E-NAZAR (a man with intuition, fore-

265 263 sight, perception); BAHIB-oE-NASIB (a man with good.fortune) f SAHIB or popularly 'BAB" is one ot the most frequently used words in Hindi and Urdu. It is one of the most indispensible words in these two languages. We give below some more examples to explain this p~int: 'BAB,KAHIYA SAP KO KIYA CHARIIE?' (Yes Sir, May I help you or what would yot like to have?) is the most frequent sentence one could hear when one enters a shop in any place in North India. SAB AAJ DAFTAR. NAHIN AYEN HAIl.; (the officer has not come to the office too <;.-. d~7); BHAISAB, ~ ANDER AAYIlE (Sir, please come in - ~ ':, : _ ' ~ c ~ literally brother~ please come in); in this sentence the word. BRA! is a kinship term whic~ is also used as a non-kin t.e-:-rm.. During the British rule in India, SAHIS 'also refe~red British office~, whether civil or militar.y and it is also referred to any alien, especially an European gentleman. to the SAHIB LOG is a term used toreterto rich people, it is used in sarcastic as well as respectful contexts. WOR ADM! BAD.! SAHIB BUN GAYA (that person has become a big man, i.e he has started throwing airs about him) is also an oft repeated term in the present day usage in Hindi and Urdu. MUJE DAVADEJIYE (Doctor, DAKTAR SAB please give me medicine) is yet t,". $. another example of frequency o:f usage :o! this word in Hindi and Urdu. This is a word used by all the religious communities and denominations of the Indian sub-continent withput any inhibition, especially those who speak Hindi and Urdu. In Tamil this word is used only by the mus~ims as an honorific meaning 'Sir' or 'Mr'; it is also used to ref'er to a

266 ;.: person who is a muslim. 264 In.the latter context it is the,, non-muslim Tamilian who uses this word to reter to muslim.. Thus it can be described as a word which has reached the heads and hearts of the massot the population of the, Indian sub"';continent. HEM SAHIB is another term ver.r frequently used in Hindi and Urdu and many of the languages of North India. It is a combination of the Euglish word MADAM diluted as HEM and SAHIB. This term. is used to refer to the wife ot an officer (especially a British ofticer) or to the lady of the house by her domestic servants. It should be noted h~re ado~ted that SAHIB is masculine in gen-der and it has been in this phrase without any change of gender~ However, many of the cultivated speakers, especially those of Urdu, do make the required difference in gender and thus say HEM SARIBA. term is not used In present day Hindi and Urdu, this only by the domestic servants; it is very commonly used to refer to any respectable lady.' For instance a ~hopkeeper would welcome a lady customer with the words AAYIE HEM: SAHIB (Please come in, Madam). It is evident from all the apove examples that this word, though used in a restricted bu~popular meaning has come a long way' from its original Arabic meaning. We h8'\1e explained earlier, that in Arabic this word as a title or courtesy is always combined with certain other words and this practice was adopted in Persian also. Thus the words SAHIBUL MAALl (His Eminence); SAHlBUL SAADA (Hia Excellency) are commo.u to both Arabic and Persian, with

267 265 some minor phonetic changes in Persian. But this is not the cas'" wit:h Hindi. Urdu and "P "",l. Tn.J... n O '" v ~. _ (,~ese J..a:lJ.guages.., t' n1.s, word has un-dergone a major shift in its connotations despite the similarity of senses.. This can be described as a semanti change due to similarity of senses but on the basis of a mistaken. analogy, because in Arabic and Persian it i.e;;! never used as 8'l'l independent word to indicate an honorific; moreover in the structural form also this,,!ord is always placed in the beginning of a phrase in these two languages, whereas in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil it occurs at the end of t:iie phrase as could be seen.from many of th.e examples cited above.. We feel that it is a semantic change due to mistaken analogy because tne::'e is an. apparent: difference between. the!referrent' and -ehe ::reference z i.e between. the object in real life and between. the notion it symbolizes.. This shift; snd restriction in. the m.eening must have? in all probsbij:li.-y taken "'Place sometime during the period when. Urdu. started de"ijeloping qu.ick s"!;rides, i.e sometime in. the eighte en.th century.. This change may have come about i.<iithcut a.n.yone ever '. being sill r are of it. I-I; would be relevant to <r<1ote here n n. _~ w.~. wh~vney~ everyone a::;'terati:..ons o~ speech are not m.ade by the human iolill; there is no ~,..ri12. to ~!l.lter speech; there 5.6 only ""rill to use speech in ;9, VH3.Y But it must be at the same time be borne in mind there; ---~ ~ 12 William Dwight Whitney, ~he Life and Growth of ~anguage, p. ~~7

268 266 'Every new item in speech has its own time and occasion and place of origin~tion; it spreads from aneta another until it wins e;,eneral currency, or else it is stifled by general neglect. Only of course, it is not necessary that every single change should start from a single point. There are some words which the general mind so distinctly inclines, which lie so close outside of and. within reach from the present boundaries of usage, that they are made independently by many persons, in many places, and thus have a variety of starting points from which to strive after currency'.113 This word may also have had many starting point s. In all probability it may have been introduced by the Afghans who came to India before the Mughals. This becomes evident from the.racl. Ghat in Dari, the language of Afshanistan, this word is used very commonly even now and is always placed at the end of a name as in Hindi and Urdu ~ Ibid, pp.1~1

269 W~DENING OR EXTENSION OF MEANING 267 In this categury \"/e find the followillg words from our list of 250 words; '"AAM (1); (AISR (6); (AmL (7);.A11EER (8); 'ARJ? (9); A~L (10); BAQI (1'3); BADAL (16); BAGRAYR (18); I DAKHAL (22); DHARR (27); GHALA~ (46); GRAYIB (48)::::: HA~M (53); HUDUR (69); ISTlFA (83); JALSA (90)!> JAVJJ3 (93); JAZB.A. (97); JULUS (99); KAM.AL (102) KRALl (104); 'KHABAR (10~); KHABAR (105); KHARAB (107) KRASS.(108); KHATIR (113); KHAYAL (114)'; KRAYR (115); LATIFA (126); MADD (135); r-m.dhaq (138); MAHOWLA (1 39) ; MlMuL (145); MANZUR (146); HARDEE (148); ~~TLAB (151) MIZAJ (1,54); MUNSRI & MANSHA (169); NAQD (183); NAQSHA (185); NAZAR (18'1); QABIL (187);QARAR &. «TAQREER (196); QUFL & KULFI (202); RADi) Gc f'1'.a.:.'1rdud (205); SA]' (211); SALAH (214); TAFRIR (232); # " TA..'RH (237); ZUL..l'1 &, ZALII'1 (250) Let us now briefly consider how the extension of meaning has t a.ken place in each o:f the above word s. A.A..H (1) in Arabic meci.ns tcoid.."llon and general'; these meanings are current in Persian, Hindi and. Urdu. But the extension of meaning in this word is noticeable in the several collocations and idiomatic usages that are very 'commonly prevalent in Hindi and Urdu. We give the following examples to explain this point: AAM TOR ~E normally, invariably t (Generally, etc) is a p,-hrase repeated very often in Hindi and Urdu, in sentences such as: AM~ WOH SHARAB NAHIN PITEHAIN (Normally he does not take TOR SE

270 '~68' alchoholic drink); A.A.M TOR SE WOH Z'rYADADER TAx: BAITH T1fE RAIN (normally he sits till late hours); AAM AADrU (an,ordinary person or a layman); AAM BAAT (a very common thing,.. speaking generally); AAM LOG (ordinal?',y. people, layman snd the masses); ]QlJ,LE ~I (openly, publicly); ~~ON NE YEH BAT KHli'U Al.J'I KARl (he said this open.ly); RAY-E"";.Mfr"lA or Alu"'1 RAY (the general or common opinion or opinion of the 'majority) In Arabic there are separate words for each of the above contexts and this word t!am may be used only in orie or t\'\lo 'of: the se whereas in Hindi and Urdu.fVu"1 has been frequent-.' \.. ly used for all the above contexts. Thus a widening of the meaning has taken place in this loanbirord in Hindi and Urdu. living; ~JiISH (6) means in Arabic, to live, be aliv~~ life, In Hindi and Urdu this l "ord has acquired a wide extension of mee.nints through SJ.osist ence, the influence of Persian, 1:;ecause in Persian this i'vord is used in the foilot.dng meanings:. ~ "lon, thbse meanings 1... TT'.:! are preva~en~ In rt~nul an d"u. r d' ~ excepting the last m.entioned meanin,.~ of li'sexual intercourse: ~8'hich is however taken as an implied meaning in Rindiand U:::,du" This word is construed with verbs in liindi and Urdu such as KARNA all or DRANA; thus there are phrases suc h as AISH KA..T.lNA (to lead a life of pleasure), etc; AISH UR.Al-JA (to revel in pleasure); besides these words, AYYASH (Arabic.form of noun of exaggere:tion) and AYYASrtI (a form of noun of attribution in. Pe~sian) ere also.frequently used in Hindi and Urdu. The word

271 269 AYYASH hab come to mean 'a -person addicted to pleasure, libidinous, lecherous, sensualist, rake, etc' and AYYASHI has come to mean in Hindi and Urdu 'sensuality, voluptuousness, etc'. But in Arabic the word AYYASH simply means 'a bread-seller', which is an archaic usage. It can thus be seen from the above examples the extent of widening ot meaning that the words AlBR and AYYASH have acquired in Hindi and Urdu thdugh the influence of Persian and also through its own innovations. '!.MAL (7) means in Arabic, 'doing, acting, action, activity, work, labour, course of ae-tion, practice, prac- :tiee" achievement, accomplishment, making, production, manufacture, fabrication, performance, execution, make, worksmanship;act, operation (military), job, chore,. viceregency, province, district'; although this word has maily shades of meanings in Arabic, it has acquired exten ~ion of meaning in Hindi and Urdu in some areas only wherein they are frequently used. These areas pertain to legalistic and revenue matters"for example; ~~ MAY LANA (to iw~lement a law or an order); AMAL DAR (a revenue officer);.a.m.al DASTAK (a warrant); etc. This word is very commonly used in Tamil also in the same legalistic and revenue contexts, thus it is very common to say in Tamil INDA MASODA AMALUKKU KONDUwARAPPATTATKu (this bill or draft proposal was brought into force). " We shall, after a short while. be noticing the word MAMOOL which is a derived noun from the above word

272 and which haa many d)'llamic extenqione ot meanings. 270 AHEER (B).eehs, in Arabic, 'chieftain,' commander, governor, leader, lord, prince Etod a person o:f rank'; in Persianalao this 'Word ia used in these meanings.. But in Hindi and Urdu this word. haaundergone widening of mean. ing to the extent that it is f~r moved from its origiral Iieaningsbecause in Hindi.nd Urdu it has come to mean the tollowing; 'a man of noble' birth; a rich11lln'; it is more. commonly used lnth. latter meaning. It is used as an unmarked adjeot:f..veand,thus it 1s com.bined with a~tsuitable. noun, such a8: A.MEm LOG (riohpeople)j AMEER ALlJUT (n rich lady);.aneer..u.dlti (a rfch man), etc.. It is also used in Hindi and Urdu pl-q,ral forms: AMEERON in sente-nces au,cll as uao!t'df 'GitA.ll.A.ISJ.. 'HoTA HAl (this hsppena :tn the houses of the rich). Besides t~is it is also used in the.persian form. of rel$t~:ve no~, AMEERlto mean. riohness Qr wealthiness as agai~at GltARIBI mean:big poverty. AMEERA.WA is another form of relative noun in Persian meaning, ':princely or I;E)JL~thlng having a touch of a class'; these two worda are used with several,types of, verbs in Hindi and Urdu"su~h ~B+ :tu.rna (to bobs o:fe:r: SOIlf30ne or to flau.nt or display ()S,t~D,.tp.tioua.ly one's wealth or position); AMEERANA: T,ARIQE BE BERNA. (to le~d aa; '.. a p:ri.p.cely style of,. 11f6). These exten':" sio~sor maaning~ w~iqh this word has acqu~red are perhaps a. result ot t~~ political and ~ocial oo~ditions thateii~t.d :in nledieval J::n4ia. Tne Mue;h~lco:mmand~rs and gov$rnors of PfQv:lno~a were given the honorific titlen!. A..l1EE~ which it.a naturally t.ne collf,lotr-tion of wealth, influence, poll...

273 211 cal power, et~. 13utit is st~i'ange that the connotations ot influence or political power have faded put from usage and this word is very commonly used in the nresent day Bindi and Urdu in the meaning of material wealth. AMEERI KO!mATH KARO (do away with the 'rich) is an,oftrepeatea political slogan in the Indian sub... continent. Su.ch types of loanwords have "been described by Weinreich as being the result of 'the symbolic association of the source language in contact situation with SOCI~ VALUE8~ either positive or 14 negative'. He further explains that such loanwo'rds are accepted in the receiving lang1.lage as 'a me ails ot displaying' the social status which its knowledge symoolizes f 15 Thus in our example. we might say that AMEER and. AMEERI have been accepted as words of social prestige. v~ must also' note here that t:q.is w~rd as it is used in Urdu. is frequently used in Hindi as ~uch LARD (9) in Arabic means: 'presentation, demonstra-, > tion, staging, show(ing), per.formance, display, exposition, exhibition, submission, filing (e.g of an application}; propostion, proposal, of.fer, tender, pars.de, review (military), besides the meanings: Breadth and width'. In Hindi and 'Urdu this word has gained currency in the meanings of 'presentation and submission' only and it is noticed in a variety of usages in the two languages. For example. SAL,AM ARZ KARTA ROON is a very elegant wayo or greeting (1 submit l4y greetings); ADAB.ARZ Ji.41 (my salutations to you or twmethin.s '14-& 15 Weinreich, Uriel, Languages in Con.tact, p. 59

274 272 equivalent to the colloquial hello) is the most common form of greeting both in Hindi and Urdu. MEIN EK SARIR ARZ KARTA _, ROON (I am reciting a line of poetry) is another oft repeated phrase by poets in Mushairas, i.e assemblies or gatherings of poets for poetry reading and recitation. MERl ARZ YEH HAl or HAMARl ARZ YEH HAl (my or our submission is this ) is another expression which one can often hear in serious discussions as well as in small talk. In Arabic, on the contrary, this word is not used at all in the above contexts This usage in Hindi and Urdu has most probably in:filtrate,d through the Persian court language that was prevalent' in medieval India. This word, thus,- may also be described as another instance of borrowing due to social prestige or due to the urge to speak or use very refined or elegant forms of expressions. ASL (10) means in Arabic, troot, trunk (of a tree), '" origin,source, cause, reason, lineage, stock (especially one of a noble character), foundation, fundament, basis, the original (e.g of a book)t; in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired extended usages emanating from the meanings! 'origillf cause or reason t Thus this word is used in these two lan- I, guages in a variety of combinations with verbs, nouns and prepositions. For example, DAR,ASAL is apreposi tional phrase in Persian and very frequently used in Hindi and Urdu in the meanings 'actually, in fact, as a matter of faet, etc.'. ASLAN is another word which is also used in these same meanings., ASLAN is an Arabic Loun in the accusative case. i

275 273 FIt ALL is an Arabic prepositional phrase which is also used in the above meanings. ASL is also used as a monetary term in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil to mean, 'the principle amount'. ASL MAY is the Hind; and Urdu form of equivalent to the above phrases of Persian and Arabic. ASLIYAT is an Arabic adjectival form in the! feminine gender meaning, 'originality'; this word has acquired interesting connotations in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. It has come to mean in these two languages, 'the true characteristics of a man or his true elements, true colour, etc'. But it must be noted that in Tamil the word ASLIYAT is used by the muslim community only. ASLI is another adjectival form in Arabie (masculine} which is also used in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil to mean, pure unadulterated, genuine, etc'. ASLI NAQLI (genuine and fake) is a commonly used term in Hindi and Urdu.'Whileobserving the widening of meaning in the above word ASLI and its derivatives we must note that the role of context has been a great factor in the semantic che,nges as well as in the frequency of use of this word in Hindi and Urdu.. BAQI (13) means in Arabic, 'staying, re1!lsining, left, remainder (arith), lasting, continuing, permanent, unending, surviving, living on, everlasting, eternal (God)'. The ssme meanings are prevalent for this word in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil also, but here again the context of usage

276 274 grants certain connotations or widening of meanings for this word in Hindi and Urdu. Let us look into the followillg examples: BAQl YEH HAl KE AAP JAlSA CHAHE.:lN WAISA FEEJlYE (As for the rest or as tar as other matters are concerned, you may do as you wish); this is an ott repeated sentence in any casual or serious conversation. BAAQl AYINDA (literally, 'the rest later') is something equivalent to 'au revoir' of French or ~ood bye of English; this is a very familiar form of wishing good-bye in Urdu. YA KHUDA MERl lzzat KO BAQl RAKHNA (Ohl Lord, protect or preserve my dignity; literally: let remain my dignity); is also a frequently heard sentence in Urdu. BAQlPARNA (to tall into arrears), is also another instance of widening ofmeaning of this word in Hindi and Urdu. Thus it is evident that this word is used in several different contexts and it can theref--ore be classified as tone word many senses'. :eadal (16) is an Arabic word meaning, 'substitute, alternate, replacement, equivalent, compensation, set o ff, reimbursement, recompense, allowance, price, rate'. In Hindi and Urdu this word is used in all these same meanings excepting the last two meanings. But this word has acquired widening of meaning in Hindi and Urdu in one context only~ 'to get changed, to shift in one'b moods' as in the sentence ljoh KUCH DINSE BADAL GAYE RAIN (he/she has changed or there is shift in his/her mood since a few days); the Arabic equivalent for such usage would be the verb TABADDALA (he has changed).

277 275 We shall be discussing this word again in the next category of semantic changes, namely, 'Shift or Transfer of Meaning' because this word has undergone major shift in meaning in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. BEGHAYR (18) and WAGHAYRUHI', are Arabic words used in Hindi and Urdu; the later word is used in Tamil also. It is the latter word which has acquired extension.of meaning in all the three languages. WAGHAYRUHU in Arabic means: 'other than him or it' (the Hu in this word is a pronominal su!'.fix which can vary in gender and number according to the context). But in Hindi and Urdu and Tamil it has been absorbed as one whole word and is used as an equivalent of the Latin word, ' etcetera '. This word is pronounced as 'WAGa:YRA in Hindi and Urdu and as VAKAIRA in Tamil. This word is used in a variety of contexts. Let us look into the followin~ examples: SAFAR KE LlYE AAP BAHAN WAGHAYRA BAND LEEJlYE (please pack up your luggage and other. things in preparation for the journey); PAANI AUR BABOON WAGHAYRA LAO (bring water and soap, ~); In Tamil we have the following examples: SEDIKAL V)J[!IRAVI~LXU TANNER, OTRAVENDUM (Plants, rt " have to be watered). Thus it can be seen that the context alone conceives and defines the semantic extension of this word; it is impossible for us to enumerate all the different contexts in which tbis word is used in the three languages. Ullmann sums up this kind of situations in a very crucial statement when he states: It-he semantic gap between word 'engram and actualised,

278 276 i.e contextual~sed word is incomparably wider than the gap between virtual and actualised phonemes, morphologic elements or syntactic arrangements'.16 It must also be said about this word that it has acquired tremendous staying power; it is one of those words which cannot be easily dispensed with or replaced by any other word in Hindi, Urdu or Tamil. DAKHL (22) pronounced as DAKHAL in Hindi and ryrdu, means in Arabic, 'income, revenues, receipts, returns, takings, interference, intervention, doubt, misgiving,'; in Hindi and Urdu this word acquired wider meanings emanating from 'interference and intervention'. The other meanings of this word are not in vogue in these two languages. Here are a few examples of the usage ot this word in Hindi and Urdu: DAKHAL ANDAZI KARNA (to interfere, to poke one's nose in); the Arabic word for such a context would be the verb TADAKHKHALA (he interfered). KISI KE KAM MAY DAKHAL NARIN DENA (do not interfere in any body~swork). The Arabic noun agent from DAKHIL has also been adopted in the three languages and this form alone is used " -,-' I in Tamil. DAKHIL in Arabic means ta person who is ent.erj.ng, in Hindi and Urdu this word' is used in the same meaning, but. as unmarked adjective,,for example, tjoh DAKHIL HUWA (he entered); and WOH DAKHIL RUvlEEN (she entered); this word is also used as a transitive verb in Hindi and Urdu, such as, APPLICATION FORM KO DAFTAR MAY DAKHIL KARO {submit the appli Ullmann, Stephen, The Principles of Semantics, p.62

279 277 cation form at the office); BENK MAYRUPAIYYE DAKHIL KARDO (pay the money in the bank). In Tamil this word is used only as a transitive verb and it is used with wider connotations; for example, TAKKAL KODUPPATHU (to inform or to give information); TAKKAL SEYVATHU (to submit or tender an application or document, etc). In Hindi and Urdu this word has a further connotatio~ since it also means 'to seek admission 'in an institution',. for example, SCHOOL MAY BACHCHON KA DAKHILA MILGAYA (the ehildrenhave got admission in the school); thus this word is another instance otlone word many'senses'. DHARRA (27) pronounced as ZARRA or ZARA in Hindi and Urdu in Arabic means, 'atom, tiny p~rticle, speck, Blot., an iota, a jot~, in Hildi and Urdu this word has been absorbed tor wider uses and it is again instance of 'the gap between word engram and the contenualised word' referred earlier. Let us now see some of the sentences in which this word is used in Hindi and Urdu; AAP ZARRA TEHRIYA (kindly wait for ~ while); MUJHE ZARA SABlANI CHAHIYE (1 need a little water); MUJRE IS MAHLE MAY ZARRA ERE SHAKK NAHIN HAl (I l:.av~ not got the least doubt in this matter). MEIN ZARRA SI DEIR MAY WAPPAS AJAONGA (I shall be back in a few minutes); AAP ZARA TEHRKE AAIYE (Please come aft er a short while); MUJRE ISKE BARE MAY ZARRA ERI DHIYANNAHIN HUWA (It did not occur to me at all to think about this matter); ZARRA-I-ATISH (a spark of fire) is also another oft repeated word in Hindi and Urdu. (Atish is a Persian word meaning fire). It is thus evident from the preceding examples that this word

280 278 D6..J acquired widening of meaning through the various contexts j, which it is uled. It is also a word that has got tremendous staying power. GRALA! (46) in Araoic means, 'error, mistake, blunder, incorrect, wrong'; in Hindi and Urdu this word has got enlarged in its scope of meaning besides the above me;,nings. It is construed with several verbs in these two languages. Here are some examples: GHALAT SAMAJHNA (to misunderstand, misapprehend, misconceive); GHALAT TAHRANA (to prove to be wrong or erroneous, to show the fala-cy of, expose the error of,); GRALATI KARNA (to commit a mistake); GHALAT FAHMI (misunderstanding); the word FARMI is also Arabic but used in this phrase in the Persian form of relative noun. The word GHALATI is also combined with several nouns, verbs and adverbs, such as: GHALATI HOGAYEE (8 mistake has occured), GHALATI SE (by mistake, erroneously, by an oversight) The word GHALAT is also used as an adjective as in the phra se, GHALAT AADMI,.( wrong person); GRALAT BAAP (wrong statement, impropriety), etc. It is evident from the above examples that this word and its derivatives ~ve tr.avelled far away from its origin.al meanings; they have got widened in their scope of meaning throueh the numerous forills in which they are used. GHAYIB (48) in Arabic means,!absent, not present, not there, hidden, concealed, unseen, invisible J ; this word has acquired additional connotations in Hindi and Urdu in two aspects only which can be explained by giving the

281 I following examples: GHAYIB HOJANA (to vanish froms sight, 279 i.e to disappear after committing a wrongful act or to wantonly hide oneself away from the person whom he or she does not want to meet); ~HAYIB KARDENA (to hide a thing away from one's sight; to steal, to embezzle, to do away wit.h or get rid of); We may also mention this word as 8no-. tber example of 'the gap between the word engram and oontextualised word' referred to earlier. HApM (53), pronounced in Hindi and Urdu as -HAZAM, means in Arabic 'digestion, patience, long-suffering'; this word is used in Arabic in b:i:il.ogical and physical sense more than in the abstract sense. But in Hindi and Urdu this wore is used on...y in the abstract sense although in Urdu it is also occasionally used in the biological sense. Let us look into the following examples: PAISE KO HAZAM KARDIYA (he/she has embezzled the money); RAZAM KAR BAITHNA (to embezzle, to misappropriate) is also an oft repeated phrase in Hindi and Urdu. Thus it is evident that this word has acquired a widening of meaning, though in a restricted scope. HUDUR (69) pronounced in Hindi and Urdu as PUZUR, - means in Arabic,'presence, visit_, participation, attendance,.. those present (as. plural of HADIR)t. In Hindi and Urdu this word has come to mean:. '.:the royal presence, the presence of a superior authority (as a judge); the ;person of the monarch or any high functionary; the preseuce chamber, hall of audience, the court; the gover}j.ment; government estate; your Majesty or Highness'. Thus it has come to mean an

282 280 honorific title in Hindi and Urdu through the influence of Persian which used to be the court language in medieval India. But in the present day Hindi and Urdu it is used, '. in everyday: language as a title of address equivalent to,the English word: 'Sir:. Huzur-E-Wala is another phrase used often in Hindi and Urdu in the meaning of Sir. One can hear it repeated often but in certain contexts it also indicates obsequiousness and therefore it is not taken as a des~rable word.. JE HUZ'URI is an o.ft repeated phrase in Hindi and Urdu to describe contemptuously the manner' in which one, makes himself subservient in order to achieve,his objects.. Thus this word has also travelled a long way from. its original m.ee.mng through the influence of Persian. LII1AQA means in Arabic, ~attachment, devotion, association', cont act, bond, connection t But in Persian this,,:ord acquired the following addi t5.onal mea.nings a dependency, province, district, parish, a tenure, holding, estate, manor, jurisdiction. These meanings were evolved in Persian through -the original root meaning of the word in Arabic i.e ato be attached t to have affection or bondage for a person,- thing or place a; It is these meanings thnt have come to stay in lfindi,:.t;rgu. an.d Tamil.. It h,es come to mean only the follo\'ting: 'a geographical area demarcated for administrative putposes: a district or a province'.. Thus this word is another instance of widening of meaning in a restricted scopee

283 rstlfa (v;) means in Arabic, 'to ask to be pardoned \ or exempted'. In Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired the meaning of 'resignation.from one's job'. This extension of meaning, of course, has come t~rough Persian. Thus it is very commonly used in these t~o 281 languages in sentences such as: IBTIFA DENA (to tender resign!ltlon or to resign froll,one's.' job). ISTIFA MANZUR BOGAYA (the. resignatien has been accepted), etc. It must also be said about this word that it is obsolete in Arabic 'but very much.in use in Hindi and Urdu, though in Hindi a purely sans~ritised PATR has also been given currency. JALSA (90) means in Arabic,Cseat (in a phrase namelytriag auditorium), session (of parliament, of a committee, of a oourt), party, gathering, meeting'. In Urdu also this word is used in these very meanings, but in Tamil this wordhaa acquired an entirely di:f'!ere:ut connotation namely, ~to make merry, t,o enjoy, etc,a. - But it must be mentioned here that this word is used in Tamil in the colloquial language only. JAVAB (93) means in Arabic, 'answer, reply, letter message" In Hindi and Urdu this word has accumulated some additional meanings by using with. some verbs such as:. / JAVAB DENA or JAVAB DE DENA (to reply, to answer, etc)~, the meanings 'to discharge, to dismiss, disband, to leave,!oresake, desert'; it is these last mentioned meanin~s are semantic-extensions of this wor~. They have, in all and which probability came through Persian but they are widely and vi!l'ry commonly used in Hindi ano Urdu. For example t ttnkodaftar BE JAVAB MILGAYA (he has been d:i.scharged or dismiss.ed farom his.,, office). MER! GARHI NE MUJHE JAVAB DEDIYA (my watch has gone

284 282 out of order); UNKE HATH PAIR HE uno JAVAB DEDIYA. (he hes become disabled; litertiily his limbs! have given him the slip).. There is a derivative of the word JAV~, namely IJABAT which is the noun infinitive in Arabie ot the verb AJABA, meaning, I~ answer,to reply, etc'., which is also commonly used in Hindi and Urdu, but in a. different connotation: 'ac'!'" tion, of tj.leb'owels, motion, evaeu~tion, stool'; this is an- I other example of widening of meaning due to the dif.f'er"'lnee between the word engram a.nd the contextualised word. tract t JAZB )(9?) means in Arabic, 'topull, draw, to at~ to pullout, draw out? to appeal, proveattraetive, attraot, captivate, charm, attraction, gravitation; appeal, lure, enticement, eap1iivation'. als~ In classical Arabic this word meant: lecastasy, rapture and ravishment'. But in Persian, this word acquired the meanings, 'passion, fury, rage and v:hlent desire'; thgse meanings were innovated in Persian by perhaps extending the meaning: 'ecstasyw which was prevalent in Classical Arabic. Ecstasy came to mean :tn Persian 'ecstasy in anger'. It is these extended meanings of this word that have gained wide currency in Hindi and Urdu. But there is a slight toning down of these meanings in Hindi sud Urdu because the emphasis is on the following; 'impulsive or quickly swayed by one's emotions'; it isthuti an add! tional innova.tion in Hindi and Urdu. It :I.s also used in the meaning 'emotions'... It mu.stbe noted that the above mentioned form JAZB is not used in Hindi and Urdu but only the torm JAZBAT is used in these two langua~es. JAZBAT is

285 283 actually the plur~l of JAZBATUN in Arabic (refer the chapter on grammatical changes regarding this word under serial No.97) The Persian form of relative noun JAZBATI is also widely used in Hindi.and Urdu; and it is used as an adjective unmarked for number and sender. Let us now look into the following examples regarding the usage of this word in Hindi and Urdu. AAP JAZBAT BE KAH NA LEJIYE (please do not be impulsive or please do not bring in emotions in your actions); AAP BAROT JAZBATI ADM! RAIN (you are a very emotional or impulsive man). 'MEIB.A.APKI J.AZBA.~ 1tA QADAR KART.! HUlf' (I appreciate your feelings.) It is clear rom the above examples that the word JAZBAT~s undergone 'widening or extension of meaning' and this can be described as a case of widening on the basis of 'association of the senses'. JULUS (99) means in ~rabic, 'sitting, sitting down, accession to the throne', in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired an entirely different connotation namely, 'a procession, a demonstratio~ to express a protest, etc'. JULYS Nr KALNA (to take out a procession) is a commonly used ejl.."j)ression in Hindi and Urdu. It must be mentioned here that the meanings prevalent for this word in Hindi and Urdu have not come from Persian because in Persian this word is Used only in the meauing of 'accession of a MOLLarch to his throne'. It is thus an innovation evolved in Hindi and Urdu. This in Ilovation emenated, perhaps, from the idea that the accession of a king to his throne involved a long procession and gradually other kinds of processions for entirely different purposes and in ent irely different forms came also to be

286 described by this word. 284.' Another factor which may havealao. helped in the spread of this word was th$t co..:..ronation ceremonies were very frequent in medieval India and, thf)refore t. -this word was frequently used in the various provinces of India with the result that it came to be applied to. other contexts as explained above. The widening or meanin.'5 t hat has taken place in this word is a~other example ot widening of meaning due to the difference between the.word engram 'and the cont enuali sed word. KAMAL (102) means in Arabie, 'perfeetion',eompleteness, completion, con summation, conclusion, termination,..'.,. wind up, maturity, ripeness'; In Hindi and Urdu.this word has in its meal...inggot widened byb9ing used in seve--ral comb ina-... tioneof verbs and also by being used as adjective. Let us consider the following examples: KAMAL DIKHLANA (to show consummate skill or power, to e7-hibit marvellous power; to work wonders); KAMALRAKHNA (to possess perfection (in), to be a master ot); KAMAL KARNA. (to do something wonderful, to do wonderfully well; to succeed to perfection), ~ KO PAHUNCHANA (to bring to completion or 'perfection; to complete, to perfeet)~ KAMAL 1salso used to indica:tethe meaning equivalent to the English expression 'I just wonder', e.g. KAJ"f.J\L HAI KE ME1N NE tip KO ITNI BAR PHONE K1YA PHl'lt BE AAP MILE NAHIN (I just don't understand why I could not get you on the phone inspite ot my contacting you so many times). This examp-

287 285 Ie is 'Q'picalof tho gap situation which we hadmentfoned earlier.. f KRALl (104) means in Arabic. 'empty, void, open, "Vacant ( office, position), free, unrestrained,uli~rammledt unencumbered, free (from) devoid (of»)' it is also used in numerous compounds corresponding to English.: less or un ; this word is used in Hindi,'Urdu and Tamil very commonly and widely in different contexts. Latus look into the fol lowing examples: 'KRALl KAHNA. (in Hindi and Urdu) andiolali SEYVATHU (~n Tamil) mean,the seme ~s in Arabic. l.e tovaeate., KHATJ BA~EIN KART.! BAI (he only talks a lot, i.e he doesn't by \. prove his wurdslpis actions); KHALI Ali> AYE HAIN (you alone J. have come); UNHON NE KRALl YEH!VARIN KAHA BALKE YEH RHI KAHA \... (he didn't say only this but he also said this); KRALl HATH I WAPPAS AGAYE (he has returned empty hande'd). Thua we can notice that in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired the.following additional meanings, 'alone, by o;neself, single, idly, unoccupied'. In Tamil this word has thetollowing additional, llleanings: 'idler, lo~fer', etc. KALIPPAYAL isa very denigratory used word in Tamil meaning, 'a loafer or vagafbond)'.. JrnABAR (10;') means in Arabic,. 'news, ini'ormation intelligence, report, communication, message, notification, rumour, story, matter'; in Hindi and Urdu this word has the, follchiing meanings: 'notice" care;; heed, etc'. The e:x'tensionsot meaninga of this wordwill''qe amply clear when we loolt into the following examples: lffiabar RAXHNA (to b~ inform..,ed (of) ;be acquainted (with); to bear in m.ind; to be on

288 " 286 the look out or alert); KHABAR KARNA (to acquaint, inform, apprise, advise, to report (to); KHABAR GIRl KARNA (to look (after), to manage, to conduct; to protect, care (for), to a:i.d, support); KHABAR LAGANA (to seek :for a trace (of), to search for stolen property); KHABAR LENA (to look a.fter~" take notice of, to inquire into, to ask about, to be atter one-, to serve one out, settle accounts with); KHABAR DAR (having knowledge of; this wo"rd is also used as an interjection meaning: 'Have a care!; Take Carel; Be on your Euardl); BE KHABAR (unacquiainted with, - 'se'; ~gnorent; uniformed regardless, careless, inattentive; insensible; senseless; unconsc ious ; stupef:1t:rl; intoxic ated >. Thus t hi sword has got widened in its meanings through these various', 'Usages. KBARAB (107) means in Arabic, ruin, ruination, state of destruction or dilapidation, desolation (site of) ruins'. In Hindi_and Urdu this word has of its own; t~~t, c ~, is to say, without the inf::'uence o:f Persian, acquired the following additio~al meanings; 'abandoned, lost, miserable, wretched, bad, worthless, vitiated, corrupt, depraved, profligate, defiled, polluted t to contaminated'.. Let us now consider some examples to see how effectively these meani.ngs are put to use: KHARAB KARNA (to ruin, mar, spoil; to waste, deprecate, depopulated, lay waste, desolate, to vitiate, corrupt, deprave, to pollute, defile); AJ:P 1r:E PtJRE l"lamle KO KARAB KARDIYA (you have spoilt the whole issue); WAHAN KI < HAVA KHARAB HAl (the bil' there is bad o~ polluted); PAISA U DRAB LENA KHARAB BAAT HAl (to borrow money is a bad thillt;)

289 287 SHARAAB FINAEK HKRA.RA.B ADAT HAl (to take alchohol is a bad habit) ; In current Hindi and Urdu this word is also used in. the sense of something going wrong or going out pf order or being defective, for example, MERl GHADI KHARAB HOGAYEE HAl (m.ywatch has gone out of order); PANl KANUL KRARAB HOGAYA HAl (the water tap has gone out of order). SBeing indisposed' is another meaning for this word which is commonly used in the current language: AAJ MERI TABIYAT KHARAB HAl (I am indisposed today). The Persian form of relative noun, KHARABI is also commonly used in Hindi and Urdu in the sense ot Defect, e.g. IS GRADI. MllY KIYA KHARABI HAl (what is wrong with this watch); YAHAN KI PANI MAYK HEY KOCH KHARABIAN HAIN (there ~resome defects in the water of this place). It is thus clear from all the foregoing examples that this word has acquired semantic extensions through the different contexts in 'tlhich it 'is being used..'. KRASS (108) means in Arabic, 'special, particular, specific, peculiar, relative, relevant, pertinent to, concerning, earmarked, designated, destined, set aside; especially valid or tt'.le, especially applicable to '; in Hin~.i UrdU, we notice that the focus is on the fqllo-wing meanings: 'Particular, special and relative'. Here are some examples to show how this word is: used in these two languages: KHASS KAR (an adverb 'meaning: in particular, particularly,) KRASS KRASS LOG (adjectival phrase meaning:pe~sons of distinction 8:t;l.ct,

290 288 or rank and consideration); KHASS-O-AM (noble and plebian, hit;,h and low, the public); MU~ lip BE EK russ BAAT KARNl HAl (I would-like to discuss something with you privately); YEH JAGHA A.AP KE LIYE KRASS KARDl GAlEE HAl (this place has been allocated to you); MEVAH KASHMIR I.E EX KRABS :aut HAl (Dry fruits are a special feature of Kashmir).. Thi;] word is also another example of the 'gap situation' as it is evident from these languages. KHA!IR (113) i~ Arabic means, 'idea, thought, ~otiont mind, desire, inclination, liking, gladly, with pleasure, voluntarily, ~onstrued with other words~; This word has also acquired many extensions through the different contexts in which it is used. Here are some examples; KHATIR'KARNA (to desire to please, tn indulge, to soothe, comfort, encourage to conciliate, to reconcile, to fondle, to show affection for, be partial to); KF~TIR MAY RAKHNA (to bear in mind, to remember); KHATIR MAY LANA (to allow to enter the mind, to think of, to give a thought to, to regard, mind care for attend to); In these senses this word is generally used negati vely, e.. g. UNKO KHATlR MAY NAHIN LAYA (he or she did not show any regard for her or him); KHATIR DARI XARNA (to entertain one warmly). The me;:..n.ings lito seell to please and to show affection' are used in the present day Arabic also but only in the colloquial language. All the above given examples make it amply clear that this word has acquired Plany semantic extensions through the varied usages in Hindi and Urdu.

291 289 KHAYAL (114) in Arabic means, 'disembodied spirit, ghost, specter, imagination, phantom,apparition, phantasm, fantasy, chimera, vision,shadow, trace, dim reflection~. ln Hindi and Urdu the concept of imai,ination which forms part of the meaning of this. word, has alone been Qeveloped to.facilitate expression of many ideas and thus the word has acquired many semantic extension,s. developed from the concept of timagination i The meanings that have been are: 'opinion, surmise, suspicion, conc6j;)tion, notion; regard, deference't apprehension, care, concern (construed with several phrases)t... - Let us look into some of the <3xpressj.,ons in which this word is used: JAB HEIN B.AfIA1( JAUNGA KITA AAP.MEREBACRCHON K.A :Kf1AY!L RAKRENGE (will you kindly lookaf..-ter my children. '''hen I go out); :MUJRE APNI CRABI LENA Y~KHAYALF..I NAHIN RAHA (it navel!' occured to me that I should bring my k.ey); AAP IS B.AAT KO KHAYAI.I i'jay NA LAIYE (ples.sede not give this any thought or please forget about it);. AAP YEH KHAYAL KE.TEYE KI DILLI'SE MADR.AS TAr<.f' AIDAL J ANA KITNA MUSHKIL K.tU'1 ru~i (j ust imagine how difficult it is to go by foot from Delhi to f1adras).. U1TKO HAI1ARE BARE MAY ZPJ3..A BaI KHAYAL NP-... 'I1INIDJWA (he or she never thought a. bit about us).. I(HAYAL BfoJ\fDHNA (to imagine, to build castles. in the air); KF...AYAL PARAST (fanciful~ a visionary; a castle builder); this i.8 all s.djectival_ phrase in the singular masculine form. KHAYR (115) in Arabic means, 'good, excellent, outstanding, superior, admirable,better, best'; This is one mo~e example or Arabic words which are used in varying shades of

292 290 meaning in Hindi and Urdu, partly through the influence ot persian and partly through indigenous innovations. Let us see the following examples: KHAHIR (as an interjection _ meaning: Indeed, well); this is an oft repeat,ed word in everyday language in Hindi and Urdu, especially in casual conversations, e.g. you may explain something in detail to, somebody and he just does not want to carry on the conversation with you, so he might in a rather rude tone dispose of! by saying KAHYR, as though he wants to say 'Well that is enough'. This is, as we have mentioned earlier, the most popular form of usage of this word in the two languages. ' Besides this we also have the following usages: KAHIR MANANA (to feel happy over something or to revel over something); we notice the tollow~ ing expressions in Urdu only: KAHIAR BAD (farewell; may he prosper); KARIR KHWAH (well wishing, benevole~t, friendly, loyal, a.t:fectionate, a well-wisher, a friend) KH.A.IR BE (in good condition, well, in safety, safely), The word KHAI;RIAT which is a rarely usedadjeetive' in Arabic ha.., been absorbed in Hindi and Urdu through the infll.l.ence of Persian and it is used as a noun in everyday speech. It has become the :form. of asking one about his welfare or rather it has become a form of greeting, especially in Urdu. One can just greet a person.»yusing thls word. This word also means: 'welfare, sa;fety, happiness'. HUM LOG KHAIRIAT BE PAHUNCH GAYE RAIN (we have rea'ched safely). KHAIRAT. isa noun in the plural form \",hich is hardly used in Arabic but. very commonly used in Urdu in th, wehrdng of 'charity, alms', etc.

293 291 T1:!us tht: word KHAIR and its derivatives have travelled a long way i-rom their original meanings in Arabic. hr.s happened as a result of motivations felt by the speakers of the receiving languages across several centuries. This LATIFA (126) means in Arabic, 'thin, fine, delicate, dainty, little, small, insignificant, gentle, soft, light t mild, pleasant, agreeable, amiable,. friendly, kind, nice, civil, - courteous, polite, affable, genial, p:f'etty, charming, lovely, graceful, intellectually refined, full of spirit, brilliant,, witty, elegant'; This word has taken an entirely different turn of me amng in Hindi and Urdu si-nce it has come to mean la joke or pleasantryl. This has, of course, come through the usage in Persian.. We are hard put to expl'ain as to why this meaning got currency and how this has become a very commonly used word in Hindi and Urdue All that we can infer is that this meaning has developed from the idea ot 'full of spirit, witty', etco, mentioned above. Thisi is an example of semantic extension in a limited l'ange. MADD (135) means in Arabic, textension, distension, stretching, spreading, lerighthening, elongation, pr~longation, protraction, rising, rise of water, of the flood, supply (with - BE),. In Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired some additional meanings by being used with some nouns and verbs. Let us consider the ollowing examples: MADD~E-AMANAT of deposits); M.ADD-E-I1UQABIL~ ANA (to come under the he?dof account); (head adverb (per contra); MADD MAY MADD-E-NIGHAH or

294 292 MADD-E-NAZAR (eatension or stretch ot sight, limit of vision, the horizon, objeet of sight, or regard or affection, pros ~ect, object, before the eyes, in view, in sight in prospect) IBKE MADD-E-NAZAR MAY YEH FAISALA KARTA HUN (lam taking this decision in view of this). MADHAQ (1;8) means in Arabic, 'taste- only, but in classical Arabic it also had the meaning' of 'plata and nice perception'; these were absorbed in Persian and e~ended further to mean 'wit, humour, p.leasantry, ardentd desire of a lover, eto f. It is these extended meanings of Persian that have gained ourrency in Rindi and Urdu. e~amples Here are some 0f its usages in these two languages: MAZAQ KARNA (to joke at or out a joke); MAZAQ BE (wittily, humorously). Urdu. The word MAZAQIYA is also commonly used in Hindi and It is'oomposed of MAZAQ and IYA of Prakrit and Sanskrit. It is used in the mea~ng Ofi fine taste ~.. MAZAQURANA is another commonly used expression in Hindi and Urdu in the mean~ing of ~to mock at, to make little of, to show contempt tor, ete'd YER KIT! MAZAQ HAl (how ridiculous is this) is also an oft repeated senten~e two languages.. in these MAHOWLA, (139) is an A~abic phrase consisting of a relative pronoun MA and an adverbial particle- HOWLA. It means, 'what is aroumd,,surroundings t " In Hindi and Urdu it has been extended to mean, 'environment', whereas in Arabic there are other words to denote this.. This meaning 'surroundings' mentioned above is used in a very rest-rictedcontext in Arabic and therefore it cannot bj considered as

295 2?~ being synonyjxlol"s with 'environment'; M.AJiOWLA in Arabic simply ~eans, 'what is around a particular place or point l.ulder dis... cussiont; thus this word does not denote in Arabic the comprehensive sense of the ~ord 'environmen~t. B~t,in Hindi and Urdu this word has come to :owan only, 'the environment.. t Here : - ~". are some ~xamples of ~ts usage: tyahan K.A MAAHOWL JCHCRA HAI (the atliiosphere -or the environmeuthere is good); AOH~HE MAA- HOW y~y PALE HAIN (has been brought up in a good society). We can consider this word as one more example of the gap situation mentioned earlier. KA.MOOL (145) means in Arabic, in force, e.f.tective t valid, in use, applied, etc. It is a noun object used always with the preposition: 'be wi tl1 But in Persian thi!3 word acquired the additional meanings of 'customary, established, action, operation, usage, established custom, fixed allowance or gratuity'. And these meanin~s alone have gained currency in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. Let us consider the following examples: APNE MAffiJL KE MUTABIQ -WOH DAFTAR SE PANCH BAJE NIKALGAYE (he left the office at, 5.00 p.m. as per his usua~ habit); ROZSUBAH KO T,EHALNA HERA MAI'1UL HAl (It is my routin f to have a walk every morning). In Tamil the word MAHUL is used as a kind of code word for 'bribery'. For example, MAMULAI KODUTHU VIDA VENDUM (the usual payoff should be remitted). It must be mentioned here that this word :is not in common use <.llthough it is often heard in the rural ar,eas. The above mentioned meanings of 'habitual or customary' are also in vogue in Tamil.

296 294 The most interesting development with regard to the word MAHUL is the Persian form of relative noun, HAMULI, which I.. has gained wide currency in Hindi and Urdu. This word is hardly used in Persian, whereas, it is the most 'repeate,d word in Hindi and Urdu. Here are some examples: 'fer TO UmtE LIYE BAHOT MAMOOLI K.AM HAl (This work is something very easy tor him to do); WOH EK MAMOOLI AAD1'1L' NAHIN HAl (he is,not an ordinary person); YEH TO EK HAMULI BUT HAl (this matter is ' something very simple). It is thus clear t~rom the above examples that the word MAMUL and its derivatives have travelled a long way trol... their original meanings. The word MAMULI dan be taken as ano... ther example ot the 'gap situation' to which we have been referring so often. MANZOOR (146) means in Arabic, 'seen, visible, foreseen, \ anticipated, expected, supervised, under supervision, control13d, envied, regarded with the evil eye, under consideration (case), pending (complaint, law suit)'. In Persian this word acquired the following meanings: Looked at, admired; chosen,approved,ot, admitted, accepted, sanctioned, granted, ag:r-eeable, acceptable. In Hindi and Urdu the meanings 'granted, accep-. ted and sanctioned alone have gained currency and these are used in different contexts. KARNA (to approve, admi ~; Here, are some examples: MANZOO!t accept'" to" ac;reeto, sanction, to grant, to confirm, t.oa,ffirm). 'UNKO KULK BE BAHARJAANA HANZUR NAHIN HAl (he does not approve of the idea of going abroad). AAP l{i DARKSHATMANZOOR HOGAYEE HAl (your application has been accepted or request has been granted). AAP. j

297 295 APNA DARKHAST PRINCIPAL SAHIB SE MANZOOR KARAlYE (you have to get your application approved by the Principal). The Persian form of rels.tive nounm.!nzoori is also commonly used in Hindi and Urdu. It is used in the same meanings as above,,but in the sense ot infinitive, ioa 'approval, consent, permission, etc'. MARDI (148) pronounced as HARZI in Hindi anq Urdu... '\ means in Arabic, 'satisfied, contended, pleased'; but in Persian it acquired the following, meanings: 'agreeable, acceptable, anything in which one t ekes pleasure,laudable t concurrence'. will, assent t It is these meanings which have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu as could be seen from the following examples; AAP APNI ru.rzi KE MUTAAQBIQ KEEJI'YE (you do as you wish); APNI HARZI BE (of -one's own free will and consent f voluntarily). It must be mentioned here that this word is hardly used in: Arabic whereas in HiNiii a.nd Urdu it is a very com.monly used word.!1..atlab (151) means in Arabic, I search, quest, pursuit, # demand, call, request, wish, claim, problem, issue t.. In Persian this word acquired the following additional meanings: 'intention, purpose" proposition, wish, desire, etctolin Hindi and Urdu this word is used only in these additional meanings that are ill vogue in Persian. Let us consider the following examples: 'AAP KA ~~TLAB KIYA F~I?' (What is i~ that you are wanting to say?) MATLAB RAKHNA (to have some motive). MATLAB KA YAR (a iri,end for his own interests). MATLAB NIKAALNA (to effect one"s purpose). There is a very oit repeated phrase-in everyday speech in Hindi and Urdu which is as follows: MATLAB YEH F~I (the purpose is; in short, in brief).. This phrase is oneoi the indispensible phrase Hindi and Urdu. in

298 296 MATLAB is also used in the P~rsian form of rela~ive noun, MATLABI., in Hindi and Urdu; it is used as an adjective unmarked for gender and number.. MATLABI is also used in another extended form MATLABIYA which is a combination of HATLAB + lya of Sanskrit. This word is also used as an adjective unmarked for gender and number in. Hindi and Urdu. WOH EK MATLABI AADMI RAl or \';OH B.AROT i..at1abiya HAl (he iaa selr seeker) are very oft repeated sentences in Hinei and Urdu. It is clear from the above examples that the word MATLAB has undergone ~widening or extension of meaning. I'FZ.AAJ (1,?4) means, in Arabic 'mixture, medley~ blend, temperament, temper, nature, disposition, frame of mind, mood, humor, vein, physical const;itution~ condition, state of health' In present ds.y Arabict this word is used only in the meanings of eroood and tempersment~ and it is used only in the colloquial language whereas T{{e find it widely used in Hindi and Urdu in the classical and colloquial forms of speecho For example the most common form of greeting one can hear in North India is the phrase MIZA.AJ SRA..!?IF (how are you)., Literally this phrase would mean~ Your noble or exalted disposi-. tion of health, bo\.; is it? This is a Persianised form of construction (originally MIZAAJ-E-SHARIF) which has been absorbed in Urdu and is accepted in Hindi also. Here are further examples of the different contexts in which this word is used: l'1izaaj PUCBNA (to enquire after the health of); MIZAAJ BIGAARNA (to spoil the temper; to get QV.t of temper)

299 297 MIZAAJ PAANA (to find one in. good humour); MIZAAJ flay A.AN.A. { (to be suitable to the tempercment); Ali' KE!JlIZA.AJ MAY' AYE TO YEH ~~ KEEJlYE (you may please do this ir it suits you.r temperement); the following phrases al."e,'used.m.ore in Urdu than in Hindi: tkhush MlZAJ' (of a pleasant disposition); BUD MIZAJ (ill tempered); TEZ MIZAAJ (hot tempered); MUSTAQ,IM MIZAJ (even tempered); NEK MIZAAJ (good tempered).. All the above examples prove the extent of utility o ' this l-lord and thereby the semantic extensionsi;hat have occured to it in Hindi and Urdu. MtJNSHI.(269) :i.n Arabic means, 'creating, creative, origanizer, promoter, founder, author, writer', In Persian the meanings 'author or writert were extended to mean: "secretary,tutor or language master'; it. is these extended meanings which he.ve come to stay in Hindi and Ut-ou. It is' also used in these two languages by adding the suffix'ji indica.ting respect: l'1uns}f~ji, meaning 'a scsribe, an amaneusis, a teacher of?eman. or Urdu,' language master' However, in present da.y usage this word is used as a title of respect. for one \-lho teaches'arabic:or Persian as against PANDITJI for one who teaches,sanskrit'and Hindi. It must also be mentioned here that l.n; ;Arlabic this ",ord is hardly used in the meaning of 'author or tea6her'; but the \-lord INSHA whi eh is the infini ti ve of <MUNSHI ie used in the meanings of 'composition or essay'. i MANSRA is another derivative form of INSHA and it is also frequently used in Hindi and Urdu. MANSHA in

300 298 Arabic maails, 'place of' origin or upgrowth, birt;h place, horne towil f home, fatherland, homeland, native country, origin, rise, birth,.formation, genesis, source, springheed, fountainhead, beginning, start, onset. In Persian it acquired the following additional meanings, 'motive, object, design, purport, drift, provision of e law, allu. sian,' and in Hi.ndi and Urdu this word has come to mean only an 'intention, design OJ~ desire'. Let us consider the following examples: AAP KA MANSHA KIYA IIA+: (what is your desire or intention); HASB-E-MANBP~ (according to the desire) is also a frequently used phrase in Hindi and Urdu. MA1~HA KE!"'IDTABIQ is another phrase synonylnous to this phrase.. It isthu8 clear from'these examples that this tlord he.s also undergone 'widening or extensi.on of meaning f NAQD (1e3) means in Arabic, 'criticism, cash, ready money t.. In Persian also this word. retainst;.he same m~anings. But in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired somee extended meanings, through fiburative usages, such as: NAQD DlL~ RA...l1NA (to live a single life, to remain a bache lor); in this expression NAQD has beeh used in the sense of a person being alone or unmarried, in other words he is as single and isolated as a coin of hard currency). NAQD l1aal (good or choice article or goods) is another ex8.mple of 8. different connotation to this word namelyt 'something being very selected' or in other words 'something which has been selected after careful scrutiny'; in

301 this sense this word may be linked with the meaning of 299 'criticism'. which is also one o:f the original meanings. in..... of this word. ThusLPoth the above usages this word has undergone 'wideningor extension of m.eaning'. NAQSHA (185) means in Arabie, 'painting, picture, drawing, engravi ng, inscri:pt ion t scul tture " figure '; In Persian this word retains all these meanings and has acquired the following meanings also: 'a character given to a man in the estimation of others'; In Hindi and Urdu this w ). word has come to mean: 'a delineation, a portrait, a model. pattern, sketch, draught, a blank form' it is also used in. some idiomatic combinations wherein one notices more clearly, the widening of meaning. Let us look at the following examples: NAQSH-E-QADAf"L PAR CHALNA (to follow the foot steps of someone); NAQSH UTAARNA (to make a sketch of, to trace,. the to copy); NAQSH BIGAARNA (a plan orllike to be spoiled or marred); the features of a person to be changed or marred to be put out of countenance). NAQiSH BANANA ( to make a plan or map o:f; to plot). These examples clearly show (especially ; those underlined) that this word has undergone 'wideningor extension of meaning' in Hindi and Urdu. It must also be. mentioned here that in Persian too, this word is put to such idiomatic usages but not in such var.y.ing contexts as in Hindi and Urdu. NAZAR (187) means in Arabic,. 'seeing, eyesight,, I vision, look glance, gaze, sight, outlook, prospectt, view,aspect, appearance, ev,i,dence, insight t discernment, penetration, perception, contemplation, examin,a1;iop of :1':,.-,"

302 300 inspection, study, perusal, consideration, reflection, philosophical speculation, theory, trial hearing of a case, in courts, supervision, control, survelliance, competence, jurisdiction, attention, heed, regard, notice, obse:~ance, respect, consideration, care, influence of an evil eye t All these meanings are prevalent in Persiana also and the same have been transmitted to Hindi and Urdu. But in Hindi and. Urdu, the emphasis is on the following meanings: 'sight, vision, v~ew, opinion, estimation, influence of an evil eye';. however when we survey the actual usage of the word we find that this word has undergone 'widening or extension of meaning'. Here are some examples to prove our statement: NAZAR BAZ (ogler, a juggler, a thief-catcher); NAZAR BAND (strictly watched, under surveillance, under detention or arrest, on parole, imprisoned, confined); NAZAR l'1.arna (to cast mischie VffilS looks at); NAZAR RAKHNA (to look upon, to set eyes upon, to cast a wistful eye upon;); NAZAR SE GIRJANA (to fall from the favours of someone); NAtAR CHURAANA. (to.steal looks at, I to take the eye or the fancy of); all these examples repre- Dents the multiple contexts in 'which the word is used. It is ) thus evident that this word has undergone 'widening or exten-- sion of meaning'. QAABIL (188) means ina~abic, 'Obstetrician, accoucher, coming, next, subject, 1i801e, susceptible, disposed to'. It is.also used in Arabie in phrases with nouns in the inf~nitive form and with the prepoj:dtion (LE ) and they would correspond in their meanings to the English phrases having the suffixes: 'able, ible,ive, all.. For example, QABIL LIL KASR' (breakable): QABIIJ ITt NOW'!' (MQrtal).etc

303 301 In Hindi and Urdu QABIL ha~acqu:iredthe:rollowing additional meanings: skilful, clever, worthy, a fit or competent person, an able man'. The following are some examples of usages of this word in Hindi and Urdu'QAABIL HONAor Q.A.A.BIL HOJAANA (to be or become fit for);qaabil AADMI (an able man); AQQBILAURAT (an able or efficient woman); this word if> also used in phrases similar to the English phrases mentioned above, for example, YEH BAAT QAABIL-E-GHOWRHAI (this is worth considerati on); YEH MAHALA QAABIL-E-FIKR HAl (this matter,is worth cdnt:e.llplatlon};all these semantle extensions ot this word which has come through Persian have. f \ most probably dewoped from the root meaning of this word in Arabie,namely,. 'to be disposed to ete'. Thus we c~lj.sider this word. also another example of the 'gap situation'. QA.RAAR (196) means in Arabie, tisedemtarlness, 8ettledness, stationariness, sedentation,.fixedness, fixity,.firmness, solidity,steadin6ss, constancy, oontinuance, per-. I menanee, stability, repose, rest, stillness, duration, abode, dwelling, habitation, residenoe, resting place, bcjtom of a receptacle; depth of the sea; decision, resolution t'. All these meanings have, through Persian got transferred to Hindi and Urdu. It does not as such, project any major semantic change. But in Tamil it has undergone an extension of meaning in the context of its being used as ana adjective, meaning: ftxedor no-bargain as in KARAARANA VILAI (fixed.price). R TAQiEER is a word. derived from QARAAR and it merits ~.. our attention s?-nce it has unde:r:gonea widening of meaning in Hindi and Urdu. In Arabict:qi,~ word is the noun infi~itive

304 of the verb in the second form dari ved from the root 'QAR.ARA'~. TAQ,;REERin,,:"rabic meanb, 'establj.shment, 1.3~ttlement, fixe.- tion, ci:jpointment, 8.f3signment, regulatio!1t al'ran~ement, stipu":" lat ion, determination, decision f; But in Pers:i.an thi sword.. acquired the following mea.nings: "speaking, discoursing, rele.ting? explaining, a narrative, relation,!'ecital, account, detail, a statement, exposition, an official report, the last in mentioned meav..ing is very much/use in II.resent dai Arabic also I. But in Hindi and urdu this word has come to mean onl~r t a speech, a public address t, +-, \ijl~s extension and restriction of meaning of thls word has no doubt come through the i.nfluence of Persian.. Thus this \'lord can, for the purposes of' our pre.....: sent analysis, be placed under all the three.categories of semantic changes, namely, Narrowing or Restriction O.r Meaning Widening or Extension of Meaning, and Sh:ii'ft or Transfer of. Meaning.. 'We are inclined to do so because this "lord has tltldergone a dynamic process of change; thish he.scome about:} by developing one of the original meanings in Arabicro. namely 'a sta.tement'.. IN Persian it got restricted to the meanings Pconfirming~ constituting, appointing, speakj_ng, disconrsing relating,.explaining, a narrative, relation, recital account, detail, a narrative, a statement,e.ssertion,,expcsit,;iou, an avowal, confes;,-,ion, an official report, pleasure, d'elight~.. The Arabic form of Dounin the B.ccusati va case, namely, '.f.t\qrrbra..i'f is also used in Persian. in the meaning of twoi'd of mouth, ora.lly'. It can thus be seen that though this wol'll seems to have developed such a wide range of meaning, it essentially revolves around the meaning fstatement t which

305 has provided the tie of association for the progress of this, word in Persian and then in Hindi and Urdu.. Thus it has undergone a process of 'Restriction ~ as well as fwidening' of meaning.. It is interesting to note that the 'Restriction of meaning and widening of meaning has got related to actions done by word of mouth or orally. It is the meaning that has come to stay in Hindi and Urdu. This word has there... fore witnessed in Hindi and Urdu a fshift or Transfer of Meaning' because it has served its connections with the l.;ie of association of that of Arabic and has come to mean only fa speech or a public address'.taqreer has also been developed into indigenous structures such as TAQREERI and TAQREERIYA meaning fa person addicted to talking much, talkative, loquacious, fond of arguing, disputa.tions'. These indigenous structures are.further proofs of the shift in the meaning. QUFL (202) means :tn Arabic, padlock.. lock, laten, bolt, in Persian also these meanings are p:reyalent for this word, and th,::: same got transferred to Hindi and Urdu; in Persian this word was also l,.;.sed in the adjectival forid. of QUFIII meaning, ~a mould for ice, jelly, etc, a small-saucer shapped earthen vessel'; tb..is adjectival form also got transf'erred to Hindi and Urdu and it is frequently used in these two lallgue.ges but it is pronounced as QULFI; it is used only in the contexto! an iced delicacy. Platts explains in his dictionary this word as follows: 'a small saucer-shaped earft.en

306 304 filled with KErR (rice cooked in milk); it is coilltnonly interchanged fis presents by families between wlji.l.;h a roarr 1.age is Rrranged, from the first to the fortieth day after Nolwrrams (the first month of the Islamic caland(;;;r ). However, in present day Hindi and Urdu this word is used only in the meaning 'country ice.cre(:1.ill frozen in cone shaped eartilen containers'. The phonetic change in this word is an in'stance of I1etathesis for which refer the chapter on Phonetic Changes.. HADD (205) IDeans in Arab:i.e, 'return, restoration, restitution, refund, reimbursement, repayment, requital, re':" pulsj.on, warding off, pclrrying, denial, refusal, rejectj.on, reply, answer, reflection (e.g of light), re.:t;utation, attribution to,«'rhese meanings are current in Persian also in addition to two ther meanings -'anything bad, worthless, refuse t It is only these last mentioned meanings that are current for this word in Hindi and Urdu. It is also used in the Persian form of relative noun RADDI mean.ing, rejected, rejected thin~s. RADDI is very often used in the phrase:raddi KI TOARI (waste paper basket); it is also used as an adjeccive ui.lidarkec. for gender and nu.mber as.in the following examples: RADDI CHEEZ (a thing of bad. quality or a thing that is despicable); RADDI KJJrnA (to waste, to throwaway). It must be mentioned here that RADD is also used in tramil and it is pronounced as RATHTHU (refer Chapter on Gramrnatieal Changes for a detailed analysis of this word) ; it is used as a verbal noun in the meaning 'to reject, refuse,

307 305 as in the following example: RATHTHU SEYYAPPATTATHU (it was rejected or turned down). It is clear trom the above examples that this word has tuldergone 'widening or extension of meallin~f in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil. It must be mentioned here that RADDI in the meaning ofw-aste, refuse, etc, can also be placed in the <..ategory of Transfer or [!hitt of mean-ing (refer our analysis under that category). Besides; RADD, there are several other derived forms of this word in Arabic (refer the chapter on Grammatical Changes) which are also used in Hindi and Urdu frequentl,... These are MARDUD (yield, return); TARDID (repetion, reiteration); raraddud (frequent coming and'going, frequentation; hesitation; indecision; wavering; reluctance); it must' be noted that the meanings given in brackets after each of these words are those that are prevalent in Arabic. As regards the meanings that are in use for this word in Hindi and Urdu, we,, shall observe them throu;,.;h the following examples: The word!'1ardud is used in Hindi and Urdu in the following,meanings: 'a reprobate, an outcaste, an apostate; a wretch-' Here some examples, ofi its usage are given: " It is used as an adjective unmarked for gender and number - YEH BIiAHOT MARDUD ADMI HAl (He is a very despicable person). ~ It is thus clear from this example that this word MARDUD is far removed from the meaning that is prevalent in Arabic. TARDEED is used in Hilldi and Urdu tn the following meanings: 'to repeal, to refute, rebut, disprove, to set

308 aside,reverse, annul repeal t; UNRON NE HA1'1.A.ARI BAAT KI TARDEEDKI' (he refuted my statement), PRADR.AAN. MANTRI KI ISTIFA KE BAARE MAY JO KHABAR THI USKI TARDEED KAHDI GAYEE HAl (the news regarding the resignation of the Prime Minister has been denied); it is clear from these examples that TARDEED, is also used in Hindi and Urdu in a sense far :removed from, the original ~lthough is mai.ntaine.d. the tie of association with the originsl fja.af(213)'means1n Arabic, t clear, limpid, sheer, pure, straight.,. l~nm.ixed,undiluted, unadulterated, untroubl~dt ; undisturbed, s~rene, pur~,;,,:r;tet-(as.against gross)'. The same meanings have passed on to'i nindi,an,d Urdu viap~rsiant as is the case with many words already<considered.;", But the focus is on;the meanings" 'clear and,pu~et. And these two meanings, are used in a va"t'iety of shades, as could be "seen,,:,;from,the,fol lowing examples: AAP SAAF SAAF BATAAlYE, KEKIYA Hffi.1.!..( e;lcplain. clearly and precisely whathappeneq); UNKA'lUIATT SA,AF:HAT (J:'I,is. handwriting is clear); WOH SAAFDID.AADMI HA;I,."{he is, a man;,. with open heart; he is candid and,:.f;rank); UNliQN:,.}.,'rJ!: SAAF IN:KA KARDIYA (he flatly refused); SAAFKARNA.(to c1ean).;~unhon MAMLE KO SAAF KARDIYA (he settled the issue or clear;ed the NE issue); SAAF NlKAL JANA (to get cle~raiay; to,go $cotfree) The Persian.form. Qfrelative noun SAFAAYEE is:a1so commonly used in Hindi and Urdu in the meaning cleanliness, i.e physical cleanliness like personal hygiene, etc. SAFAAlYEE is also, u'b,erl:.,:i~ the mean-ing of 'clear conscience' as in;!>the Gentencei'~ WOH SAFAAlYEE SE PESH AAYE (he presented himself with a clear conscie. J.ce or with anopt;~ heart.).

309 307 We can thus not:tce the semantic extensions of this word through the different shades of meanings reflected in the above exampleso ~ALAA (216) means in Arabic, '0oodness, properness,. rightness, rtghteousness, probity, piety~ godliness 3 " In. Persian this word acquired the following additional meanings, 'prudent measure, well being t advisable t In Hindi and Urdu the focus is on the meanings developing from: t advisable'; thus they have COilla to mean 'advice, counsel, consultatiol t Here are some examples of their usage: SALAAH PAR CRALNA (to act on the advice of); SALAAHDENA (to give advice); SALAAB KARNA (to take the advice of). Th.e Arabic infinitive noun SALAAHIYAAT is also used in Hindi and Urdu in the meaning of 'efficiency, ability, etc t BA SALA~~IYYAP J~DMI (a man of talent or efficiency). TAFREEH.. (236) means in Arabic, fexhilaration and amusement' only.. In Persian this word got the extended Ineanings of: l rejoicing, gladdening, gratification, diversion t recreation, fun, jest f; in Hindi and Urdu the focus is on the meanings (recreation, fun and jest'.. Here are some exampies of the usage of this word in the t\vo langue.ges: TAFHEEH KARNA (to divert or amuse oneself, to take recreation, to make fun, to be cheerful, to laughand joke); US FILAM MAY TAFREEH KASAAMAN K-~AFI HAl (that movie has lots of elements of amusement and recreation).. MUF.ARRIH1JL Qft..LB is a medical. term very commonly used in the Unan! system (i.e Greco-Arab system of medici.ne) whic:l i.s very popular in the Indian sub-

310 ,08 continent. This is used to describe the medicines which are useful for diseases of the heart. It literally means: 'rejoicer for the heart'. MUFARRIH is the noun agent of the Arabic verb FA.tiliAHA (to gladder,) and QALB is heart..., TARH (242) pronounced in Hindi and Urdu as TARAH. means in Arabic, 'expulsion, rejection, repulsion, banishment, repudiation, miscarriage, abortion, subtraction" deduction and discount'. These are the meanings in vogue for this word in present day Arabic. But in classical Arabic this word also meant: 'position, establishment, disposition, mode manner, foundations, a verse set, showing the metre in which a poem is to be composed t. These meanings that were prevalent in the classic,al. age got transferred to' Persian and from Per-, ".. sian they f01...nd their way into Hindi and Urdu. But the focus in Hindi and Urdu with regard to this word is on the meanings, 'manner, mode,plan, design, form, 'sort, kind'; It is evident that the last mentioned meanings, namely, 'sort, kind, etc' are further developments or innovations brought in by the speakers of Hindi and Urdu. Now, this is a word which merits a loto! description since it is used in numerous,.ays in the everyday language of Hindi and Urdu. Let us consider the following examples:. AAP MUJHE ACHCRI TARAH BATAAIYE YE WARAN KIYA HUWA (explain to me clearly what happened' there); MElN IS KA.AM KO KISSITARAR JALDI POORA KAROONGA (1 will somehow finish this work quickly); UNKO MEIN ACHCRI TA.1Urn JUNTA HUN (I know him very well). UNKO BURl TARAH BE HAR HUWI HAl (he has got

311 ), deteated badly); UNKO BURT TARAH CRor AAIYEE HAl (he has go' inju.ried badly); UNKO UNHON NE BuRT TARAH BE GAL! DI (he abused him i~ very bad language); AAP TS :BAAT XO KIS TARAH KAHENGE (how will you convey this PQint); 309 YEIi KIS!ARAB n DPDJ. HAl (what sort of a cloth is this); LOG TARAH TARAH XI BAATEN KARTE RAIN (people are talking in different ways, i.e they are indulging in woolgathering or in spreading rumours) AAP ISKE BARE HAY ACHCRI TABAR SOCHLIJIYE (you think well about this), AAP KO BUZAAR I1AY ACHCRI GHADIYll TARAH!.ABAH. IE MILJAYENGE (you will get watches' ot different sorts in the market,); INGLISTAAN M.(i.Y TARAH TARAH KE LOG lwite. HAl AAP IS MAHLE (different kinds of people live in Engl~nd);,. KO KIS TABAR SULJHAAYENGE (how will you settle this matter); HEIN AGRA GAIAA THA MAGAR T'AAJ HAHAL KO ACHCRT TARAH DEKH NAHIN SAlCHA (I had been to Agra, but I couldn tt see the Taj.. Mahal properly); ~ IS KAAGHAZ XO ACHORI T.ARAH PADHNE KE BAD US PAR DASTAKHAT KEEJIYE (you please read 'this 'paper thoroughly and then put your signature on it). IS :a0tur., KO ACHCHI TARAH SAMBHAALKE APNE SAATH LEJ AANAA (please carry - this bottle with you carefully) AAP IS MAAMLE EO KIS TARAfi BRI SULJAANE KI KOSHISH KEEJlYE HAGAR WO Sl,JLJHEGA NAHIN (you may try to resolve this issue by a~ possible means, but it still oan't be resolved).. This word is also used in the plural torm by prefixilig the Hindi word KAI meaning Many: Thus we h~ve sentenoes, AAJ MEIN NE KAI TARAH KITAABEIN LIBRARY HAY DEKHI (I saw a variety of books in the library today); KASHMIR MAY KA1 TARAH KE PHALM1LTE RAIN (there a.re many kinds of fruits available in Kashmir).

312 Here are some expressions which are rather rarely heard:, TARAH DIKH.A.ANA (to exhibit one's airs and graces); TARHKAASH (drawing a plan of, designing, sketching). It is thus amply evident that TARAH is one of the incispensible words in Hindi and Urdu. All th~ above examples prove,the multiple uses to which this word is put. Each different usage may be considered as a semantic extension of the o~iginal ~ULM meaning. (250) means in Arabic, 'wrong, iniquity, in-, justice, inequity, unfairness, oppression, repression, supression, tyranny, etc'. In Hindi and Urdu also the same meanings have been retained but there is a derived form of this word in Arabic, namely, ZALIM which is used in an extended context in Htndi and Urdu. In Arabic this wrord is noun agent (refer our chapter on Grammatical Changes reg'arding this word); meaning 'an oppressor, a tyrant,' etc'. But in Hindi and Urdu this word is used most~y in a metaphorical context meaning an unrelenting sweetheart, a cruel mistress". This metaphorical extension seems to have been evolved in Hindi and Urdu alone because it is not used in this context in }lersian. In the early stages, it appears that this metaphorical extension was restricted in usa:,e in Hindi and Urdu, to the meanings of 'unrelenting sweetheart and a cruel mistress',. but in current usage in these two languages it is used in all contexts,it is no morelimitedto the romantic sense as it used to be in.the earlier t.imes. consider the following examples: ZALIH BE KOYI KiM NAHIN Let us KIYA

313 :511 (the blessed man has not done any workl). It must be noted that ZALIM is used in Hindi and Urdu as an adjective, un~ marked for gender for example, KAL KE TEST MATCH MEN HAHARE TEAMWALON NE ACHCHA KHEL: ZALIMON NE KOYI KASAR NAHIN OBORA (i~ yesterdayls testmatch our team played very well;' these marvellous players never failed in their efforts). It is evndent from the above examples that' th.e words ZDLM and ZALIM have undergone 'widening or extension I of lzlean-ing t The latter can also be placed in the categol'."j" oi' Shift or Transfer of Meaning. We now move on to the next category of Semantic Change, namely 'Shift or Transfer of Meaning'.

314 312 SHIFT OR TRANSFER OF MEANING In this category we have the following words from our li~t given in Appendix I. t lidt (3); GHARIB (47); (.ILAQA (74); JAl'fA (94); MAL (143); I1ll.IFAT & TllEEF (150); MOUJ (155);, MOWQtA & WA~T (157); MUJRA (162); MuQA.ABALA t QIBLA & IQBAAL (171); MUQADD.AI1A (172); QIST (201).... RADDI (205); BAFW (206) :~AHIBAA. & SU BAT (212); SHARAAB (221);SHUHRAT & I~IHAR (227); ~IRF & MAf}RUF (229); SAVAL (230); 'T~IL (233);,nLLUQ (c-35); THABIT (239); ZAT(246); ZIYADA & ZIYADTI (248). Itet us now con~ider these words and try to delineate the shift in meaning that has taken place in e,ach of t:q,em: '-AADI (3); means i..1, Arabic, 'ordinary or usual~. But in Persian this. word acquired the meanings, customary, or habitual t and this shift in meaning gained currency in Hindi and Urdu also. It is. now used only in these meanings in these two languages. Here are some examples: MEIN JHOOT BOLNE KE lidi NAHI ROON (I am not in the habit of.speaking, lies); WOH SHARAAB PEENE KE.A.ADI NAHINP'..AI,(he is not in the habit of drinking liquor)'. It must be mentioned here that this word is used in Hindi and Urdu as an unmarked adjective. ThuB we can say: lnoh AADMI or ljoh;a~rat SHARA.AB PEENE KE lidi NAHIN HAl (that man or that woman is not in the habit of taking liquor).,the shift that has taken place in the meaning of this word may be described a.s a shift in ~ocus or as a partial. shift.

315 313 G..t1Jili.IB (47) means in Arabic: 'st-range, foreign,. alien, extraneous, stran{~e, odd, queer, quaint, unusual, extraordinary, curious, remarkable, peculiar, amazing, astonishment, baffling, startling, wondrous, marvelous, grotesque, difficult to understand, abstruse, obscure (language); remote, outlandish, rare, uncommon (word); stranger, foreigner, alien, In Persian this word also acquired the meanings: 'poor, needy, humble., gentle, docile I These additional meanings of Persian alone gained currency in Hindi and Urdu and these meanings are used in various expressions in these two languages (GHARIB. is used as an unmarked adjective; refer the chapter on Grammatical Changes under this word). This word is used more in Urdu than in Hindi. Here are some expressions containing the word GH.AB.IB and used commonly in Hindi and Urdu: GHARIB!ADMI, GHARIB AWRAT and GHARIB LOG (poor man, poor woman and _poor people). The word GHURBAT which'is an infinitive noun in Arabic is also used commonly in Hindi and Urdu, as for example., IS HULK MAY BAROT GHURBAT HAl (there is a lot of pover-ty in this country). This word is also commonly used in Persian and it is through Persian that it got absorbed in Hindi and Urdu. GHARIB is also used in several Persianised compounds and these are popular only in Urdu. Here are some examples of these compounds: GHARIB PARWAR (cherisher of the poor); GHARIB NAWAZ (kind to strangers); GHARIB KHAANA (the humble dwelling of your servant, my house); GHAIUB NAWAAZI (courtesy

316 or attention to the strangers, 314 hospitality, kindness to the poor); GRARIBANA is a compound of GHAR1B plus the word ANA in which islthe ending indicating infinitive in Hindi and Urdu, is also commonly used in these two languages. For ~ample,. MEIN GHARIBAANA ZINDAGI GU.ZAARTA ROON (I lead a VE:.ry humble life., like the poor). Thus it is evident from the above. examples that this word has had a ttotal shift' in meaning. 'ILAAQA (73) means in Arabic, 'attachment, devotion, affection, bond, relation., affiliation, association,' contact, ' bond, connection'. But in Persian this word acquired the following additional meanings: district, parish, '1 'a dependancy, province, tenure, holding estate, manor, juris-' diction'. These meanings were evolved in Persian through the original root meaning of the word in Arabic, i.e 'to be attached, to have affection or bondage for a person, thing or place r.. In Hindi, Urdu and Tamil thi sword has come t:o. mean only the following: 'a geographical area demarcated for administrative purposes, a district or a province'. Thus this word is another example of Shift or Transfer of Meaning. JAMl (91) means in Arabic, tgathering, collection, combination, connection, coupling, joinin~,accu.mulation, (arithmetic) addition, union, merger, aggregation, inte5ration, holding together, crowd, throng, gang, troop1&c There has been no shift in meaning.in respect of this word in Persian, but in Persial) i t.b.as acquired the following new meanings: 'capital, principal, st.ock, assets, a.fund, outlay,

317 315 cost prices, the credit side of an account, credit, collections, receipt st.,and these new meanings have been absorbed into Hindi and Urdu. Here are some examples of its usages in these two languages: JAMA KARNA (to collect, to accumulate, to assemble, etc); JAMA KARC (receipts and disbursements JAMA BANDI KAHNA (to assess the revenue of); this is a term used in Tamil also. The revenue authorities conduct the JAMA BANDT procedure once in a year in every state in India.. ~herefore, languages. this term is prevalent in almost all the Indian It is evident from these examples that this word' bas undergone 'partial shift' in its meanings from the original mea.ning,:i.n Arabic. MilL (142) means in Arabic, 'property,possessions, chattels, goods,wealth, aff'luence, fortune, estate, money, ihcome,,revenue, assets, capital, stock.fund, tax, especially land tax, marketable title in Islamic law;' In present day Arabic this word is... lot used in the meaning of 'goods' ~ In Persians the emphasis is on the following meanings :lrich, djfluent,flocks, herds, cattle'... In Hindi and Urdu tbis word is used with the meanings preyalent in Persian but the emphasis is on the meanin,,' of 'goods t. It is co.l.lstrued with several nouns and verbs in these two languages. Rere are some examples: DUKAAN lch LIYE.M.AAL LENA (to buy the stock of goods requi.red for tile shop); MAll URAANk (to squander wealth) l'1a.al-a-f'taal (heaped, brimful, replete, abundant); }'If.AAL BAR AAMAD KARNA (to export); MilLDAAR (wealthy, rich, moneyed); MAL GAADI (Goods van or tr~dn); MAAL GUZAAR (one who pays revenue to the t!,livel'ument, a l~3.nd, ho Idel'); MAAL-E:-ZAflTl (attache(l

318 316 property), MAAL-E-GHANIr-1AT (plunder, spoil); the last men... tioned two phrases are used in Urdu only. Irhe Ara bic adjec~ival form MALI is also used :in Urdu, e.g MAALI SAAL (financial year). All the abuve USGlS6S in Hindi and Urdu prove the fact that -there has been a partial shift in the meanings of this word from -cheir original mesri.ngs in Arabic. NARIFAT (150) means in Arabic, 'knowledge, learning, lore, illformation, skill, know-how, cognition, intellection, perception, experience, realization, gnosis, acquaintance, cognizancq, conversance, versedness, an a.cquainted person, an acquaintance, a friend, (gramme.r) definite noun'.. In Persian this word is either used in. the meaning of 'gnosis' (in the purely spiritual realm) or in the meaning of "an acquaintance, a friend, etc'... In Urdu also the empha.sis is on the same meanings as that of Persian. But in Hindi and in colloquial Urdu this word is used only in the meaning; of tan acquaintance or a friend or a source of contact through whom or by whose recommendation a work maybe got done' 'l'hus there has been a shift in meaning in the borrowing languages in respect of this word.. But there is another word 'l'areef (a noun derived from MARTFNf; that has undergone total shift' in meaning in Hindi and Urdu. In Arabic ~r.areefil1eans a.nnouncement, notification, comrounica- tion, i.nformation, inltrnction.,. direction, (social) introduc tion, definj tion, determination, identification, specification, characterization, a rendering defin1.te (grammar)1

319 317 In Persian this word acquired the additional meanings of 'praise, commenda1:;ion'. In Hindi and Urdll these additional meanings have gained currency and are very commonly used. Here are some examples: UNHON NE AAP KI BAROT T;JreEF KI (he praised you very much). YEH KAM TAREEF KE QAABIL HAl (this work deserves to be praised). TAREEF is also used in the meaning of ~introduction' (social) as in the sentence: AAP KI ~AREEF (may I know your name please?). It can thus be seen from~the above examples that the words MARIFAT & TAREEF have undergone 'shift' of meaning in Hindi and Urdu. Besides the semantic change TAREEF has also undergone some basic e:;rammatical changes for which see the concerned chapter under the word MARIFAT. I10UJ (155) means in Arabic, 'billow, Burbe, sea, breaker, wave, ripple, oscill,ation, vibration, undulation'. These meanings are current in Persian also but in Hinm and ljrdu this word is used only in the figurative sense to mean: whim, caprice, emotion, ecstasy.!ere are some examples of its usage in Hindi and Urdu: MOUJ RAKBNA (to be whimsical, to be proud); MOU JKARNA( or) MOUJ MAARNA (to fluctuate, to waver, to be capricious, to enjoy oneself without~ restre,int) MOUJ MAY AANA (toe;et into a state of ecstasy); MOUJ-E-NASIM (8 cooling squall);. It is evident from these. examples that MOUJ has undergone a -total shift' in meaning in Hindi and Urdu. It must be mentioned here that this has happehed without the ini'luence of Persian because in Persian this word is not used in the i'ihurative sense as it is used in Hindi

320 318 MOWQn(157) means inllrabic, 'place, where something drops or 1'alls down, place, site, locality, spot, scene,' situation, location, positiion., impression, t. In Per-,. sian this word acquired the following additional meanings:. topportunity, occasion, accident, contingency, occurrence, vicissi.tudes of fortune I ~ In Hin.di and Urdu this wordie used,,,,ith a variety of verbs as for example, MOUQIAHAATH LAGN.A(an opportunity to present itself or to occur); MOUQI.A PAKARNA (to seize an occasion, not to slip an opportunity); MOUQIA NlKAL JAANA (an opportunity to pass away or escape or be lost); It is also used as an adverb, as in BE MOUQIA (out of place, untimely);. It is thus evident fr~m all these examples that this word has undergone a shift in meaning fr~m "the concrete to a more subtle sense. It is therefore a case of 'shift' in me8ning. word There is anotherlderived form MOWQIA, namely, WAQAT which represents a total shift in meaning in Hindi and Urdu. In Arabic WAQAT means, t.fall, drop, tumble, thump, thud, blow, shock, jolt, incident, occurrence, encounter, combat, battle, meal, repast'. In Persian also these meanings are prevalent.. But in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired the following mea:nings:~weight, force, respect, regard, cons i- deration, attention'. Let us consider some sentences in which this word is used in Hindi and Urdu: WAQAT RAKHNA (to have (or to carry) weight Oir force;.to command attention or '~\. -",.;.~...:.~~- eonsidex'stion); AU IS T~, KOX~:i,GHALAT KAJ1 KARENGE TO AAP -. \ \. '~.':.:~.

321 319 KI KOYI WAQAT 3AHIN RAHEGI (if you do a wrung action like this you will command no respect or you shall 10sea11 respect). We can see from these examples thatwaqat represents a case of 'total shift' in meaning from the original meani~g in Arabic. MUJRA (162) means in Arabic, 'that which' has been caused to flow or to run or that which has been executed', In Persian also these meanings ar~ prevalent without any changes. But in Hindi and Urdu this word has acquired an entirely new cultural connotation since it is used only in the meaning of 'a trial of professional singing, an ipitia~ tion or inaug;ural ceremony in an artiste I slife 'i. Thus this word is another instance of total shift in meaning in Hindi Urdu. Refer our chapter on Grammatical Change for the otne~ derivatives of this word which are also wide+y used. in Hin<ii ~!.". and Urdu. MUQAABALA (171) is a word we have alre,ady discussed under different category 'narrowing or restriction :>of meaning' We are mentioning this word here, once again in order to dis- ~ 0.'. ~.t.~. " cuss two other words namely QIBALA and IQBAL, derived forms,of MUQAABALA. (Refer our chapter on Grammatical Changes for., a detailed analysis of these and other derivations of this word). QIBLA means in Arabic, 'direction to which Muslims turn i~ praying (towards the Kabba); recess in a mosque indicating the direction of the Kabba, prayer lliche f; QIBLATUL ~,.. ~. ANZAAR, is a phrase in Arabic meaning 'focus of attention,,

322 320 target of all e;)cs, ideal, goal sought Hfterand esp:ired to' QIDLATUL IHTIr1AM1 is another expression in Arabic meaning; lobject of widespread interest, focus of attention.,. In Persian also the same n1e811ings are retained but the emphasis is on phrases similar to those used in Arabic as mentioned above. But in Hindi and Urdu (more so in Urdu) this word is used as an honorific in everyday speech.. It is used to refe:... to anyone venerated such as a fathet.' o~ any beloved person.. Thus this 'l.vordrepresents a case of total shift in meaning from its original meaning in Arabic IQBAAL means in Arabic, drawing near, advance, approaoh, c~oming, arrival, advent, turning, application, attention, response, responsiveness, concern for,. interest in, good fortune, prosperity, welfare t In Persian this word has acquired the follol,ving additional meanings; 'accepting a bond, admitting a claim, confession, acknowledgement, acquiescence,assent!; and the focus in Persian,is only on these additione.l meanings and on the meaning of good fortune.. The same is true with regard to the usage of this' word in Hindi and Urdu also. It is very interesting to note that in Arabic the word used for' accepting claim or confessing one e S fault or crime,youldbe QABOOL which is another derivative from the root!qabaij~i (for which refer our chapter on Gramatical Chan~es) and all the other words just discussed are also derived. It is rather a baffling phenomenon because we can hardly explain. the reasons. for this shift from one form to ano l.,bel... We therefore feel that IQBAAL has undergone a total shift in meaning. It must

323 321 also be mentioned that the meaning 'good fortune' is obsolete in Arabic but very much in vogue in Hindi and Urdu or rather more in Urdu than in Hindi. MUQADDAMA (172) means in Arabic, 'fore part, front part,front, face, prow, bow (of a ship); foreground, foremost rank: or line, forefront, head, lead, advance gua~, vanguard', van, forewo.rd, preface, introduction, prologue, proem, preamble, prelude, premise'. In Persian this word has acquired the.following additional meanings: 'an affair, matter, case, business, subject, cause, suit, law-suit,' these meanings especially that of law;,..suit were perhaps deve loped from. the meaning: 'premiseor pream1>le f It is these meanings that have gained currency in Hindi and Urdu. Let us consider some examples of the usage of this word in Hindi and Urdu: 'MUQADDAMA HARA KA...lffiA (to institute Ii suit, to prosecute, to litigate); MUQADDAMA LARANA (to fight a case or a cause).. Thus through the influence of Persian usage this word ha,b undergone a 'total shift' in meaning from the original meaning in Arabic.. IQDAAM is a word derived from the same root as that of MUQADD.A11A and it merits our attention because this word has also undergone 'shift' of meaning. In Arabic IQDAM1 means, 'to be bold, audaci0us, daring, to venture, risk, undertake, tackle, set about something, dare to engage'. In Persian this word came to mean also 'effort, diligence, and attention'and iil Hindi and'urdu it further shifted to the meanings: 'measures and pro'cs'qures, etc'. Here are some

324 examples of it::; usage in Hindi and Urdu: SARKARl'I-:E IS MAMLE MAt KkiY IQDAMAN J AARIKIYE RAIN (the 60vernment has taken Several measures on this matter); another instance of 'total o..:llift; in meaning. QIS~ Thus thi.:; 'word is also (202) means in Arabic, 'justice, fairness, equity, equitableness, fair mindedness, rightness, correcness, just, fair, equitable, fair-minded, right, correct, part, share, allotment, portion, instalment, quantity, amount, measure, extent'. All thbge meanings were urought into use in Persian also but in Hindi and Urdu the following meanings alone gained currency: 'portion; instalment; divident a :i;ipulated rate and time of payment (of revenue), - a tax. In Tamil it refers only to the land tax. Here are some of its usages in Hindi and Urdu: QIST BAANDHNA (to arrange to pay a debt by instalments); QIST BANDI (settling for payment of the revenue or taxes or a debt by instalments; an obligation for the discharge of a debt by instalments); QIST KAAR (one who pays revenue or a debt); QIST WAAR (by instalments).. QIST is also used in Tamil as a revenue term and -it is pronounced- as GISTI (Refer our Chapter on grammatical changes regarding this word). It is evident from the above thati the meanings 'revenue and debt' constitute a 'total shift' in Hindi, Urdu and Tamil from the original meaning in Arabic. RADDI is a word which we have already mentioned briefly under the word RADD.,(?05) in the category of 'Widening or Extension of Meaning "it; ; We would however like to -

325 323 discuss about this word under the present category since it also rejjresents a 'total shift 1 in meaning when compared with the original in Arabic~ RADDI is structurally the Persian form of relative noun adopted in Hindi and Urdu. The Arabic noun RADDhas been moulded in this form in order to convey the fol1owi~g meanings 'rejected, thrown away, waste, used and done with, trashy, 'Worthless, bad, pernicious, hurtful, anything rejected,anythingworthless or unserviceable; waste; waste paper; remnants scraps, refuse'; all these meanings have been developed from the original Arabic meaning 'to turn or re'ject I. However, in present day Hindi and Urdu only the meanings of 'waste, waste paper, refuse, etc'are used. RADDI KI TOKRI (waste paper basket); is a very commonly used expression in Hindi and Urdu. RADDI MAY PHENK DO (throw it away in the ~efuse) is also another frequently used expression in Hindi and Urdu. Thus it is clear from the above examples that RADDI represents a 'total shift' in meaning.1'.r.~om the original meaning in Arabic. RAFW (206) means in Arabic, 'to darn, mend'. In Persian also it is used in the same meaning but in Hindi and U~du it has besides the said meaning, acquired an extended meaning which represents a total shift. This has come about by using this word wifhthe expression RAFU CHAKKAR (making one's escape, stealing off): ThiB expression is construed with verbs such as: RAFU CHAKKAR MAY AAJAANA (to be taken in. the meshes, to be entanged in); RAFU CHAKKAR HOJAfu~A (to

326 324 (to make one's escape, to abscond, decamp, steal off or away). This is an example of contextualising a word engram. The physical image of a 'mesh' in~olved in the darning work has been visually transformed to express the idea of 'stealing, decamping, etc'. THUS this is a case of 'total shift' in meaning from the original in Arabic. ~Al!IBAA (212) is a word which we have already discussed in the category of 'Narrowing 01.:' Restriction of Meaning', (for which refer the relevant page in this chapter). \tit;} are mentioning this word once again here in order to discuss another word connected with it, namely SUHBAT meaning in Arabic,. 'friendship, companianship, comradeship, accompadying, company, escortf association, intercourse, friends, companions, associates, comrades'. It is noun infinitive of the word SAHIB (refer our chapter on Grammatical Changes under this word). In Persian the same meanings are prevalent as that of Arabic',but in Hindi and Urdu it has acquired an additional meaning by attaching it witn the verb KARNA; used with this ve.rb, the expression 'SUHBAT KARNA" would mean: 'to hove sexual intercourse or to cohabit'; it must be noted that this meaning is conveyed only b using this particular verb. We do not find any parallel usage in Arabic Or in Persian. It is thus another exampl.eof contextualising a word engram and in the process it has undergone a 'total ohift' in meanings from the original in Arabic. SHARAAB (221) m~ans in Arabic, 'beverage, drink, wine, fruit juice, fruit syrup, sherbet,.1 In Persinn also it has the same meanings but in Hindi an" Urdu it is used

327 325 in onlylthe meaning ot 'wine or spirituous liquor'. It is, in this meaning construed with several verbs and nouns, for which refer our chapter on Grammatical Changes under this word. therefore feel that this word represents a t8h~tt' from the original in Arabic. We 1ri meaning SHUHRAT (227) means in Arabic 'repute, rep'1.tation, renown, fame, famousness, 'celebrity, notoriety, surname'. same meanings are prevalent i~ Hindi and Urdu also, but there is another word ISHTIHAR which is derived from this word and which merits our attention because it is another instance of 'total shift' in meaning trom that ot the original in Arabic. In Ara bic this word has the same meanings as that of SHUBlU.~~,namely, repute, reputation, renown, fame, famousness, celebrity and notoriety'. But in Persian it acquired the following additional meanings: 'publishing, divulging', blazoning, abroad, publicity, public notice, notification, proclamation, advertisement, placard, poster, fame, report' and in Hindi and Urdu these additional meanings of Persian gained currency. It is used with a variety of verbs for which refer our chapter on grammatical changes under this word. The shift in meaning that has taken place in IBHTlliAR can be described a:s process of designation 0' a physical and sensible meaning to a concept that is essentially intellectual and moral. meaning. It is a case of 'total shift' in SIB]' (229) is an Arabic word used in Hindi and UrdU, in exactly the s~e meanings as that of Arabie. The But the word, MAsRUF, a derivative of SIRF which is also very frequently J

328 326 used in Hindi l.nd Urdu deserves our attention because it represents a shift in meaning (Regarding the word SIRF refer our chapter on Grammatical Changes for a detailed analysis of this word). YlAS~OOF means in Arabic, 'devoted, dedicated, money spent, expenditure I In Persian these same meanings are pre valent, but in Hindi and Urdu this word has come to mean: 'employed, engaged in, occupied, bllsy'; thus the original Arabic meaning 'devo~ed'has been shifted to the meaning:. I engaged in, etc'. This shift can be described as the shift of the figurative value of a word to a more literal value. 18 It is the~fore a case of 'total shift' in meaning. SUAAL (230) also pronounced as SAVAAL in' Hindi, Urdu and Tamil is an Arabic word used in these three languages in the same meanings as that of ~rabic (refer the: chapter on Grammatica"l Changes :for a detailed analysis of this 'Word) But in Tamil this word has undergone a shift in meaning, it is besides its original meanings of 'question, enqui:r;y, etc: also used in the meaning of 'challenge' in present day Tamil. SAVilL VIDUVATHU (to pose a challenge) is a phrase commonly used in Tamil. It thus const~tutes an ex~tension of meaning in the nature of a 'total shift e in meaning. TAHSIL (233) means in Arabic!attainment, obtainment, # gain, acquisition (also of knowledge), learning, studying, W.D. Whitney, 'The Life and Growth of Language~~ P. 97

329 327 scientific studies, mllection, raising, levy(ing), calling in (of funds, taxes); revenue, receipts, returns, proceeds, resume, summary, gist (of a speech or opinion). The same meanings are prevalent in Persian also. But in Hindi and Urdu the emphasis is on 'revenue jurisdiction of a TEHSIL DAAR. In Tamil also it is used as a 'revenue jurisdiction'. In Hindi, Urdu and Tamil 'and also in many other languages of India, a TAHSILDAR means a sub-collector of revenues. can be seen from these usages in the bo~'rowing It languages that this word is another example of contextualising a given concept. meaning. It is therefore a case of 'total shift' in Tl.LLUQ (235), pronounced in Hindi and Tamil as Taluk means in Arabic, 'attachment, devotion to, affection for, linkabe, connection, relationship with'. In Persian also came to mean: la manor, a small division of a district-, but in Urdu it is used in this meaning as well as in the other meanings in Arabic. The / restricted meaning of 'a small division of a district' is a case of shift arising out of contextualising a given concept. THAABIT (239) means in Arabic, 'firm, fixed, established, stationary, immovable, steady, invariable, constant, stable, permanent, lasting, durable, enduring, confirmed, proven, a constant'. In fersian this word acquired the added meanings of 'sound,.valid, subst~ntial, true, right, just, proper'. Almost these very meanings are prevalent in Hindi and Urdu also. But there is one usage

330 328 'which is an instrnce of major shift in meaning and that is when this word is used in the meaning of 'solid' as against 'liquid' For example it is very common to say in Hindi and UrduDAL SAABUT (unsplit pulse or lentils); this can be described as a case of 'idiolectal aberration' which in simpler terms would mean the usage of a conventional word in an unconventional context. In the word SAABUTthe meanings mentioned above are used in conventional and abstract context such as to des cribe anything which is firm, i.e not shaky or anybody who is firm willed, i.e not hesitant. But it is only in Hindi and Urdu that the meaning' firm' has also been interpreted S.s 'solid' in the context of what is not 'liquid'. This word is widely used in Hindi and Urdu as an adjective '(refer to our, chapter on Grammatical Changes) to describe things that are unbroken or unsplit. Thus this is an ir:stance of a 'total shift' in meaning from the original in Arabic. WUpOOL (244) means i~.arabic, 'arrival, attainment, obtainment, achievement, receipt, voucher'. In Persian it came to mean, lunion with or e:ujoyment of, a wished for object, collection, acquisition', J:.n Hindi, Urdu and Tamil this word is used in meanings that are more remote than that of Persian namely, getting, levying, collection, realization, or recovery of arrears or balances. In Tamil especially this word is used as a term foi,' collection of land revenues. In Hindia~d Urdu the meanings, 'union with, or enjoyment of, a wished; for obj;~ct i are also prevalent, but the word WrSAAL (wh~9h is another form of noun infinitive in

331 329 Arabic, for which refer the chapter on Grammatical Changes under WUSOOL) is used to denote this meaning. a very familiar word in Hindi and,urdu. This is also It usage can be noticed frequently in poetry and film songs in Hindi and Urdu. WUSOOL KARNA (to collect one's dues); ~rusul PAANA (to reajize a sum of amount); are expressions that are very often used in Hindi and Urdu. The change of meaning in 8USOOL may be described as a contractio.n leading to a 'total shift t in meaning. ZAAT (246) also pronounced as JAAT in Hindi and Urdu and as JAATI in Tamil, means in Arabie, 'being, essence, nature, self, person, personality, the same, the selfsame, -selt. (refer the chapter on Grammatical Changes for a detailed ana lysis of this word). In Persian it also came to mean: 'gen~ration, breed, tribe, caste, genus, species, kind,a concr~te (opposite to abstract)'. John TJ?latts mentions in his directory of Hindustani and English that ZAT :tnthe meanings of 'generation, breed, tribe, caste, genus, specis, sort, kind, is perhaps connected.through the Sanskrit JAT which the Hindustanis commonly corrupt into.zat. In Arabic the usage of this word is always governed by certain grammatical rules because it cannot be used like any other noun. (Refer the Chapter on Grammatical Ch~nges). It is in no context used in any of the additiqnal,meanings that have accrued to it,..," in Persian. While retain.ip.g the tie of associatioll\>i with the etymological meaning of this word in Arabic, it has,

332 3:;0 in.persian got enlarged in its scope of meaning so as to include larger idvss of 'genus,breed, caste, etc'. This has perhaps been possible due to the elasticity of the word. Thus, the applicability of this word has multiplied in the borrowing languages and its usefulness has become manifold. It is in essence an expansion in context. l:ihcft has brought about a ttota1 shift' in meaning from the original in Arabic. ZIYAADA (248) is an Arabic word used in Hindi and. Urdu without any ch--ange in meaning. But the word ZIYAADTI a purely indigenous form. evolved in Hindi and Urdu merits our attention since it represents another instance of 'total shift in meaning (refer the chapter on Grammatical Changes for a detailed analysis of the wordziyada and its derivatives)! ZIXAADTI is structurally the relative noun evolved from the Arabic ZIYADATUN. This form tof relative noun is a frequently used element of exp:r'ession in Hindi and Urdu; there are similar nouns in Persian also. However, it must be mentioned that ZIYAADTI has not come through Persian into. Hindi and Urdu. ZIYAADTI in Hindi and Urdu means, 'increase, augmen tation, additio.n, su:r-plus, excess, abundance, super.fluity, redundancy, excrescence, excess, force, violence, oepression tyranny,' It is the last mentioned (underlined) meanings that represent a total shift in meaning from the original in Arabic

333 331 ZIYAADTI is con~trued with several verbs in Hindi aud urdu (refer the chapter on Grammatical changes)~ ZIYAADTI K~~A (to practise force or violence or to be unjust or unfair) is a very frequently used expression in Hindi and Urdu. The above shift in meanir~ may be described as contextualisation of concept that is essentially abstract. It is thus a 'total shift' in mean ing.